<maction> - MathML
toggle: when there is a click on the subexpression, the rendering alternates the display of selected subexpressions. therefore each click increments the selection value. ...
... toggle: when there is a click on the subexpression, the rendering alternates the display of selected subexpressions. therefore each click increments the selection value. ...
... toggle: when there is a click on the subexpression, the rendering alternates the display of selected subexpressions. therefore each click increments the selection value. ...
...And 8 more matches

IDBTransaction.db - Web APIs
at the end, we return the associated database connection using db. ...
...at the end, we return the associated database connection using db. ...
...at the end, we return the associated database connection using db. ...
...And 7 more matches

nsITransaction
editor/txmgr/idl/nsitransaction.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7 method overview void dotransaction(); boolean merge(in nsitransaction atransaction); void redotransaction(); void undotransaction(); attributes attribute type description istransient boolean the transaction's transient state. this attribute is checked by the transaction manager after the transaction's execute() method is called. if the transient state is false, a reference to the transaction is held by the transaction manager so that the transactions' undotransaction() and redotransaction() methods can be called. ...
...cription istransient boolean the transaction's transient state. this attribute is checked by the transaction manager after the transaction's execute() method is called. if the transient state is false, a reference to the transaction is held by the transaction manager so that the transactions' undotransaction() and redotransaction() methods can be called. if the transient state is true, the transaction manager returns immediately after the transaction's dotransaction() method is called, no references to the transaction are maintained. transient transactions cannot be undone or redone by the transaction manager. read only. methods dotransaction() executes the transaction. void dotransaction(); parameters none. ...
.... if the transient state is true, the transaction manager returns immediately after the transaction's dotransaction() method is called, no references to the transaction are maintained. transient transactions cannot be undone or redone by the transaction manager. read only. methods dotransaction() executes the transaction. void dotransaction(); parameters none. merge() attempts to merge a transaction into "this" transaction. both transactions must be in their undo state, dotransaction() methods already called. the transaction manager calls this method to coalesce a new transaction with the transaction on the top of the undo stack. this method returns a boolean value that indicates the merge result. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsITransactionList
editor/txmgr/idl/nsitransactionlist.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7 method overview nsitransactionlist getchildlistforitem(in long aindex); nsitransaction getitem(in long aindex); long getnumchildrenforitem(in long aindex); boolean itemisbatch(in long aindex); attributes attribute type description numitems long the number of transactions contained in this list. read only. methods getchildlistforitem() returns the list of children associated with the item at aindex. implementations may return null if there are no children, or an empty list. the list returned is addref'd so it is up to the caller to release the transaction when it is done. ...
...ttributes attribute type description numitems long the number of transactions contained in this list. read only. methods getchildlistforitem() returns the list of children associated with the item at aindex. implementations may return null if there are no children, or an empty list. the list returned is addref'd so it is up to the caller to release the transaction when it is done. nsitransactionlist getchildlistforitem( in long aindex ); parameters aindex the index of the item in the list. return value the nsitransactionlist of children associated with the item at aindex. getitem() returns the transaction at the given index in the list. note that a null can be returned here if the item is a batch. ...
...s up to the caller to release the transaction when it is done. nsitransactionlist getchildlistforitem( in long aindex ); parameters aindex the index of the item in the list. return value the nsitransactionlist of children associated with the item at aindex. getitem() returns the transaction at the given index in the list. note that a null can be returned here if the item is a batch. the transaction returned is addref'd so it is up to the caller to release the transaction when it is done. nsitransaction getitem( in long aindex ); parameters aindex the index of the item in the list. return value missing description getnumchildrenforitem() returns the number of child (auto-aggreated) transactions the item at aindex has. long getnumchildrenforitem( in long aindex ); parameters aindex t...
...And 5 more matches

IDBObjectStore.transaction - Web APIs
the transaction read-only property of the idbobjectstore interface returns the transaction object to which this object store belongs. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var mytransaction = objectstore.transaction; value an idbtransaction object. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). after the object store has been created, we log objectstore.transaction to the console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.</li>'; // store the result of opening the...
...base in the db variable. // this is used a lot below db = dbopenrequest.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready to insert into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplicate it...
...ist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...
...And 5 more matches

IDBTransaction.onabort - Web APIs
the onabort event handler of the idbtransaction interface handles the abort event, fired, when the current transaction is aborted via the idbtransaction.abort method. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax transaction.onabort = function(event) { ... }; example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. note the transaction.onabort = function(event) { }; block, reporting when the transaction has been aborted. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexed...
...he db variable. ...
... db = dbopenrequest.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready for being inserted into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of opening the transaction transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed: database modification finished.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error: ' + transaction.error + '</li>'; }; // create an...
...And 5 more matches

IDBTransaction.commit() - Web APIs
the commit() method of the idbtransaction interface commits the transaction if it is called on an active transaction. note that commit() doesn't normally have to be called — a transaction will automatically commit when all outstanding requests have been satisfied and no new requests have been made. commit() can be used to start the commit process without waiting for events from outstanding requests to be dispatched. if it is called on a transaction that is not active, it throws an invalidstateerror domexception. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax transaction.commit(); parameters none. return value void. exceptions exception description invalidstateerror the transaction state is not active. examples // open a read/write db tran...
...o be dispatched. if it is called on a transaction that is not active, it throws an invalidstateerror domexception. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax transaction.commit(); parameters none. return value void. exceptions exception description invalidstateerror the transaction state is not active. examples // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["mydb"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of opening the transaction transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed: database modification finished.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplicate items not allowe...
...nsaction(["mydb"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of opening the transaction transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed: database modification finished.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...
...And 4 more matches

IDBTransaction.objectStore() - Web APIs
the objectstore() method of the idbtransaction interface returns an object store that has already been added to the scope of this transaction. every call to this method on the same transaction object, with the same name, returns the same idbobjectstore instance. if this method is called on a different transaction object, a different idbobjectstore instance is returned. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax idbtransaction.objectstore(name); parameters name the name of the requested object store. return value an idbobjectstore object for accessing an object store. ...
...e is available in web workers. syntax idbtransaction.objectstore(name); parameters name the name of the requested object store. return value an idbobjectstore object for accessing an object store. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description notfounderror the requested object store is not in this transaction's scope. invalidstateerror the request was made on a source object that has been deleted or removed, or if the transaction has finished. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. ...
... notfounderror the requested object store is not in this transaction's scope. invalidstateerror the request was made on a source object that has been deleted or removed, or if the transaction has finished. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.</li>'; // store the result of ope...
...And 4 more matches

IDBTransaction.oncomplete - Web APIs
the oncomplete event handler of the idbtransaction interface handles the complete event, fired when the transaction successfully completes. as of firefox 40, indexeddb transactions have relaxed durability guarantees to increase performance (see bug 1112702), which is the same behaviour as other indexeddb-supporting browsers. previously in a readwrite transaction idbtransaction.oncomplete was fired only when all data was guaranteed to have been flushed to disk. in firefox 40+ the complete event is fired after the os has been told to write the data but potentially before that data has actually been flushed to disk. ...
...a readwrite transaction idbtransaction.oncomplete was fired only when all data was guaranteed to have been flushed to disk. in firefox 40+ the complete event is fired after the os has been told to write the data but potentially before that data has actually been flushed to disk. the complete event may thus be delivered quicker than before, however, there exists a small chance that the entire transaction will be lost if the os crashes or there is a loss of system power before the data is flushed to disk. note: this feature is available in web workers. note: in firefox, if you wish to ensure durability for some reason (e.g. ...
...ered quicker than before, however, there exists a small chance that the entire transaction will be lost if the os crashes or there is a loss of system power before the data is flushed to disk. note: this feature is available in web workers. note: in firefox, if you wish to ensure durability for some reason (e.g. you're storing critical data that cannot be recomputed later) you can force a transaction to flush to disk before delivering the complete event by creating a transaction using the experimental (non-standard) readwriteflush mode (see idbdatabase.transaction.) this is currently experimental, and can only be used if the dom.indexeddb.experimental pref is set to true in about:config. syntax transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { ... }; example in the following code snippet, we op...
...And 4 more matches

NotificationAction - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. the notificationaction interface of the notifications api is used to represent action buttons the user can click to interact with notifications. these buttons' appearance and specific functionality vary across platforms but generally they provide a way to asynchronously show actions to the user in a notification. properties instance properties these properties are available only on instances of the notification object. notificationaction.action read only the name of the action, which can be used to identify the clicked action similar to input names. notificationaction.title read only the string describing the action that is displayed to the user. ...
...ions to the user in a notification. properties instance properties these properties are available only on instances of the notification object. notificationaction.action read only the name of the action, which can be used to identify the clicked action similar to input names. notificationaction.title read only the string describing the action that is displayed to the user. notificationaction.icon read only the url of the image used to represent the notification when there is not enough space to display the notification itself. example notifications can fire notificationclick events on the serviceworkerglobalscope. ...
...tle read only the string describing the action that is displayed to the user. notificationaction.icon read only the url of the image used to represent the notification when there is not enough space to display the notification itself. example notifications can fire notificationclick events on the serviceworkerglobalscope. here a service worker shows a notification with a single "archive" action, allowing users to perform this common task from the notification without having to open the website. the user can also click the main body of the notification to open their inbox instead. ...
...And 4 more matches

Multi-touch interaction - Web APIs
ific set of screen coordinates. having a single event model for pointers can simplify creating web sites, applications and provide a good user experience regardless of the user's hardware. pointer events have many similarities to mouse events but they support multiple simultaneous pointers such as multiple fingers on a touch screen. this additional feature can be used to provide richer user interaction models but at the cost of additional complexity in the multi-touch interaction handling. this document demonstrates via example code, using pointer events with different multi-touch interactions. a live version of this application is available on github. the source code is available on github; pull requests and bug reports are welcome. example this example demonstrates using pointer events' va...
... define touch targets the application uses <div> to define three different touch target areas. ...
...h targets the application uses <div> to define three different touch target areas. <style> div { margin: 0em; padding: 2em; } #target1 { background: white; border: 1px solid black; } #target2 { background: white; border: 1px solid black; } #target3 { background: white; border: 1px solid black; } </style> global state to support multi-touch interaction, preserving a pointer's event state during various event phases is required. this application uses three arrays to cache event state, one cache per target element. // log events flag var logevents = false; // event caches, one per touch target var evcache1 = new array(); var evcache2 = new array(); var evcache3 = new array(); register event handlers event handlers are registered for the foll...
...And 4 more matches

CSP: form-action - HTTP
the http content-security-policy (csp) form-action directive restricts the urls which can be used as the target of a form submissions from a given context. whether form-action should block redirects after a form submission is debated and browser implementations of this aspect are inconsistent (e.g. firefox 57 doesn't block the redirects whereas chrome 63 does). csp version 2 directive type navigation directive default-src fallback no. not setting this allows anything. ...
...ion should block redirects after a form submission is debated and browser implementations of this aspect are inconsistent (e.g. firefox 57 doesn't block the redirects whereas chrome 63 does). csp version 2 directive type navigation directive default-src fallback no. not setting this allows anything. syntax one or more sources can be set for the form-action policy: content-security-policy: form-action <source>; content-security-policy: form-action <source> <source>; sources <source> can be one of the following: <host-source> internet hosts by name or ip address, as well as an optional url scheme and/or port number. the site's address may include an optional leading wildcard (the asterisk character, '*'), and you may use a wildcard (again, '...
...h, shall be propagated to all the scripts loaded by that root script. at the same time, any allow-list or source expressions such as 'self' or 'unsafe-inline' are ignored. see script-src for an example. 'report-sample' requires a sample of the violating code to be included in the violation report. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIMsgRuleAction
defined in comm-central/ mailnews/ base/ search/ public/ nsimsgfilter.idl [scriptable, uuid(190a2a18-d245-473a-a402-9f0814598c7f)] interface nsimsgruleaction : nsisupports { attribute nsmsgruleactiontype type; // target priority.. throws an exception if the action is not priority attribute nsmsgpriorityvalue priority; // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder attribute acstring targetfolderuri; // target label. ...
...(190a2a18-d245-473a-a402-9f0814598c7f)] interface nsimsgruleaction : nsisupports { attribute nsmsgruleactiontype type; // target priority.. throws an exception if the action is not priority attribute nsmsgpriorityvalue priority; // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder attribute acstring targetfolderuri; // target label. ...
...msgruleactiontype type; // target priority.. throws an exception if the action is not priority attribute nsmsgpriorityvalue priority; // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder attribute acstring targetfolderuri; // target label. ...
...And 3 more matches

IDBTransaction.abort() - Web APIs
the abort() method of the idbtransaction interface rolls back all the changes to objects in the database associated with this transaction. all pending idbrequest objects created during this transaction have their idbrequest.error attribute set to aborterror. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax transaction.abort(); exceptions this method may raise a domexception of the following type: exception description invalidstateerror the transaction has already been committed or aborted. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. ...
...yntax transaction.abort(); exceptions this method may raise a domexception of the following type: exception description invalidstateerror the transaction has already been committed or aborted. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. at the end, we simply abort any activity done under the current transaction using abort(). for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(e...
... in the db variable. this is used a lot below db = dbopenrequest.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready for being inserted into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of opening the transaction transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed: database modification finished.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplica...
...And 3 more matches

NumActions
« nsiaccessible page summary the number of accessible actions associated with this accessible. ...
... « nsiaccessible page summary the number of accessible actions associated with this accessible. ...
... « nsiaccessible page summary the number of accessible actions associated with this accessible. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBTransaction.error - Web APIs
the idbtransaction.error property of the idbtransaction interface returns one of several types of error when there is an unsuccessful transaction. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var myerror = transaction.error; value a domerror containing the relevant error. in chrome 48+/firefox 58+ this property returns a domexception because domerror has been removed from the dom standard. the exact error is one of serveral possibilities. it can be a reference to the same error as the request object that raised it, or a transaction failure (for example quotaexceedederror or unknownerror). this property is null if the transaction is not finished, is finished and successfully committed, or was aborted with the idbtransaction.abort method. example in the following code snippet,...
... of serveral possibilities. it can be a reference to the same error as the request object that raised it, or a transaction failure (for example quotaexceedederror or unknownerror). this property is null if the transaction is not finished, is finished and successfully committed, or was aborted with the idbtransaction.abort method. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. note the transaction.onerror = function(event) { }; block, making use of transaction.error to help in reporting what went wrong when the transaction was unsuccessful. for a full working example,...
...he db variable. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBTransaction.onerror - Web APIs
the onerror event handler of the idbtransaction interface handles the error event, fired when a request returns an error and bubbles up to the transaction object. note: consider using idbtransaction.onabort instead to handle non- successful completion of the transaction. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax transaction.onerror = function(event) { ... }; example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. ...
... note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax transaction.onerror = function(event) { ... }; example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store. note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. note the transaction.onerror = function(event) { }; block, making use of transaction.error to help in reporting what went wrong when the transaction was unsuccessful. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initia...
...he db variable. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBTransactionSync - Web APIs
important: the synchronous version of the indexeddb api was originally intended for use only with web workers, and was eventually removed from the spec because its need was questionable. it may however be reintroduced in the future if there is enough demand from web developers. the idbtransactionsync interface of the indexeddb api provides a synchronous transaction on a database. when an application creates an idbtransactionsync object, it blocks until the browser is able to reserve the require database objects. method overview void abort() raises (idbdatabaseexception); void commit() raises (idbdatabaseexception); idbobjectstoresync objectstore(in domstring name) raises (idbdatabaseexception); attributes attribute type description ...
...able to reserve the require database objects. method overview void abort() raises (idbdatabaseexception); void commit() raises (idbdatabaseexception); idbobjectstoresync objectstore(in domstring name) raises (idbdatabaseexception); attributes attribute type description db idbdatabasesync the database connection that this transaction is associated with. static boolean if true, this transaction is static; if false, this transaction is dynamic. methods abort() call this method to signal a need to cancel the effects of the operations performed by this transaction. when this method is called, the browser ignores all the changes performed to the objects of this database since this transaction was created. ...
...hod to signal a need to cancel the effects of the operations performed by this transaction. when this method is called, the browser ignores all the changes performed to the objects of this database since this transaction was created. void abort( ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); exceptions this method can raise an idbdatabaseexception with the following code: non_transient_err if this transaction has already been committed or aborted. commit() call this method to signal that the transaction has completed normally and satisfactorily. when this method is called, the browser durably stores all the changes performed to the objects of the database since this transaction was created. void commit( ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); exceptions this method can raise an idbdatabaseexception wi...
...And 2 more matches

Notification.maxActions - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. the maxactions attribute of the notification interface returns the maximum number of actions supported by the device and the user agent. effectively, this is the maximum number of elements in notification.actions array which will be respected by the user agent. syntax notification.maxactions value an integer number which indicates the largest number of notification actions that can be presented to the user by the user agent and the device. examples the following snippet logs the maximum number of supported actions. ...
...ffectively, this is the maximum number of elements in notification.actions array which will be respected by the user agent. syntax notification.maxactions value an integer number which indicates the largest number of notification actions that can be presented to the user by the user agent and the device. examples the following snippet logs the maximum number of supported actions. ...
...ximum number of elements in notification.actions array which will be respected by the user agent. syntax notification.maxactions value an integer number which indicates the largest number of notification actions that can be presented to the user by the user agent and the device. examples the following snippet logs the maximum number of supported actions. ...
...And 2 more matches

Web accessibility for seizures and physical reactions - Accessibility
this article introduces concepts behind making web content accessibile for those with vestibular disorders, and how to measure and prevent content leading to seizures and / or other physical reactions. overview seizures seizures caused by light are known as photosensitive epilepsy. content that flickers, flashes, or blinks can trigger photosensitive epilepsy. web technologies that use video, animated gifs, animated pngs, animated svgs, canvas, and css or javascript animations are all capable of content that can induce seizures or other incapacitating physical reactions. certain visual patterns, especially stripes, can also cause physical reactions even though they are not animated. photosensitive epilepsy is actually a kind of "reflex epilepsy"—seizures occurring in response to a tr...
...flashes or alternating patterns of different colors. intense strobe lights like visual fire alarms. natural light, such as sunlight, especially when shimmering off water, flickering through trees or through the slats of venetian blinds. certain visual patterns, especially stripes of contrasting colors. that same article continues that many factors must combine to trigger the photosensitive reaction. of note is that it includes the wavelength of light as a possible factor; wavelengths in the red part of the spectrum seem to be especially problematic. in the article, "understanding wcag 2.0 three flashes or below threshold" notes generally that: “individuals who have photosensitive seizure disorders can have a seizure triggered by content that flashes at certain frequencies for more than a ...
...ional concerns exist for individuals with motor-skills problems. for example, the page for trace research & development center’s photosensitive epilepsy analysis tool notes that “photosensitive seizures can be provoked by certain types of flashing in web or computer content, including mouse-overs that cause large areas of the screen to rapidly flash on and off repeatedly.” other physical reactions nausea, vertigo (or dizziness), and disorientation are very nonspecific symptoms associated with all kinds of diseases and not particularly suggestive of seizures (except maybe disorientation, which is seen in seizures). however, seizures are not the only adverse physical response possible from flashing, flickering, blnking, and other such stimuli. in 1997, a japanese cartoon featured an animat...
...And 2 more matches

Abstraction - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
abstraction in computer programming is a way to reduce complexity and allow efficient design and implementation in complex software systems. it hides the technical complexity of systems behind simpler apis. advantages of data abstraction helps the user to avoid writing low level code. avoids code duplication and increases reusability. can change internal implementation of class independently without affecting the user. helps to increase security of an application or program as only important details are provided to the user. ...
...exity of systems behind simpler apis. advantages of data abstraction helps the user to avoid writing low level code. avoids code duplication and increases reusability. can change internal implementation of class independently without affecting the user. helps to increase security of an application or program as only important details are provided to the user. ...
...dently without affecting the user. helps to increase security of an application or program as only important details are provided to the user. ...
...mportant details are provided to the user. ...

MathML Demo: <mfrac> - fractions
sin ⁡ θ m ⇑ the end. inline double down arrows, display style, thick line ⇓ sin ⁡ θ m ⇓ the end. inline double up down arrows, text style, thick line ⇕ sin ⁡ θ m ⇕ the end. inline, styles auto, display and text 1 2 - 1 2 + 1.23456 7890 , the rendering should be script-size, normal-size and script-size in this example. ...
..., text style, thick line ⇕ sin ⁡ θ m ⇕ the end. inline, styles auto, display and text 1 2 - 1 2 + 1.23456 7890 , the rendering should be script-size, normal-size and script-size in this example. fraction lines should align vertically with the math axis. the same expression 1 2 - 1 2 + 1.23456 7890 in a display. inline fenced nested fractions [ ∥ sin ⁡ θ + 1 11 ∥ - x x 2 a 1 ] + [ 1.0 ] etc. ...
.... fraction lines should align vertically with the math axis. the same expression 1 2 - 1 2 + 1.23456 7890 in a display. inline fenced nested fractions [ ∥ sin ⁡ θ + 1 11 ∥ - x x 2 a 1 ] + [ 1.0 ] etc. the same expression [ ∥ sin ⁡ θ + 1 11 ∥ - x x 2 a 1 ] + [ 1.0 ] in a display. ...
...1 4 + 1 5 + 1 6 + … normal size at all levels in all contexts 1 2 + 1 3 + 1 4 + 1 5 + 1 6 + … inline nested fracs 1 6 2 + 1 3 + 1 4 + 1 5 + 1 6 + … are script size at the first level and decrease to script script size for all more nested levels. displayed nested fractions are normal size at the first level, 1 6 2 + 1 3 + 1 4 + 1 5 + 1 6 + … script size at second level, and script-script size at all more nested levels. hypergeomdist ⁡ ( x ; m , k , n ) = ∑ k = 0 x ( k k ) ⁢ ( m - k n - k ) ( m n ) here's a display f ⁡ ( t , y ) = ( 1 , ⅆ y ⅆ t ) ∥ ( ...

DoAction
« nsiaccessible page summary this method performs the accessible action at the given zero-based index. action number 0 is the default action. void doaction( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...s method performs the accessible action at the given zero-based index. action number 0 is the default action. void doaction( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...essible action at the given zero-based index. action number 0 is the default action. void doaction( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...ro-based index. action number 0 is the default action. void doaction( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...

GetActionDescription
« nsiaccessible page summary this method retrieves the description (localized name) of the accessible action at the given zero-based index. astring getactiondescription( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the description of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...t the given zero-based index. astring getactiondescription( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the description of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...dex. astring getactiondescription( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the description of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...ption( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the description of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree. ...

GetActionName
« nsiaccessible page summary this method retrieves the name of the accessible action at the given zero-based index. astring getactionname( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the name of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree.ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...ssible action at the given zero-based index. astring getactionname( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the name of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree.ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...n zero-based index. astring getactionname( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the name of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree.ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...
...onname( in pruint8 aindex ); parameters aindex[in] the zero-based index. return value returns the name of the accessible action. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure indicates that the accessible is unattached from the accessible tree.ns_error_invalid_arg indicates that the given index is our of range. ...

IDBTransaction: abort event - Web APIs
the abort event is fired when an indexeddb transaction is aborted. bubbles yes cancelable no interface event event handler property onabort this can happen for any of the following reasons: bad requests, (for example, trying to add the same key twice, or put the same index key when the key has a uniqueness constraint), an explicit abort() call an uncaught exception in the request's success/error handler, an i/o error (an actual failure to write to disk, for example disk detached, or other os/hardware failure) quota exceeded. examples this example opens a database (creating the database if it does not exist), then opens a transaction, adds a listener to the abort event, then aborts the transaction to trigger the event. // open th...
...'hours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = event => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); // add a listener for `abort` transaction.addeventlistener('abort', () => { console.log('transaction was aborted'); }); // abort the transaction transaction.abort(); }; the same example, but assigning the event handler to the onabort property: // open the database const dbopenrequest = w...
...'hours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = event => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); // add a listener for `abort` transaction.onabort = (event) => { console.log('transaction was aborted'); }; // abort the transaction transaction.abort(); }; ...

IDBTransaction: complete event - Web APIs
the complete handler is executed when a transaction successfully completed. bubbles no cancelable no interface event event handler property oncomplete examples using addeventlistener(): // open the database const dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open('todolist', 4); dbopenrequest.onupgradeneeded = event => { const db = event.target.result; db.onerror = () => { console.log('error creating database'); }; // create an objectstore for this database var objectstore = db.createobjectstore('todolist', { keypath: 'tasktitle' }); // define what data items the objectstore will contain objectstore.createindex('hours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore...
...'hours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = event => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); // add a listener for `complete` transaction.addeventlistener('complete', event => { console.log('transaction was competed'); }); const objectstore = transaction.objectstore('todolist'); const newitem = { tasktitle: 'my task', hours: 10, minutes: 10, day: 10, month: 'january', year: 2019 };...
...'hours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = event => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); // add a listener for `complete` transaction.oncomplete = event => { console.log('transaction was competed'); }; const objectstore = transaction.objectstore('todolist'); const newitem = { tasktitle: 'my task', hours: 10, minutes: 10, day: 10, month: 'january', year: 2019 }; const objectst...

IDBTransaction: error event - Web APIs
the error event is fired on idbtransaction when a request returns an error and the event bubbles up to the transaction object. bubbles yes cancelable no interface event event handler property onerror examples this example opens a database and tries to add a record, listening for the error event for the add() operation (this will occur if, for example, a record with the given tasktitle already exists): // open the database const dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open('todolist', 4); dbopenrequest.onupgradeneeded = (event) => { const db = event.target.result; // create an objectstore for this database const objectstore = db.createobjectstore('todolist', { keypath: 'tasktitle' }); // define what data items the objectstore will con...
...ours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = (event) => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); transaction.addeventlistener('error', () => { console.log(`error adding new item: ${newitem.tasktitle}`); }); const objectstore = transaction.objectstore('todolist'); const newitem = { tasktitle: 'my task', hours: 10, minutes: 10, day: 10, month: 'january', year: 2020 }; const objectstorer...
...ours', 'hours', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = (event) => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); transaction.onerror = () => { console.log(`error adding new item: ${newitem.tasktitle}`); }; const objectstore = transaction.objectstore('todolist'); const newitem = { tasktitle: 'my task', hours: 10, minutes: 10, day: 10, month: 'january', year: 2020 }; const objectstorerequest = objectst...

MediaSessionActionDetails.fastSeek - Web APIs
the boolean property fastseek in the mediasessionactiondetails dictionary is an optional value which, when specified and true, indicates that the requested seekto operation is part of an ongoing series of seekto operations. your handler should take steps to return as quickly as possible by skipping any steps of its operation which are only necessary when the seek operation is complete. once fastseek is false or not present, the repeating series of seekto actions is complete and you can finalize the state of your web app or content. ...
...peration is part of an ongoing series of seekto operations. your handler should take steps to return as quickly as possible by skipping any steps of its operation which are only necessary when the seek operation is complete. once fastseek is false or not present, the repeating series of seekto actions is complete and you can finalize the state of your web app or content. syntax let mediasessionactiondetails = { fastseek: shouldfastseek }; let shouldfastseek = mediasessionactiondetails.fastseek; value a boolean which is true if the action is part of an ongoing series of seek actions which should be treated as part of an overall seek operation. if the value is false or this property isn't present, the seek is final. specifications specification status comment media...
...uldfastseek = mediasessionactiondetails.fastseek; value a boolean which is true if the action is part of an ongoing series of seek actions which should be treated as part of an overall seek operation. if the value is false or this property isn't present, the seek is final. specifications specification status comment media session standardthe definition of 'mediasessionactiondetails.fastseek' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

MediaSessionActionDetails.seekTime - Web APIs
the mediasessionactiondetails dictionary's seektime property is always included when a seekto action is sent to the action handler callback. its value is the absolute time, in seconds, to move the current play position to. to change the time by an offset rather than moving to an absolute time, the seekforward or seekbackward actions should be used instead. syntax let mediasessionactiondetails = { seektime: abstimeinseconds }; let abstime = mediasessionactiondetails.seektime; value a floating-point value indicating the absolute time in seconds into the media to which to move the current play position. ...
...me, the seekforward or seekbackward actions should be used instead. syntax let mediasessionactiondetails = { seektime: abstimeinseconds }; let abstime = mediasessionactiondetails.seektime; value a floating-point value indicating the absolute time in seconds into the media to which to move the current play position. usage notes to perform a "fast" seek (such as when issuing multiple seekto actions in sequence while handling a scrubbing operation, the details object's fastseek property's value is set to true, indicating that you should minimize or eliminate anything you do while handling the action that is only necessary at the final step. ...
...ion. usage notes to perform a "fast" seek (such as when issuing multiple seekto actions in sequence while handling a scrubbing operation, the details object's fastseek property's value is set to true, indicating that you should minimize or eliminate anything you do while handling the action that is only necessary at the final step. if the value of fastseek is false, or fastseek is missing, the action should be treated as the final action of the operation, and you should finalize any details that need to be handled. specifications specification status comment media session standardthe definition of 'mediasessionactiondetails.seektime' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

Actionscript Acceptance Tests - Archive of obsolete content
the acceptance test template can be found here. testing versioned bug fixes when testing versioned bug fixes (using avmplus.system.swfversion) there are a couple of requirements: you must use system.swfversion when looking up the swfversion. the test file can not be wrapped in a package or define classes as the file will be wrapped in a function when used in the ats. if you must use classes, define them in a sub-dir with the same name as the test. ...
...n looking up the swfversion. the test file can not be wrapped in a package or define classes as the file will be wrapped in a function when used in the ats. if you must use classes, define them in a sub-dir with the same name as the test. you must create a testname.as.avm_args file with the uses_swfversion directive. support files: there are a variety of support files available for non-standard actionscript tests. testname.as.asc_args this file specifies additional arguments to pass to asc when compiling the test: # asc args for file # two modes are available: # override| all command line arguments (except builtin.py) are ignored and replaced by these # merge| merge these args in with the current args # specifiy an arg that starts with -no will disable the arg... eg: -no-optimize merge| -as3 ...

MediaSessionActionDetails.seekOffset - Web APIs
the mediasessionactiondetails dictionary's seekoffset property is an optional value passed into the action handler callback to provide the number of seconds the seekforward and seekbackward actions should move the playback time by. syntax let mediasessionactiondetails = { seekoffset: deltatimeinseconds }; let deltatime = mediasessionactiondetails.seekoffset; value a floating-point value indicating the time delta in seconds by which to move the playback position relative to its current timestamp. if the offset isn't specified, the user agent will choose an appropriate offset automatically. this is typically in the range of five to ten seconds. ...
... draft initial definition. ...

Notification.actions - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. the actions read-only property of the notification interface returns the list of notificationaction objects set using the actions option when creating the notification using the notification() constructor. this is a list of the application-defined actions the user can choose to take immediately within the context of a notification. note: device and user agent might be able to display only a limited number of actions (due to, e.g., limited screen space). this limit can be infered from notification.maxactions. syntax var actions[] = notification.actions; value a read-only array of notificationaction objects, each describing a single action the user can choose within a notification. specifications specification status ...
...d number of actions (due to, e.g., limited screen space). this limit can be infered from notification.maxactions. syntax var actions[] = notification.actions; value a read-only array of notificationaction objects, each describing a single action the user can choose within a notification. specifications specification status comment notifications apithe definition of 'actions' in that specification. living standard living standard ...

Notification.requireInteraction - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. the requireinteraction read-only property of the notification interface returns a boolean indicating that a notification should remain active until the user clicks or dismisses it, rather than closing automatically. note: this can be set when the notification is first created by setting the requireinteraction option to true in the options object of the notification.notification() constructor. syntax function spawnnotification(thetitle,thebody,shouldrequireinteraction) { var options = { body: thebody, requireinteraction: shouldrequireinteraction } var n = new notification(thetitle,options); } value a boolean. specifications specification status comment notifications apithe definition of 'r...
...tification.notification() constructor. syntax function spawnnotification(thetitle,thebody,shouldrequireinteraction) { var options = { body: thebody, requireinteraction: shouldrequireinteraction } var n = new notification(thetitle,options); } value a boolean. specifications specification status comment notifications apithe definition of 'requireinteraction' in that specification. living standard living standard. ...

NotificationEvent.action - Web APIs
returns the string id of the notification button the user clicked. this value returns an empty string if the user clicked the notification somewhere other than an action button, or the notification does not have a button. the notification id is set during the creation of the notification via the actions array attribute and can't be modified unless the notification is replaced. returns a domstring object. ...
... an empty string if the user clicked the notification somewhere other than an action button, or the notification does not have a button. the notification id is set during the creation of the notification via the actions array attribute and can't be modified unless the notification is replaced. returns a domstring object. example self.registration.shownotification("new articles available", { actions: [{action: "get", title: "get now."}] }); self.addeventlistener('notificationclick', function(event) { event.notification.close(); if (event.action === 'get') { synchronizereader(); } else { clients.openwindow("/reader"); } }, false); specifications specification status comment notifications apithe definition of 'action' in that specification. li...

Multi-touch interaction - Web APIs
a live version of this application is available on github. the source code is available on github and pull requests and bug reports are welcome. ...
... a live version of this application is available on github. the source code is available on github and pull requests and bug reports are welcome. ...

Interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages - Archive of obsolete content
ostring() : ""); var event = targetdoc.createevent("event") event.initevent(type, true, true); el.dispatchevent(event); } /** * verifies that the event is indeed coming from our page * as expected, and returns the data for that event. * @returns {e4x} the (unchecked) detail data from the page. * you must check the data. ...

userAction - Archive of obsolete content
possible values: none the user is not interacting with the textbox. typing the user is typing into the textbox. scrolling the user is scrolling through the textbox. ...

userAction - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference useraction type: string gets and sets the value of the useraction attribute. ...

action - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] used to specify the content that should be generated for each matching result from a query. the action should be contained within a query or rule element. one descendant of the action body should have a uri attribute set to the member variable. this element and its descendants may use variables in place of attribute values. variables are a question mark followed by a name. for a matched rule, each variable will be a reference to data within the datasource, determined from the query. if the same variable appears multiple times, it will have the same value in each place. for more information, see actions. examples example needed attributes inherited from xul element align, allowevents, allown...

MathML In Action
here is a screenshot of what you are missing. download a mathml-enabled mozilla build to remedy this sad situation. you already have a mathml-enabled build but what you see on the screenshot is not what you get? in that case you are probably missing some crucial mathml fonts. now that you are well-equipped, you should be able to see this inline equation with varying accents: x ^ + x⁢y ^ + x⁢y⁢z ^ . next to it is this tiny formula, det | a c b d | = a d - b c , which can also be typeset in displaystyle as det | a b c d | = a d - b c . mathematical typesetting is picky. ...

nsMsgRuleActionType
defined in comm-central/ mailnews/ base/ search/ public/ nsmsgfiltercore.idl typedef long nsmsgruleactiontype; [scriptable, uuid(59af7696-1e28-4642-a400-fa327ae0b8d8)] interface nsmsgfilteraction { /* if you change these, you need to update filter.properties, look for filteractionx */ /* these longs are all actually of type nsmsgfilteractiontype */ const long custom=-1; /* see nsmsgfilteraction */ const long none=0; /* uninitialized state */ const long movetofolder=1; const long changepriority=2; const long delete=3; const long markread=4; const long killthread=5; const long watchthread=6; const long markflagged=7; const long label=8; const long reply=9; const long forward=10; const long stopexecution=11; ...

HTMLFormElement.action - Web APIs
the htmlformelement.action property represents the action of the <form> element. the action of a form is the program that is executed on the server when the form is submitted. this property can be retrieved or set. syntax var string = form.action; form.action = string; example form.action = '/cgi-bin/publish'; specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmlformelement: action' in that specification. living standard ...

IDBTransaction.objectStoreNames - Web APIs
specification specification status comment indexed database api 2.0the definition of 'objectstorenames' in that specification. recommendation indexed database api draftthe definition of 'objectstorenames' in that specification. recommendation browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. ...

Subtraction (-) - JavaScript
the subtraction operator (-) subtracts the two operands, producing their difference. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x - y examples subtraction with numbers 5 - 3 // 2 3 - 5 // -2 subtraction with non-numbers 'foo' - 3 // nan specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'subtraction operator' in that specification. ...

Subtraction assignment (-=) - JavaScript
the subtraction assignment operator (-=) subtracts the value of the right operand from a variable and assigns the result to the variable. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax operator: x -= y meaning: x = x - y examples using subtraction assignment // assuming the following variable // bar = 5 bar -= 2 // 3 bar -= 'foo' // nan specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'assignment operators' in that specification. ...

Index - Web APIs
494 cssvalue.cssvaluetype api, cssvalue, property, read-only, reference, cssvaluetype the cssvaluetype read-only property of the cssvalue interface represents the type of the current computed css property value. 495 cssvaluelist api, cssvaluelist, dom, interface, reference the cssvaluelist interface derives from the cssvalue interface and provides the abstraction of an ordered collection of css values. 496 cssvaluelist.item() api, cssvaluelist, method, reference, item the item() method of the cssvaluelist interface is used to retrieve a cssvalue by ordinal index. 497 cssvaluelist.length api, cssvaluelist, needsexample, property, read-only, reference, length the length read-only property of the cssvaluelist interfa...
...rted. if there is an animation-delay, this event will fire once the delay period has expired. a negative delay will cause the event to fire with an elapsedtime equal to the absolute value of the delay (and, correspondingly, the animation will begin playing at that time index into the sequence). 980 document: copy event event the copy event fires when the user initiates a copy action through the browser's user interface. 981 document: cut event event the cut event is fired when the user has initiated a "cut" action through the browser's user interface. 982 document: drag event api, dom, document, drag, dragevent, event, reference, web, drag and drop the drag event is fired every few hundred milliseconds as an element or text selection...
...oardevent, reference, keyup the keyup event is fired when a key is released. 996 document: lostpointercapture event api, document, event, pointerevent, reference, lostpointercapture the lostpointercapture event is fired when a captured pointer is released. 997 document: paste event event the paste event is fired when the user has initiated a "paste" action through the browser's user interface. 998 document: pointercancel event api, document, event, pointerevent, onpointercancel, pointercancel the pointercancel event is fired when the browser determines that there are unlikely to be any more pointer events, or if after the pointerdown event is fired, the pointer is then used to manipulate the viewport by panning, zooming, or scr...
...And 82 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
eference documentation on the indexeddb api, see the indexeddb article and its subpages. this article documents the types of objects used by indexeddb, as well as the methods of the asynchronous api (the synchronous api was removed from spec). basic pattern the basic pattern that indexeddb encourages is the following: open a database. create an object store in the database. start a transaction and make a request to do some database operation, like adding or retrieving data. wait for the operation to complete by listening to the right kind of dom event. do something with the results (which can be found on the request object). with these big concepts under our belts, we can get to more concrete stuff. creating and structuring the store using an experimental version of ind...
...ll use a prefix, you can use the following code: // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
... use the following code: // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...And 64 more matches

MathML Accessibility in Mozilla
mode "utterance" and description spoken last. note that this is still very experimental. ...
... spoken last. note that this is still very experimental. mathml windows mac linux accessfu diagonal of a regular pentagon video video video / x+2 __________ x plus 2 __________ x+2 x plus 2 x + y ab __________ a over b __________ fraction start, a over b, end of fraction fraction start. a over b. ...
...very experimental. mathml windows mac linux accessfu diagonal of a regular pentagon video video video / x+2 __________ x plus 2 __________ x+2 x plus 2 x + y ab __________ a over b __________ fraction start, a over b, end of fraction fraction start. a over b. fraction end. ...
...And 36 more matches

Index
qa, testing xpcshell unit tests are run by specifying them in a manifest file. you can add conditions to tests in order to control when tests get run. the conditions accept a simple boolean expression syntax, described here. 71 monitoring http activity http gecko includes the nsihttpactivityobserver interface, which you can implement in your code to monitor http transactions in real time, receiving a callback as the transactions take place. 72 observer notifications xpcom, xpcom:add-ons the following are topics that you can observe during the course of an application. unless otherwise noted you register for the topics using the nsiobserverservice. 73 setting http request headers add-ons, extensions, http, xul, xulrunner http...
..., "homepage", or "homepage_override" to the various get/set methods. 160 extensionmanager (toolkit) extensions the extensionmanager follows the nsiextensionmanager api. 161 iaccessible2 interfaces, needscontent, xpcom, xpcom interface reference returns the attributes specific to this iaccessible2 object, such as a cell's formula. ...
...ce reference returns the attributes specific to this iaccessible2 object, such as a cell's formula. 162 iaccessibleaction interfaces, xpcom, xpcom interface reference every accessible object that can be manipulated via the native gui beyond the methods available either in the msaa iaccessible interface or in the set of iaccessible2 interfaces (other than this iaccessibleaction interface) should support the iaccessibleaction interface in order to provide assistive technology access to all the actions that can be performed by the object. each action can be performed or queried for a name, description or associated key bindings. ...
...And 28 more matches

Advanced Svelte: Reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility - Learn web development
focus management. to do so, we'll utilize some techniques for accessing dom nodes and executing methods like focus() and select(). we will also see how to declare and clean-up event listeners on dom elements. we also need to learn a bit about component lifecycle, to understand when these dom nodes get mounted and and unmounted from the dom and how we can access them. we will also learn about the action directive, which will allow us to extend the functionality of html elements in a reusable and declarative way. finally, we will learn a bit more about components. so far, we've seen how components can share data using props, and communicate with their parents using events and two-way data binding. now we will see how components can also expose methods and variables. the following new components...
...ml elements in a reusable and declarative way. finally, we will learn a bit more about components. so far, we've seen how components can share data using props, and communicate with their parents using events and two-way data binding. now we will see how components can also expose methods and variables. the following new components will be developed throughout the course of this article: moreactions: displays the check all and remove completed buttons, and emits the corresponding events required to handle their functionality. newtodo: displays the <input> field and add button for adding a new todo. todosstatus: displays the "x out of y items completed" status heading. code along with us git clone the github repo (if you haven't already done it) with: git clone https://github.com/open...
...rrent app state, run cd mdn-svelte-tutorial/05-advanced-concepts or directly download the folder's content: npx degit opensas/mdn-svelte-tutorial/05-advanced-concepts remember to run npm install && npm run dev to start your app in development mode. repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/76cc90c43a37452e8c7f70521f88b698?version=3.23.2 working on the moreactions component now we'll tackle the check all and remove completed buttons. let's create a component that will be in charge of displaying the buttons and emitting the corresponding events. create a new file — components/moreactions.svelte. when the first button is clicked, we'll emit a checkall event to signal that all the todos should be checked/unchecked. when the second button is cl...
...And 26 more matches

Inputs and input sources - Web APIs
port for a variety of kinds of input devices. in this guide, we'll look at how to use webxr's input device management features to determine what input sources are available and how to then monitor those sources for inputs in order to handle user interactivity with your virtual or augmented environment. ...
... user interactivity with your virtual or augmented environment. inputs in webxr fundamentally, inputs in webxr fall into two basic categories: targeting and actions. targeting is the specification of a point in space by the user's input. this may involve the user simply tapping on a spot on the screen, tracking their eyes, or the use of a joystick or motion-sensing controller to move a cursor. actions include both selection actions, such as clicking on a button, and squeeze actions, such as pulling a trigger or tightening your grip while wearing haptic gloves. by combining these two types of input with the changing of viewing position and/or orientation through the headset or other mechanisms, you can create an interactive simulated environment. input device types webxr supports a variety ...
...these devices include but aren't limited to: screen taps (particularly but not necessarily only on phones or tablets) can be used to simultaneously perform both targeting and selection. ...
...And 25 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
unit testing specification version 1.1. 114 test/harness test harness setup and execution. 115 test/httpd an http server for the mozilla platform, which can be used in unit tests. 116 test/runner sets up unit tests. 117 test/utils helper methods used in the commonjs unit testing suite. 118 ui/button/action add a button to the firefox user interface. 119 ui/button/toggle add a toggle button to the firefox user interface. 120 ui/frame create html iframes, using bundled html, css and javascript, that can be added to a designated area of the firefox user interface. 121 ui/id create ui component ids. 122 ui/sidebar ...
...e root of your add-on, install the package that contains the modules you want to use: 170 bootstrapped extensions add-ons, extensions, firefox 4, gecko 2.0, guide, localization no summary! 171 code snippets add-ons, code snippets, extensions no summary! 172 alerts and notifications code snippets non-modal notification and further interaction with users 173 autocomplete code snippets, form fill, satchel no summary! 174 bookmarks code snippets, developing mozilla, extensions, places no summary! 175 boxes code snippets make the box style="display: block" and the wrapping behavior will occur when the box is resized: 176 canvas code snippets canvas, code snippet...
... there are some common pitfalls that should be avoided when writing either extensions or core mozilla code. these are the sort of things that super-review should be catching for code that goes into the tree; avoiding these to start with saves super-reviewers a lot of effort. 224 communication between html and your extension add-ons, extensions, web development see also interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages. 225 creating custom firefox extensions with the mozilla build system add-ons, build documentation, developing mozilla, extensions, guide, needscontent, xpcom no summary! 226 custom about: urls about: this page describes how to register a new about: url for your extension. 227 default preferences ...
...And 21 more matches

Basic concepts - Web APIs
main indexeddb api article and its subpages, which document the types of objects used by indexeddb. for more information on how the browser handles storing your data in the background, read browser storage limits and eviction criteria. overview of indexeddb indexeddb lets you store and retrieve objects that are indexed with a "key." all changes that you make to the database happen within transactions. like most web storage solutions, indexeddb follows a same-origin policy. so while you can access stored data within a domain, you cannot access data across different domains. indexeddb is an asynchronous api that can be used in most contexts, including web workers. it used to include a synchronous version also, for use in web workers, but this was removed from the spec due to lack of interest ...
...n off when working with indexeddb. so keep the following important concepts in mind: indexeddb databases store key-value pairs. the values can be complex structured objects, and keys can be properties of those objects. you can create indexes that use any property of the objects for quick searching, as well as sorted enumeration. keys can be binary objects. ...
...eddb databases store key-value pairs. the values can be complex structured objects, and keys can be properties of those objects. you can create indexes that use any property of the objects for quick searching, as well as sorted enumeration. keys can be binary objects. indexeddb is built on a transactional database model. everything you do in indexeddb always happens in the context of a transaction. ...
...And 18 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
your javascript console: localstorage.removeitem('name'); let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname the third line should now return null — the name item no longer exists in the web storage. the data persists! one key feature of web storage is that the data persists between page loads (and even when the browser is shut down, in the case of localstorage). let's look at this in action. open our web storage blank template again, but this time in a different browser to the one you've got this tutorial open in! this will make it easier to deal with. type these lines into the browser's javascript console: localstorage.setitem('name','chris'); let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname you should see the name item returned. now close down the browser ...
...below your previous line: // define the adddata() function function adddata(e) { // prevent default - we don't want the form to submit in the conventional way e.preventdefault(); // grab the values entered into the form fields and store them in an object ready for being inserted into the db let newitem = { title: titleinput.value, body: bodyinput.value }; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data let transaction = db.transaction(['notes_os'], 'readwrite'); // call an object store that's already been added to the database let objectstore = transaction.objectstore('notes_os'); // make a request to add our newitem object to the object store let request = objectstore.add(newitem); request.onsuccess = function() { // clear the form, ready for adding...
...ore that's already been added to the database let objectstore = transaction.objectstore('notes_os'); // make a request to add our newitem object to the object store let request = objectstore.add(newitem); request.onsuccess = function() { // clear the form, ready for adding the next entry titleinput.value = ''; bodyinput.value = ''; }; // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function() { console.log('transaction completed: database modification finished.'); // update the display of data to show the newly added item, by running displaydata() again. ...
...And 16 more matches

mozIStorageConnection
ments, executing sql, and examining database errors. 1.0 68 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) for a general overview on how to use this interface, see storage. ...
...g database errors. 1.0 68 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) for a general overview on how to use this interface, see storage. ...
... 1.0 68 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) for a general overview on how to use this interface, see storage. ...
...And 16 more matches

Sqlite.jsm
ing created statement instances, destroying them when you are done, etc. this translates to fewer lines of code to talk to sqlite. all operations are asynchronous. use of synchronous storage apis is discouraged because they block the main thread. all the functionality in sqlite.jsm is asynchronous. easier memory management. since sqlite.jsm manages statements for you, it can perform intelligent actions like purging all cached statements not in use, freeing memory in the process. there is even a shrinkmemory api that will minimize memory usage of the connection automatically. simpler transactions. sqlite.jsm exposes a transaction api built on top of task.jsm that allows transactions to be written as procedural javascript functions (as opposed to a series of callback driven operations). if the ...
...this makes code easy to write and read. javascript-y api. sqlite.jsm feels like a pure javascript module. the complexities of xpcom are mostly hidden from view. ...
...e state of the connection. close() close this database connection. this must be called on every opened connection or else application shutdown will fail due to waiting on the opened connection to close (gecko doesn't force close connections because it doesn't know that you are really done with them). this function returns a promise that will be resolved when the database has closed. if a transaction is in progress at the time this function is called, the transaction will be forcibly rolled back. if statements are in progress at the time this function is called, they will be cancelled. callers should not attempt to use the connection after calling this method as the connection will be unusable. it is possible to automatically close the connection when the browser is closed with the shutdow...
...And 13 more matches

Basics
i><mo>)</mo></mrow><mi>n</mi></msup> </math> for some <i>n</i>. when you left-click any individual entry, it should toggle between its expanded and unexpanded forms. you can also <a href="javascript:unexpand();">unexpand all</a> or <a href="javascript:expand();">expand all</a>. ...
...ow><mi>n</mi></msup> </math> for some <i>n</i>. when you left-click any individual entry, it should toggle between its expanded and unexpanded forms. you can also <a href="javascript:unexpand();">unexpand all</a> or <a href="javascript:expand();">expand all</a>. ...
...so <a href="javascript:unexpand();">unexpand all</a> or <a href="javascript:expand();">expand all</a>. ...
...And 13 more matches

nsINavHistoryResultViewObserver
drop_on 0 the drag operation wishes...
... drop_on 0 the drag operation wishes to drop the dragg...
... drop_on 0 the drag operation wishes to drop the dragged item onto the indicated row. ...
...And 13 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
ation-layer protocol negotiation (alpn) is a tls extension which indicates what application layer protocol is negotiating the encryped connection without requiring additional round trips. 5 api codingscripting, glossary, infrastructure an api (application programming interface) is a set of features and rules that exist inside a software program (the application) enabling interaction with it through software - as opposed to a human user interface. the api can be seen as a simple contract (the interface) between the application offering it and other items, such as third party software or hardware. 6 aria accessibility, glossary aria (accessible rich internet applications) is a w3c specification for adding semantics and other metadata to html to cater to us...
... computers for converting letters, numbers, punctuation and control codes into digital form. since 2007, utf-8 superseded it on the web. 9 atag atag, accessibility, authoring tool accessibility guidelines, glossary atag (authoring tool accessibility guidelines) is a w3c recommendation for building accessible-authoring tools that produce accessible contents. 10 abstraction abstraction, coding, codingscripting, glossary, programming language abstraction in computer programming is a way to reduce complexity and allow efficient design and implementation in complex software systems. it hides the technical complexity of systems behind simpler apis. 11 accessibility accessibility, glossary web accessibility (a11y) refers to best practices f...
...script that calls multiple functions — what function is currently being run and what functions are called from within that function, etc. 63 callback function callback, callback function, codingscripting, glossary a callback function is a function passed into another function as an argument, which is then invoked inside the outer function to complete some kind of routine or action. 64 canonical order canonical order, codingscripting, glossary in css, canonical order is used to refer to the order in which separate values need to be specified (or parsed) or are to be serialized as part of a css property value. it is defined by the formal syntax of the property and normally refers to the order in which longhand values should be specified as part of a sing...
...And 11 more matches

Necko walkthrough
ncopen nshttpchannel::beginconnect() creates nshttpconnectioninfo object for the channel checks if we're proxying or not fires off the dns prefetch request (dispatched to dns thread pool) some other things nshttpchannel::connect might to a speculativeconnect (pre open tcp socket) nshttpchannel::continueconnect some cache stuff nshttpchannel::setuptransaction creates new nshttptransaction, and inits it with mrequesthead (the request headers) and muploadstream (which was created from the request data in channel setup) gets an nsiasyncinputstream (for the response; corresponds to the nspipeinputstream for the response stream pipe) passes it to nsinputstreampump nshttpchannel::ghttphandler->initiatetransaction (called from connect) ...
...thead (the request headers) and muploadstream (which was created from the request data in channel setup) gets an nsiasyncinputstream (for the response; corresponds to the nspipeinputstream for the response stream pipe) passes it to nsinputstreampump nshttpchannel::ghttphandler->initiatetransaction (called from connect) this is the global nshttphandler object, which adds the transaction to the nshttpconnectionmgr (one of these per nshttphandler). nshttpconnectionmgr::postevent creates an nsconnevent with params including the handler function, nshttpconnectionmgr::onmsgnewtransaction, and the recently created nshttptransaction. dispatches the nsconnevent to the socket thread back to the context of nshttpchannel::continueconnect: nsinputstreampump->asyncread...
...nspipeinputstream::asyncwait), with target thread set to the current thread, i.e. main. so, subsequent callbacks will be dispatched to the main thread. ...
...And 10 more matches

Observer Notifications
o content windows as needed (see nsidomglobalpropertyinitializer for an alternative method of doing this). data is a string form of the origin (for use in security checks), eg "http://developer.mozilla.org". document-element-inserted document null sent immediately after the root element of a document has been created, but before executing any script on it. user-interaction-active nsidomwindow null sent once every 5000ms while this chrome document sees some kind of user activity (for example, keyboard or mouse events), and at the exact moment of the state transition from idle to active. user-interaction-inactive nsidomwindow null sent when the chrome document has seen no user activity for a while. the notification is not repe...
...ill be the download id wrapped in nsisupportspruint32, for one download removed, or null for multi download remove, for example when the download list is cleared. extension manager note: these notifications are no longer available starting with gecko 2.0, instead use addonmanager.addaddonlistener() to receive similar events. this topic indicates when the extension manager performs some action. ...
... wrapped in nsisupportspruint32, for one download removed, or null for multi download remove, for example when the download list is cleared. extension manager note: these notifications are no longer available starting with gecko 2.0, instead use addonmanager.addaddonlistener() to receive similar events. this topic indicates when the extension manager performs some action. ...
...And 10 more matches

How to convert an overlay extension to restartless - Archive of obsolete content
requirements first off, what kind of add-on are we talking about here? well, xul overlays and windows, jsm files, chrome & resource mappings with localization, default preferences, but no xpcom components of your own. some of that will have to be replaced and the rest will need to be loaded differently. next, what's the minimum version of firefox we should require (preferably an esr)? this guide targets firefox 17 esr or later (or anything else gecko 17+, such as seamonkey 2.14+). ...
... is easy: drop support for firefox 3.x if you haven't already, move your jsm files to wherever you've got your chrome mapping to for your xul overlay and/or windows, import your files from that new chrome mapped path instead of the old resource one, and remove your "resource" line from your chrome.manifest file. it's probably a good idea to do this even if you aren't going fully restartless / extractionless due to the previously mentioned exposure to content of resource mappings. also, drop support for firefox 4 through 9 while you're at it. prior to firefox 10, the chrome.manifest file you rely on wasn't loaded automatically for restartless add-ons. hacks were required, and probably a bad idea. step 2b: audit any remaining resource:// uri usage internal to your extension if you don't need re...
...or restartless add-ons. hacks were required, and probably a bad idea. step 2b: audit any remaining resource:// uri usage internal to your extension if you don't need resource:// uris for anything else, then you may be able to skip the next step. if not, see if you still can't do things any other way. as with jsms, a chrome:// uri may be more appropriate. ...
...And 9 more matches

Sending form data - Learn web development
p request. note: to get a better idea of how client-server architectures work, read our server-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. all of its attributes are designed to let you configure the request to be sent when a user hits a submit button. ...
...t a better idea of how client-server architectures work, read our server-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. all of its attributes are designed to let you configure the request to be sent when a user hits a submit button. the two most important attributes are action and method. ...
... client-server architectures work, read our server-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. all of its attributes are designed to let you configure the request to be sent when a user hits a submit button. the two most important attributes are action and method. the action attribute the action attribute defines where the data gets sent. ...
...And 9 more matches

TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
with the following: import type { todotype } from '../types/todo.type' export let todo: todotype note: another reminder — when importing a .ts file you have to omit the extension. check the import section of the typescript manual for more information. now from todos.svelte, we will instantiate a todo component with a literal object as its parameter before the call to the moreactions component, like this: <hr /> <todo todo={ { name: 'a new task with no id!', completed: false } } /> <!-- moreactions --> <moreactions {todos} add the lang='ts' to the <script> tag of the todos.svelte component, so that it knows to use the type checking we have specified. we will get the following error: by now you should get an idea about the kind of assistance we can get f...
...s, like so: export let ms = 3000 let visible: boolean let timeout: number const onmessagechange = (message: string, ms: number) => { cleartimeout(timeout) if (!message) { // hide alert if message is empty note: there's no need to specify the ms type with export let ms:number = 3000 because typescript is already inferring it from its default value. moreactions.svelte now we'll do the same for the moreactions.svelte component. add the lang='ts' attribute, like before. typescript will warn us about the todos prop and the t variable in the call to todos.filter(t =>...). warn: variable 'todos' implicitly has an 'any' type, but a better type may be inferred from usage. (ts) export let todos warn: parameter 't' implicitly has an 'any' type, but a ...
... next we'll specify all the missing types. the variable todosstatus, which we used to programmatically access the methods exposed by the todosstatus component, is of type todosstatus. and each todo will be of type todotype. ...
...And 8 more matches

Using XMLHttpRequest - Web APIs
in this guide, we'll take a look at how to use xmlhttprequest to issue http requests in order to exchange data between the web site and a server. examples of both common and more obscure use cases for xmlhttprequest are included. to send an http request, create an xmlhttprequest object, open a url, and send the request. after the transaction completes, the object will contain useful information such as the response body and the http status of the result. function reqlistener () { console.log(this.responsetext); } var oreq = new xmlhttprequest(); oreq.addeventlistener("load", reqlistener); oreq.open("get", "http://www.example.org/example.txt"); oreq.send(); types of requests a request made via xmlhttprequest can fetch the data in one of two ways, asynchronously or synchronously. the type ...
...osegmreq, ofile, bispost = otarget.method.tolowercase() === "post"; /* console.log("ajaxsubmit - serializing form..."); */ this.contenttype = bispost && otarget.enctype ? otarget.enctype : "application\/x-www-form-urlencoded"; this.technique = bispost ? this.contenttype === "multipart\/form-data" ? 3 : this.contenttype === "text\/plain" ? 2 : 1 : 0; this.receiver = otarget.action; this.status = 0; this.segments = []; var ffilter = this.technique === 2 ? plainescape : escape; for (var nitem = 0; nitem < otarget.elements.length; nitem++) { ofield = otarget.elements[nitem]; if (!ofield.hasattribute("name")) { continue; } sfieldtype = ofield.nodename.touppercase() === "input" ? ofield.getattribute("type").touppercase() : "text"; if (sfi...
... multipart/form-data */ "content-disposition: form-data; name=\"" + ofield.name + "\"\r\n\r\n" + ofield.value + "\r\n" : /* enctype is application/x-www-form-urlencoded or text/plain or method is get */ ffilter(ofield.name) + "=" + ffilter(ofield.value) ); } } processstatus(this); } return function (oformelement) { if (!oformelement.action) { return; } new submitrequest(oformelement); }; })(); </script> </head> <body> <h1>sending forms with pure ajax</h1> <h2>using the get method</h2> <form action="register.php" method="get" onsubmit="ajaxsubmit(this); return false;"> <fieldset> <legend>registration example</legend> <p> first name: <input type="text" name="firstname" /><br /> last name: <input type=...
...And 8 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
h xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 404 treeitem.label xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 405 treelines no summary! 406 type no summary! 407 unread xul, xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 408 uri xul, xul attribute, xul reference no summary! 409 useraction xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 410 validate xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 411 value xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 412 var xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 413 visuallyselected no summary! 414 wait-cursor xul attributes, xul reference no su...
... tree.inputfield xul properties, xul reference no summary! 873 treeboxobject xul properties, xul reference no summary! 874 triggernode xul, xul properties, xul reference no summary! 875 type xul properties, xul reference no summary! 876 uri xul properties, xul reference no summary! 877 useraction xul properties, xul reference no summary! 878 value xul properties, xul reference no summary! 879 valuenumber xul properties, xul reference no summary! 880 view xul properties, xul reference no summary! 881 visibletabs gecko 2.0, xul properties, xul reference no summary! 882 webbrowserfind ...
...this content will be copied for each matching result (though see below for an exception) a...
...And 7 more matches

Adding Event Handlers to XBL-defined Elements - Archive of obsolete content
e last example in the previous section demonstrated this. in that example, oncommand handlers were added to some buttons. handler element however, you may want to add an event handler to the entire contents, that is, all the elements defined in the content tag. this could be useful when trapping the focus and blur events. to define an event handler, use the handler element. ...
...valid event types are those supported by xul and javascript, such as click and focus. ...
...ou can use more than one handler if necessary. if an event does not match any of the handler events, it is simply passed to the inner content as usual. the general handler syntax is as follows: <binding id="binding-name"> <handlers> <handler event="event-name" action="script"/> </handlers> </binding> place all of your handlers within the handlers element. each handler element defines the action taken for a particular event specified by its event attribute. valid event types are those supported by xul and javascript, such as click and focus. use the event name without the 'on' in front of it. a common reason to set handlers is to modify the custom properties when an event occurs. for example, a custom checkbox might have a checked property which needs to be changed when the user clicks t...
...And 7 more matches

Places utilities for JavaScript
ince gecko 21 boolean nodeislivemarkitem(nsinavhistoryresultnode anode); obsolete since gecko 21 boolean isreadonlyfolder(nsinavhistoryresultnode anode); int getindexofnode(nsinavhistoryresultnode anode); string wrapnode(nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, string atype, nsiuri aoverrideuri); array unwrapnodes(string blob, string atype); nsitransaction maketransaction(string data, string type, nsinavhistoryresultnode container, int index, boolean copy); nsinavhistoryresult getfoldercontents(int afolderid, boolean aexcludeitems, boolean aexpandqueries); boolean showaddbookmarkui(nsiuri auri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apost...
...interfaces that are already fairly cluttered. there are currently 11 services defined in here. bookmarks nsinavbookmarksservice history nsinavhistoryservice globalhistory nsibrowserhistory livemarks nsilivemarkservice annotations nsiannotationservice favicons nsifaviconservice microsummaries nsimicrosummaryservice tagging nsitaggingservice rdf nsirdfservice ptm nsiplacestransactionsservice clipboard nsiclipboard urifixup nsiurifixup special places these are essentially references to the id's of special folders within places. they can save you time calling the service and searching for a particular folder on your own. placesrootid bookmarksmenufolderid the bookmarks menu. toolbarfolderid the bookmarks toolbar. tagsfolderid the folder that tags are stored i...
...rialization of the node unwrapnodes() unwraps data from the clipboard or the current drag session. array object unwrapnodes(blob, type) parameters blob a blob (string) of data, in some format we potentially know how to parse. type the content type of the blob. return type returns an array of objects representing each item contained by the source. maketransaction() constructs a transaction for the drop or paste of a blob of data into a container. maketransaction(data, type, container, index, copy) parameters data the unwrapped data blob of dropped or pasted data. type the content type of the data container the container the data was dropped or pasted into index the index wi...
...And 7 more matches

XUL Migration Guide - Archive of obsolete content
mpatibility across firefox releases and of the sdk's security model. apis like ui and panel are very generic and with the right content can be used to replace many specific xul elements. but there are some notable limitations in the sdk apis and even a fairly simple ui may need some degree of redesign to work with them. some limitations are the result of intentional design choices. for example, action buttons appear by default in the main firefox toolbar (although users may relocate them by toolbar customization) because it makes for a better user experience for add-ons to expose their interfaces in a consistent way. in such cases it's worth considering changing your user interface to align with the sdk apis. some limitations only exist because we haven't yet implemented the relevant apis: fo...
...ere's currently no way to add items to the browser's main menus using the sdk's supported apis. many add-ons will need to make some changes to their user interfaces if they are to use only the sdk's supported apis, and add-ons which make drastic changes to the browser chrome will very probably need more than the sdk's supported apis can offer. similarly, the supported apis expose only a small fraction of the full range of xpcom functionality. using third party packages the sdk is extensible by design: developers can create new modules filling gaps in the sdk, and package them for distribution and reuse. add-on developers can install these packages and use the new modules. if you can find a third party package that does what you want, this is a great way to use features not supported in the ...
...upported apis, low-level apis do not come with a compatibility guarantee, so we do not expect code using them will necessarily continue to work as new versions of firefox are released. in this section we'll use low-level modules how to: modify the browser chrome using dynamic manipulation of the dom directly access the tabbrowser object modifying the browser chrome this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. the window/utils module gives you direct access to chrome windows, including the browser's chrome window. here's a really simple example add-on that modifies the browser chrome using window/utils: function removeforwardbutton() { var window = require("sdk/window/utils").getmostrecentbrowserwindow(); var forward = window.document.
...And 6 more matches

ui/toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
a panel, a toolbar: does not overlap with any web content is persistent, remaining visible until the user chooses to close it is a fixed size, and appears in a fixed location usage creating and destroying toolbars you don't specify toolbar content directly: instead, you create other ui components and supply them to the toolbar constructor. ...
...hooses to close it is a fixed size, and appears in a fixed location usage creating and destroying toolbars you don't specify toolbar content directly: instead, you create other ui components and supply them to the toolbar constructor. ...
...ing toolbars you don't specify toolbar content directly: instead, you create other ui components and supply them to the toolbar constructor. ...
...And 6 more matches

Multiple Rules - Archive of obsolete content
the query generates a list of the photos and assigns the title of each photo to the variable '?title'. note that the full que...
...the query generates a list of the photos and assigns the title of each photo to the variable '?title'. note that the full query syntax must be used to use conditions within rules. the first rule contains a new element,...
...the query generates a list of the photos and assigns the title of each photo to the variable '?title'. note that the full query syntax must be used to use conditions within rules. the first rule contains a new element, where which is used to define a condi...
...And 6 more matches

Ember interactivity: Events, classes and state - Learn web development
o your terminal: ember generate component-class header this will create the following empty class file — todomvc/app/components/header.js: import component from '@glimmer/component'; export default class headercomponent extends component { } inside this file we will implement the event handler code. ...
... class file — todomvc/app/components/header.js: import component from '@glimmer/component'; export default class headercomponent extends component { } inside this file we will implement the event handler code. ...
...code. update the content to the following: import component from '@glimmer/component'; import { action } from '@ember/object'; export default class headercomponent extends component { @action onkeydown({ target, key }) { let text = target.value.trim(); let hasvalue = boolean(text); if (key === 'enter' && hasvalue) { alert(text); target.value = '' } } } the @action decorator is the only ember-specific code here (aside from extending from the component superclass, and the ember-specific items we are importing using javascript module syntax) — the rest of the file is vanilla javascript, and would work in any application. ...
...And 6 more matches

Index
ps a predefined set of ca certificates. this set, including their trust assignments, is provided by nss as a software module, called ckbi (“built-in root certificates”), which also implements the pkcs#11 interface. on an organizational level the contents of the set are managed according to the mozilla ca policy. on a technical level the set is a binary software module. a cryptographic transaction, such as encryption or decryption related to a data exchange, usually involves working with the x.509 certs of your communication partners (peer). it's also required that you safely keep your own secret keys that belong to your own certificates. you might want to protect the storage of your secret keys with pbe. you might decide to modify the default trust provided by nss. all of this requires st...
... key pair. the usual approach is to create a certificate signing request (csr) as soon as an application is done with the creation step, which will have created a handle to the key pair, and which can be used for the necessary related operations, like producing a proof-of-ownership of the private key, which is usually required when submitting the public key with a csr to a ca. the usual follow up action is receiving a signed certificate from a ca. (however, it's also possible to use nss functionality to create a self-signed certificate, which, however, usually won't be trusted by other parties.) once received, it's sufficient to tell nss to import such a new certificate into the nss database, and nss will automatically perform a lookup of the embedded public key, be able to find the associated p...
...sing the asn.1 parser(s), a template definition is passed to the parser, which will analyze the asn.1 data stream accordingly. the templates are usually closely aligned to definitions found in rfc documents. a data block described as der is usually in asn.1 format. you must know which data you are expecting, and use the correct template for parsing, based on the context of your software's interaction. data described as pem is a base64 encoded presentation of der, usually wrapped between human readable begin/end lines. nss prefers the binary presentation, but is often capable to use base64 or ascii presentations, especially when importing data from files. a recent development adds support for loading external pem files that contain private keys, in a software library called nss-pem, which is s...
...And 6 more matches

Web Replay
cordreplay.enablerewinding when disabled, firefox records a page signifcantly faster. default true. devtools.recordreplay.fastlogpoints when enabled, firefox web replay evaluates logpoints consecutively. logpoints cannot have side-effects or diverge from the recording in any othe way in this mode. default false. devtools.recordreplay.logging when enabled, firefox will log web replay's internal actions to the terminal, which is helpful when debugging hangs and crashes. default false architecture there are several main components to the project: the record/replay infrastructure records enough information during recording so that the replayed process can run and produce the same observable behaviors. ipc integration allows a replaying process to communicate with the chrome process using i...
...ution (resume/rewind). the debugger is not allowed to change the replaying process's observable state. record/replay infrastructure broadly, reliable record/replay is achieved by controlling for non-determinism in the browser. this non-determinism originates from two sources: intra-thread and inter-thread. intra-thread non-deterministic behaviors are non-deterministic even in the absence of actions by other threads, and inter-thread non-deterministic behaviors are those affected by interleaving execution with other threads, and which always behave the same given the same interleaving. intra-thread non-determinism is recorded and later replayed for each thread. these behaviors mainly originate from system calls (i/o and such). inter-thread non-determinism is handled by first assuming the...
... main table classes (for now plhashtable and pldhashtable) are instrumented so that they always iterate over elements in the order they were added when recording or replaying. differing gc behavior can cause object finalizers to run at different times. to prevent this from having an effect on execution behavior, gc finalizers which can affect the recording are instrumented so that the finalizer action is performed at the same time in the replay as it was during the recording. even if the associated js object has not been destroyed yet during the replay, it will never be used again because at this point in the recording it has been finalized. similarly, gc behavior can cause values read from weak pointers to differ between recording and replay. if this difference can affect the recording, th...
...And 6 more matches

nsIMsgFilter
defined in comm-central/ mailnews/ base/ search/ public/ nsimsgfilter.idl attributes type attribute nsmsgruleactiontype type; priority // target priority.. throws an exception if the action is not priority attribute nsmsgpriorityvalue priority; targetfolderuri // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder attribute acstring targetfolderuri; label // target label. ...
... base/ search/ public/ nsimsgfilter.idl attributes type attribute nsmsgruleactiontype type; priority // target priority.. throws an exception if the action is not priority attribute nsmsgpriorityvalue priority; targetfolderuri // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder attribute acstring targetfolderuri; label // target label. ...
...the action is not priority attribute nsmsgpriorityvalue priority; targetfolderuri // target folder.. throws an exception if the action is not move to folder attribute acstring targetfolderuri; label // target label. ...
...And 6 more matches

Storage
for sqlite database, but this is not recommended. this extension is treated specially by windows as a known extension for an 'application compatibility database' and changes are backed up by the system automatically as part of system restore functionality. this can result in significantly higher overhead file operation. closing a connection to close a connection on which only synchronous transactions were performed, use the mozistorageconnection.close() method. if you performed any asynchronous transactions, you should instead use the mozistorageconnection.asyncclose() method. the latter will allow all ongoing transactions to complete before closing the connection, and will optionally notify you via callback when the connection is closed. statements this section demonstrates how you can ex...
...s based on gecko 1.8 or 1.9, you should the technique covered in the section synchronously below. otherwise, it's strongly recommended that you use asynchronous execution, for performance reasons. asynchronously gecko 1.9.1 introduced support for asynchronous execution of a statement by calling mozistoragestatement.executeasync() on the statement. multiple statements can be executed in a transaction by calling mozistorageconnection.executeasync() on the connection and passing in an array of statements. both of these methods have similar signatures that accept an object as input that receives notifications the execution of the statement(s). a c++ example is omitted here because it would be verbose, but real-world code can be found in the mozilla source tree (mxr id search for mozistoragestate...
...t(ns_literal_cstring("delete from table_name"), getter_addrefs(statement)); ns_ensure_success(rv, rv); return statement->execute(); // once this function returns, mspecialstatement will be reset, and statement will // be destroyed. } note: calling reset is not an expensive operation, and nothing bad happens if you call reset more than once. transactions transactions can be used to either improve performance, or group statements together as an atomic operation. in both cases, you execute more than one statement inside of a transaction. in javascript, managing transactions can be difficult when you are using the same connection on different threads, or are using a combination of asynchronous and synchronous statement execution. the best way to ...
...And 6 more matches

MailNews Filters
mailnews filters consist of a set of search terms, and a set of filter actions. filter execution is done by evaluating the search terms using the core mailnews/base/search code, and then applying the filter hits when the search terms match. for new incoming messages, the protocol specific object that handles new messages calls nsimsgfilterlist::applyfilterstohdr and passes itself in as nsimsgfilterhitnotify interface to handle filter hits. e.g., imap, pop3. applyfilterstohdr will in turn call the applyfilterhit method of the passed in nsimsgfilterhitnotify interface ptr. the protocol specific code will then apply all of the actions of the filter to the current msg header. ...
...t that handles new messages calls nsimsgfilterlist::applyfilterstohdr and passes itself in as nsimsgfilterhitnotify interface to handle filter hits. e.g., imap, pop3. applyfilterstohdr will in turn call the applyfilterhit method of the passed in nsimsgfilterhitnotify interface ptr. the protocol specific code will then apply all of the actions of the filter to the current msg header. if one of the actions is a move, or a stop filter execution action, we move on to the next header; otherwise, we move on to the next filter. in the case of pop3, filter execution is synchronous. for each new header, we evaluate the filter criteria and apply the actions synchronously, including moving a message to an other local folder, and advance to the next header. for imap, we tend to initiate the urls synchronous...
...hem in one url/command to the server, and we playback those moves when the header download is done. after the fact filters these are one or more filters run on one or more folders *after* the headers have been downloaded. these filters are initiated in the filter editor, and implemented in nsmsgfilterservice.cpp. ...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLFormElement - Web APIs
ontaining the name of the form. htmlformelement.method a domstring reflecting the value of the form's method html attribute, indicating the http method used to submit the form. only specified values can be set. htmlformelement.target a domstring reflecting the value of the form's target html attribute, indicating where to display the results received from submitting the form. htmlformelement.action a domstring reflecting the value of the form's action html attribute, containing the uri of a program that processes the information submitted by the form. htmlformelement.encoding or htmlformelement.enctype a domstring reflecting the value of the form's enctype html attribute, indicating the type of content that is used to transmit the form to the server. only specified values can be set. the...
...rols in this form can have their values automatically populated by the browser. htmlformelement.novalidate a boolean reflecting the value of the form's novalidate html attribute, indicating whether the form should not be validated. named inputs are added to their owner form instance as properties, and can overwrite native properties if they share the same name (e.g. a form with an input named action will have its action property return that input instead of the form's action html attribute). methods this interface also inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement. checkvalidity() returns true if the element's child controls are subject to constraint validation and satisfy those contraints; returns false if some controls do not satisfy their constraints. fires an event named invalid at...
...ther attributes of the form. issues with naming elements some names will interfere with javascript access to the form’s properties and elements. for example: <input name="id"> will take precedence over <form id="…">. this means that form.id will not refer to the form’s id, but to the element whose name is "id". this will be the case with any other form properties, such as <input name="action"> or <input name="post">. <input name="elements"> will render the form’s elements collection inaccessible. the reference form.elements will now refer to the individual element. to avoid such problems with element names: always use the elements collection to avoid ambiguity between an element name and a form property. never use "elements" as an element name. if you are not using javascr...
...And 6 more matches

IDBObjectStore.delete() - Web APIs
e); parameters key the key of the record to be deleted, or an idbkeyrange to delete all records with keys in range. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. the request.result attribute is set to undefined. ...
...o be deleted, or an idbkeyrange to delete all records with keys in range. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. the request.result attribute is set to undefined. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this object store's transaction is inactive. ...
...ge. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. the request.result attribute is set to undefined. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this object store's transaction is inactive. readonlyerror the object store's transaction mode is read-only. invalidstateerror the object store has been deleted. dataerror the key is not a valid key or a key range. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and delete one specific record out of our object store using delete() — a sample record with the key "walk dog". for a full working example, se...
...And 6 more matches

Box-shadow generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
<div id="gradient" class="gradient"> <div id="gradient_picker"> </div> </div> <div id="hue" data-topic="hue" class="hue"> <div id="hue_selector"> </div> </div> <div class="info"> <div class="input" data-topic="hue" data-title='h:' data-action="hsv"></div> <div class="input" data-topic="saturation" data-title='s:' data-action="hsv"></div> <div class="input" data-topic="value" data-title='v:' data-action="hsv"></div> </div> <div class="alpha"> <div id="alpha" data-topic="alpha"> <div id="alpha_selec...
...title='v:' data-action="hsv"></div> </div> <div class="alpha"> <div id="alpha" data-topic="alpha"> <div id="alpha_selector"> </div> </div> </div> <div class="info"> <div class="input" data-topic="r" data-title='r:' data-action="rgb"></div> <div class="input" data-topic="g" data-title='g:' data-action="rgb"></div> <div class="input" data-topic="b" data-title='b:' data-action="rgb"></div> </div> <div class="preview block"> <div id="output_color"> </div> </div> <div class=...
...on="rgb"></div> <div class="input" data-topic="b" data-title='b:' data-action="rgb"></div> </div> <div class="preview block"> <div id="output_color"> </div> </div> <div class="block info"> <div class="input" data-topic="a" data-title='alpha:' data-action="alpha"></div> <div class="input" data-topic="hexa" data-title='' data-action="hexa"></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="wrap-right"> <div id="shadow_properties" class="category"> <div class="title"> shadow properties </div> <div class="group"> ...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="image"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
text. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. value none — the value attribute should not be specified. events none. supported common attributes alt, src, width, height, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget idl attributes none. methods none. value <input type="image"> elements do not accept value attributes. the path to the image to be displayed is specified in the src attribute. additional attributes in addition to the attributes shared by all <input> elements, image button inputs support the following attributes...
...input type="image"> elements do not accept value attributes. the path to the image to be displayed is specified in the src attribute. ...
...e a graphical button that shows an image with an icon and/or image text "login now", you should also set the alt attribute to something like login now. important: while the alt attribute is technically optional, you should always include one to maximize the usability of your content. functionally, the <input type="image"> alt attribute works just like the alt attribute on <img> elements. formaction a string indicating the url to which to submit the data. this takes precedence over the action attribute on the <form> element that owns the <input>. this attribute is also available on <input type="submit"> and <button> elements. formenctype a string that identifies the encoding method to use when submitting the form data to the server. there are three permitted values: application/x-www-...
...And 6 more matches

Static Content - Archive of obsolete content
the content will be displayed just like it would be as if the template wasn't present. that is, befo...
...the content will be displayed just like it would be as if the template wasn't present. that is, before the template is examined, the menulist would have one item in it, with the label 'all'. the template generates two results...
...asn't present. that is, before the template is examined, the menulist would have one item in it, with the label 'all'. the template generates two results as before, one for each country, and appends a menuitem for each one. one interesting thing about this example is that only one menupopup will be created, even though there are two in the code, one outside the template and another one inside the action body. this demonstrates how the template builder generates content, and the specifics of how this is done become important when dealing with recursive content and multiple rules. what's going on here is that the xul parser first creates the outer menulist element. the static content outside the template will also be created. the result will be a xul display that looks just like the code above, ex...
...And 5 more matches

Adobe Flash - Archive of obsolete content
at: netscape gecko browsers such as camino (formerly chimera), the latest mozilla browsers, and future versions of netscape which are built using the mach-o binary format won't be able to use flash's scriptability features. until macromedia changes this from within the flash plugin, scriptability can not be used on mac os x browsers based on gecko. the example below shows a detection heuristic in action. example 1: verifying the flash plugin version below, javascript identifies the version of flash, and whether it is scriptable in netscape gecko: can we have javascript in a wiki page? <script type="text/javascript">identifyflash();</script> typically, javascript code that determines what version of the plugin is installed looks at the mimetypes array that is part of the navigator object. ev...
...the user has installed multiple mozilla based browsers onto the same machine (see bug 32048 and bug 233533). in example 2, a javascript function first obtained a handle to the html that spawned the plugin (the object element or the embed element) and then called a published method of the flash plugin on the reference to the html element. with fscommands, developers may choose to use macromedia's actionscript language to make a call back into the environment that contains the flash animation -- in this case, the html page. the example below shows both types of communication in action: example 3: javascript to flash communication and fscommands -- flash to javascript communication the example is missing. in example 3, clicking the html button causes a ball to move in the flash animation. this...
...mple below shows both types of communication in action: example 3: javascript to flash communication and fscommands -- flash to javascript communication the example is missing. in example 3, clicking the html button causes a ball to move in the flash animation. this exemplifies javascript to flash communication. by clicking the html button, you trigger a javascript event that further triggers actions within the flash animation. below that, you can change the color of the entire html page by clicking a colored tab. this shows communication flowing in the other direction -- namely, an action taken within the flash animation affects something in the html page that contains the flash animation. example 3 shows fscommands in action. if you are embedding a flash animation and wish to use fscomman...
...And 5 more matches

Your first form - Learn web development
hese subtopics in more detail later on in the module. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, and a basic understanding of html. objective: to gain familiarity with what web forms are, what they are used for, how to think about designing them, and the basic html elements you'll need for simple cases. what are web forms? web forms are one of the main points of interaction between a user and a web site or application. forms allow users to enter data, which is generally sent to a web server for processing and storage (see sending form data later in the module), or used on the client-side to immediately update the interface in some way (for example, add another item to a list, or show or hide a ui feature). a web form's html is made up of one or more form controls (...
...eb server. active learning: implementing our form html ok, let's have a go at creating the html for our form. we will use the following html elements: <form>, <label>, <input>, <textarea>, and <button>. before you go any further, make a local copy of our simple html template — you'll enter your form html into here. ...
... the method attribute defines which http method to send the data with (usually get or post). note: we'll look at how those attributes work in our sending form data article later on. ...
...And 5 more matches

PopupNotifications.jsm
object provides methods for creating and displaying popup notification panels. note: this code module is imported by firefox chrome windows, so you don't have to do it yourself in most extensions. method overview void locationchange(); notification getnotification(id, browser); void remove(notification); notification show(browser, id, message, anchorid, mainaction, secondaryactions, options); properties attribute type description ispanelopen boolean returns true if the notification panel is currently visible, false if it is not. methods locationchange() the consumer can call this method to let the popup notification module know that the current browser's location has changed. this lets the notification service...
...the corresponding notification object, or null if no such notification exists. remove() removes the specified notification. void remove( notification notification ); parameters notification the notification object representing the notification to remove. show() adds a new popup notification, displaying it to the user. notification show( browser, id, message, anchorid, mainaction, secondaryactions, options ); parameters browser the xul <xul:browser> element with which the notification is associated. this must not be null; you can, however, simply specify gbrowser.selectedbrowser to associate it with the current tab. id a unique id string for the type of notification being displayed. for example, geolocation related notifications have the id "geolocation". only...
...e anchor for the notification popup (that is, the element the arrow on the popup should point to). if you specify null, the notification will be anchored to the popupnotification object's icon box. this anchorid must point to an element contained inside the popupnotification object's icon box (for firefox windows, the global popupnotifications object uses the notification-popup-box element). mainaction a javascript object literal containing fields that define the button to draw in the notification panel. see notification actions below for details. secondaryactions an array of notification action objects; these are used to populate the drop-down menu on the notification panel's button. options a javascript object containing optional properties for the notification. see notification options ...
...And 5 more matches

IAccessibleHyperlink
other-licenses/ia2/accessiblehyperlink.idlnot scriptable this interface represents hyperlinks. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: iaccessibleaction last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) this interface represents a hyperlink associated with a single substring of text or single non-text object. non-text objects can have either a single link or a collection of links such as when the non-text object is an image map. linked objects and anchors are implementation dependent. this interface is derived from iaccessibleaction. iaccessibleaction.nactions() is one greater than the maximum value for the indices used with the methods of this interface. furthermore, the object that implements this interface has to be connected implicitly or explicitly with an object th...
...ater than the maximum value for the indices used with the methods of this interface. furthermore, the object that implements this interface has to be connected implicitly or explicitly with an object that implements iaccessibletext. startindex() and endindex() are indices with respect to the text exposed by iaccessibletext. this interface provides access to a single object which can have multiple actions. an example is an image map which is an image with multiple links each of which is associated with a separate non-overlapping area of the image. this interface could also be applied to other kinds of objects with multiple actions such as "smart tags" which are objects, typically strings, which have multiple actions such as "activate uri", "bookmark uri", end so on. an interesting use case is an ...
...ultiple links each of which is associated with a separate non-overlapping area of the image. this interface could also be applied to other kinds of objects with multiple actions such as "smart tags" which are objects, typically strings, which have multiple actions such as "activate uri", "bookmark uri", end so on. an interesting use case is an image map where each area is associated with multiple actions, for example an image map of smart tags. in this case you would have to implement two levels of accessible hyperlinks. the first level hyperlinks would only implement anchor() and anchortarget(). ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIDragService
long ay); native code only! void firedrageventatsource(in unsigned long amsg); obsolete since gecko 43 void firedrageventatsource(in mozilla::eventmessage aeventmessage); native code only! ...
...ssage aeventmessage); native code only! ...
...sessionwithimage(in nsidomnode adomnode, in nsisupportsarray atransferablearray, in nsiscriptableregion aregion, in unsigned long aactiontype, in nsidomnode aimage, in long aimagex, in long aimagey, in nsidomdragevent adragevent, in nsidomdatatransfer adatatransfer); void invokedragsessionwithselection(in nsiselection aselection, in nsisupportsarray atransferablearray, in unsigned long aactiontype, in nsidomdragevent adragevent, in nsidomdatatransfer adatatransfer); void startdragsession( ) ; void suppress(); void unsuppress(); constants constant value description dragdrop_action_none 0 no action. dragdrop_action_copy 1 the drag and drop operation should copy the object. dragdrop_action_move ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIMessenger
ndow.js. ...
...aycharset(in acstring acharset); void setwindow(in nsidomwindow ptr, in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void openurl(in acstring aurl); void loadurl(in nsidomwindow ptr, in acstring aurl); void launchexternalurl(in acstring aurl); boolean canundo(); boolean canredo(); unsigned long getundotransactiontype(); unsigned long getredotransactiontype(); void undo(in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void redo(in nsimsgwindow msgwindow); void sendunsentmessages(in nsimsgidentity aidentity, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); void setdocumentcharset(in acstring characterset); void saveas(in acstring auri, in boolean aasfile, in nsimsgidentity aidentity, in astring amsgfilename); void openattachment(in a...
...riatnavigatepos(in long apos); acstring getfolderuriatnavigatepos(in long apos); void getnavigatehistory(out unsigned long acurpos, out unsigned long acount, [array, size_is(acount)] out string ahistory); note: prior to gecko 8.0, all references to nsidomwindow used in this interface were nsidomwindow. attributes attribute type description transactionmanager nsitransactionmanager readonly: the transaction manager for this nsimessenger instance. sendingunsentmsgs boolean indicates if sending messages is in progress. lastdisplayedmessageuri acstring readonly: the url of the last displayed message. navigatepos long the current index in the navigation history. constants name va...
...And 5 more matches

nsITreeView
owindex, in long afterindex); boolean iscontainer(in long index); boolean iscontainerempty(in long index); boolean iscontaineropen(in long index); boolean iseditable(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); boolean isselectable(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); boolean isseparator(in long index); boolean issorted(); void performaction(in wstring action); void performactiononcell(in wstring action, in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); void performactiononrow(in wstring action, in long row); void selectionchanged(); void setcelltext(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col, in astring value); void setcellvalue(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col, in astring value); void settree(in nsi...
...element to draw the separator. boolean isseparator( in long index ); parameters index the index of the item being asked about. true if the row is a separator. otherwise false. issorted() specifies if there is currently a sort on any column. used mostly by dragdrop to affect drop feedback. boolean issorted(); parameters none. true if the column is sorted. otherwise false. ...
...fies if there is currently a sort on any column. used mostly by dragdrop to affect drop feedback. boolean issorted(); parameters none. true if the column is sorted. otherwise false. performaction() a command api that can be used to invoke commands on the selection. the tree will automatically invoke this method when certain keys are pressed. for example, when the del key is pressed, performaction will be called with the delete string. void performaction( in wstring action ); parameters action the action to perform. performactiononcell() a command api that can be used to invoke commands on a specific cell. void performactiononcell( in wstring action, in long row, in nsitreecolumn col ); parameters action the action to perform. row the row of the cell. col the c...
...And 5 more matches

IDBObjectStore.get() - Web APIs
ature is available in web workers. syntax var request = objectstore.get(key); parameters key the key or key range that identifies the record to be retrieved. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. ...
...quest = objectstore.get(key); parameters key the key or key range that identifies the record to be retrieved. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbobjectstore has been deleted or removed. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and get one specific record from object store using get() — a sample record with the key "walk dog". once this data ob...
... window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.</li>'; // store the result of opening the database in the db variable. ...
...And 5 more matches

Media Session API - Web APIs
data interface lets a web site provide rich metadata to the platform ui for media that is playing. this metadata includes the title, artist (creator) name, album (collection), and artwork. the platform can show this metadata in media centers, notifications, device lockscreens, etc. the mediasession interface lets users control playback of media through user-agent defined interface elements. interaction with these elements even trigger handlers in the web page, playing the media. since multiple pages may be simultaneously using this api, the user agent is responsible for calling the correct page's event handlers. the user agent provides default behaviors, when no page-defined behavior is available. accessing the media session api the primary interface for the media session api is the mediasess...
... instance, you access the api using the navigator.mediasession property. for example, to set the current state of the media session to playing: navigator.mediasession.playbackstate = "playing"; interfaces mediametadata allows a web page to provide rich media metadata, for display in a platform ui. mediasession allows a web page to provide custom behaviors, for standard media playback interactions. dictionaries mediaimage a mediaimage object contains information describing an image associated with the media. this might be a cd or dvd cover, a movie poster, a poster frame, or the like. mediapositionstate used to contain information about the current playback position, playback speed, and overall media duration when calling the mediasession method setpositionstate() to establish the...
...tion describing an image associated with the media. this might be a cd or dvd cover, a movie poster, a poster frame, or the like. mediapositionstate used to contain information about the current playback position, playback speed, and overall media duration when calling the mediasession method setpositionstate() to establish the media's length, playback position, and playback speed. ...
...And 5 more matches

Cognitive accessibility - Accessibility
guage numbers symbols and math understanding and making choices a solid approach to providing accessible solutions for people with cognitive impairments includes: delivering content in more than one way, such as by text-to-speech or by video; providing easily-understood content, such as text written using plain-language standards; focusing attention on important content; minimizing distractions, such as unnecessary content or advertisements; providing consistent web page layout and navigation; incorporating familiar elements, such as underlined links that are blue when not visited and purple when visited; dividing processes into logical, essential steps with progress indicators; making website authentication as easy as possible without compromising security; and making forms easy ...
...g users enough additional time to complete tasks or eliminate time constraints altogether. timers options for adjusting time requirements include: allowing the user to turn off or adjust the time to at least 10 times the original limit before encountering it. alerting the user and providing a buffer of at least 20 seconds to extend the timeout duration by a factor of 10 with a simple action, such as hitting the space bar. provide a toggle on content that allows users to enable a longer session time limit, or no session time limit at all. examples of timed content include forms, timed reading exercises, and training materials. if the time limit is longer than 20 hours, accommodations are not required. moving, blinking, scrolling it is important not to distract users, espe...
...onds. additional timing criteria to consider are: people who have cognitive or language limitations may need more time to read and to understand. for improved usability remove any time limit. timed content should also be avoided, with exceptions for non-interactive synchronized media and real-time events. people with attention deficit disorders should be able to focus on content without distractions. the user should be able to postpone or suppress interruptions, except situations involving altering a person to an emergency. this provides access to people with cognitive disabilities by enabling them to focus on the main purpose of the content. enable the user to postpone content updates by providing a way to request content updates rather than updating automatically. also, enable a way to ma...
...And 5 more matches

Event reference
dom events are sent to notify code of interesting things that have taken place. each event is represented by an object which is based on the event interface, and may have additional custom fields and/or functions used to get additional information about what happened. events can represent everything from basic user interactions to automated notifications of things happening in the rendering model. this article offers a list of events that can be sent; some are standard events defined in official specifications, while others are events used internally by specific browsers; for example, mozilla-specific events are listed so that add-ons can use them to interact with the browser. most common categories resource events event name fired when error a resourc...
...ll as a link to the specification or specifications that define the event. event name event type specification fired when... abort uievent dom l3 the loading of a resource has been aborted. abort progressevent progress and xmlhttprequest progression has been terminated (not due to an error). abort event indexeddb a transaction has been aborted. afterprint event html5 the associated document has started printing or the print preview has been closed. animationcancel animationevent css animations a css animation has aborted. animationend animationevent css animations a css animation has completed. animationiteration animationevent css animations ...
...t event html5 the associated document is about to be printed or previewed for printing. beforeunload beforeunloadevent html5 the window, the document and its resources are about to be unloaded. beginevent timeevent svg a smil animation element begins. blocked indexeddb an open connection to a database is blocking a versionchange transaction on the same database. blur focusevent dom l3 an element has lost focus (does not bubble). boundary speechsynthesisevent web speech api the spoken utterance reaches a word or sentence boundary canplay event html5 media the user agent can play the media, but estimates that not enough data has been loaded to play the media up to its end witho...
...And 5 more matches

ui - Archive of obsolete content
experimental provides access to button, toolbar, and sidebar ui objects. this module exports constructors for the following: actionbutton togglebutton frame toolbar sidebar each object has its own reference page, linked above: for all the details please refer to the reference page. this page just provides a quick overview. actionbutton an action button is a button in the main firefox toolbar. you give it an icon, a label, and a click handler: var ui = require("sdk/ui"); var action_button = ui.actionbutton({ id: "my-button", label: "action button!", icon: "./icon.png", onclick: function(state) { console.log("you clicked '" + state.label + "'"); } }); you can make a button standalone or add it to a toolbar. if it's standalone, it appears in the toolbar at the top ri...
... a toolbar. if it's standalone, it appears in the toolbar at the top right of the browser window: togglebutton a toggle button is a special kind of button that's for representing a binary on/off state, like a checkbox. so they have a checked property which is toggled when the user clicks the button, and the icon gets a "pressed" look when the button is checked. it's otherwise identical to the action button. attaching panels to buttons is only supported from firefox 30 onwards. from firefox 30 onwards, you can attach panels to toggle buttons, by passing the button into the panel's constructor or its show() method: frame a frame enables you to create an html iframe, using bundled html, css and javascript. this can then be added to a designated area of the firefox user interface. at the...
...ng. once you've created a frame you need to add it to a toolbar. toolbar the ability to add buttons to toolbars is new in firefox 30. in firefox 29 you can only add frames to toolbars. a toolbar gives you a horizontal strip of space which you can use for presenting a more complex user interface. ...
...And 4 more matches

Using Multiple Queries to Generate More Results - Archive of obsolete content
y will generate a result for each person. a header class is used to distinguish the content, although you could use exactly the same content if you wish. ...
...uish the content, although you could use exactly the same content if you wish. ...
... multiple queries with xml sources you can also use more than query when using an xml source. here is an example which generates two sets of results and shows them together. ...
...And 4 more matches

XML Templates - Archive of obsolete content
gellan" gender="male"/> <person name="laura secord" gender="female"/> </people> xml query syntax the query syntax is fairly simple for xml datasources. just place an expr attribute on the query element containing an xpath expression returns the set of results to output. ...
...gender="female"/> </people> xml query syntax the query syntax is fairly simple for xml datasources. just place an expr attribute on the query element containing an xpath expression returns the set of results to output. ...
...xample: <listbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="person"/> <action> <listitem uri="?" label="?name"/> </action> </template> </listbox> the expr attribute is a very simple xpath expression which simply retrieves the person elements from within the datasource. as there are five in the xml document, five results will be generated. the action element defines the content to generate for each result. the content of the action element will be generated and repeated for each result, which in this case, is a listitem. the child of the action element has to have a uri attribute, although it does not have to be a direct child. the element with the uri attribute and its children will be copied once for each result. any elements between the a...
...And 4 more matches

Implementation Status - Archive of obsolete content
xpath expressions in xforms section title status notes bugs 7.1 xpath datatypes supported 7.2 evaluation context partial 7.3 references, dependencies, and dynamic dependencies partial we probably already do most ...
...s, and dynamic dependencies partial we probably already do most of it due to our 1.0 work, but we haven't verified we meet the 1.1 standards, yet 7.4 expression categories supported 7.4.2 model binding expressions and computed expressions supported 7.4.3 expressions in actions and submissions partial 7.4.4 ui expressions partial scenarios exist where controls contained inside other controls inside a repeat won't be bound correctly 333638; 7.4.5 ui binding in other xml vocabularies unsupported not a compliance requirement for an xforms processor 7.4.6...
...peat module partial 264329; 273706; 9.3.1 repeat partial we do not support number attribute 302026; 9.3.2 nested repeats supported 9.3.3 repeat processing partial we currently obey the 1.0 rules for repeat 9.3.4 user interface interaction partial we currently obey the 1.0 rules for repeat, no support for @number 302026; 9.3.5 creating repeating structures via attributes partial does not work for html:tr, html:td, or xf:group elements 340515; 350617; 9.3.6 itemset supported performance problem with large itemsets 372197; ...
...And 4 more matches

TPS Bookmark Lists
the bookmark title. optional. defaults to the bookmark uri. loadinsidebar: true or false. optional. toggles the "load in sidebar" property. description: the bookmark description. optional. tags: an array of tags for the bookmark. optional. keyword: the keyword for the bookmark. optional. after: the title of the bookmark item expected to be found after this bookmark; used only in verify and modify actions. before: the title of the bookmark item expected to be found before this bookmark; used only in verify and modify actions. changes: an object containing new properties to be set for this bookmark when this asset list is used in a modify action. the properties for this object include the uri, title, loadinsidebar, description, tags, keyword properties above, plus two additional properties: locat...
...ample: { uri: "http://www.google.com", title: "google", loadinsidebar: false, tags: [ "google", "computers", "misc" ] } livemark objects valid properties are: livemark: the livemark name. required. siteuri: the livemark's uri. optional. feeduri: the livemark's feed uri. required. after: the title of the bookmark item expected to be found after this livemark; used only in verify and modify actions. before: the title of the bookmark item expected to be found before this livemark; used only in verify and modify actions. changes: an object containing new properties to be set for this livemark when this asset list is used in a modify action. the properties for this object include the livemark, siteuri, feeduri properties above, plus two additional properties: location: the full path of the f...
...: { livemark: "livemarkone", feeduri: "http://rss.wunderground.com/blog/jeffmasters/rss.xml", siteuri: "http://www.wunderground.com/blog/jeffmasters/show.html" } folder objects valid properties are: folder: the folder's name. required. description: the folder's description. optional. after: the title of the bookmark item expected to be found after this folder; used only in verify and modify actions. before: the title of the bookmark item expected to be found before this folder; used only in verify and modify actions. changes: an object containing new properties to be set for this folder when this asset list is used in a modify action. the properties for this object include the folder, description properties above, plus two additional properties: location: the full path of the folder that ...
...And 4 more matches

TPS Tests
consists of a firefox extension of the same name, along with a python test runner, both of which live inside mozilla-central. the python test runner will read a test file (in javascript format), setup one or more firefox profiles with the necessary extensions and preferences, then launch firefox and pass the test file to the extension. the extension will read the test file and perform a series of actions specified therein, such as populating a set of bookmarks, syncing to the sync server, making bookmark modifications, etc. a test file may contain an arbitrary number of sections, each involving the same or different profiles, so that one test file may be used to test the effect of syncing and modifying a common set of data (from a single sync account) over a series of different events and clien...
...t:config. additionally, note that the config file must parse as valid json, and so you can't have comments in it (sorry, i know this is annoying). one alternative is to put underscores before the "disabled" preferences, e.g. "_identity.fxaccounts.autoconfig.uri": "...". writing tps tests each tps test is run as a series of "phases". a phase runs in some firefox profile, and contains some set of actions to perform or check on that profile. phases have an n to m relationship with profiles, where n >= m (there can never be more phases than profiles). typically there are two profiles used, but any number of profiles could be used in theory (other than 0). after the phases run, two additional "cleanup" phases are run, to unregister the devices with fxa. this is an implementation detail, but if you...
...nted later will cause the test to fail when it hits that phase. asset lists a test file will contain one or more asset lists, which are lists of bookmarks, passwords, or other types of browser data that are relevant to sync. the format of these asset lists vary somwhat depending on asset type. bookmarks passwords history tabs form data prefs test phases the phase blocks are where the action happens! they tell tps what to do. each phase block contains the name of a phase, and a list of actions. tps iterates through the phase blocks in alphanumeric order, and for each phase, it does the following: launches firefox with the profile from the phases object that corresponds to this test phase. performs the specified actions in sequence. determines if the phase passed or failed; if it...
...And 4 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
ng getitemindex(in long long aitemid); prtime getitemlastmodified(in long long aitemid); autf8string getitemtitle(in long long aitemid); unsigned short getitemtype(in long long aitemid); astring getkeywordforbookmark(in long long aitemid); obsolete since gecko 40.0 astring getkeywordforuri(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 40.0 nsitransaction getremovefoldertransaction(in long long aitemid); nsiuri geturiforkeyword(in astring keyword); obsolete since gecko 40.0 void importbookmarkshtml(in nsiuri url); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void importbookmarkshtmltofolder(in nsiuri url, in print64 folder); obsolete since gecko 1.9 print32 indexoffolder(in print64 parent, in print64 folder); obsolete since gecko 1...
... aitemid the item whose parent folder's id is to retrieved. return value returns the parent folder's id for the given item. getfolderreadonly() this method checks whether a folder is marked as read-only. if this is set to true, ui will not allow the user to add, remove, or reorder children in this folder. the default for all folders is false. note: this does not restrict api calls, only ui actions. boolean getfolderreadonly( in long long aitemid ); parameters aitemid the item id of the folder. return value returns true if the folder is marked as read-only, otherwise returns false. getfoldertitle() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) note: getitemtitle() provides an alternative for this method. get the title for a bookmark folder. astring getfolde...
...e browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. this method retrieves the keyword for the given uri. will be void string (null in js) if no such keyword is found. astring getkeywordforuri( in nsiuri auri ); parameters auri the uri whose keyword is to be retrieved. return value returns the keyword for the given uri. getremovefoldertransaction() this method retrieves an undo-able transaction for removing a folder from the bookmarks tree. this method exists because complex delete->undo operations rely on recreated folders to have the same id they had before they were deleted, so that any other items deleted in different transactions can be re-inserted correctly. this provides a safe encapsulation of this functionality without exposing ...
...And 4 more matches

nsITextInputProcessor
implementation of this class can be a cushion from the impact of gecko's change. you can create an instance of this interface with the following code: var tip = components.classes["@mozilla.org/text-input-processor;1"]. createinstance(components.interfaces.nsitextinputprocessor); next, you need to get the rights to create composition or dispatch keyboard events with begininputtransaction() or begininputtransactionfortests(): if (!tip.begininputtransaction(window, callback)) { return; } if begininputtransaction() or begininputtransactionfortests() returns false, it means that another instance of nsitextinputprocessor has composition on the window or is dispatching an event. in this case, other instances cannot create composition nor dispatch keyboard events on the window. th...
... it's the best for every textinputprocessor user to specify keyboardevent every time because when gecko will change the behavior of keyboard events during composition, textinputprocessor must not need to change for the new behavior in most cases. ...
...change the behavior of keyboard events during composition, textinputprocessor must not need to change for the new behavior in most cases. ...
...And 4 more matches

Using popup notifications
ests geolocation information: this lets the user decide whether or not to share their location when it's convenient to do so, instead of being compelled to do it at once. in addition, notifications can be dismissed and recalled by clicking anywhere outside the notification, then clicking on the notification icon to bring it back again. a popup notification can include a text message, a button action, and zero or more additional actions provided in a drop-down menu accessed through the notification's button. creating a popup notification popup notifications can be created using the popupnotifications.jsm javascript code module. this code module is imported by the browser, so you don't need to do it explicitly yourself. then you can create the popup notification at the appropriate time like...
... this notification looks like this: that's not very pretty; where's the icon? adding an icon to your notification adding an icon to a notification is simple. you just need to provide the appropriate css. the popupnotifications.jsm code module adds a popup...
...ions.show(gbrowser.selectedbrowser, "sample-popup", "this is a sample popup notification.", null, /* anchor id */ { label: "do something", accesskey: "d", callback: function() { alert("doing something awesome!"); } }, null /* secondary action */ ); in this case, we aren't providing any secondary actions; that is, actions provided to the user through the drop-down menu. this notification looks like this: that's not very pretty; where's the icon? adding an icon to your notification adding an icon to a notification is simple. you just need to provide the appropriate css. the popupnotifications.jsm code module adds a popupid attribute to the notification object's icon element. you can use thi...
...And 4 more matches

IDBObjectStore.clear() - Web APIs
use idbobjectstore.delete passing a key or idbkeyrange. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var request = objectstore.clear(); returns an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description readonlyerror the transaction associated with this operation is in read-only mode. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and clear all the current data out of the object store using clear(). for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let u...
... dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.</li>'; // store the result of opening the database in the db variable. ...
...t", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.</li>'; // store the result of opening the database in the db variable. ...
...And 4 more matches

IDBObjectStore - Web APIs
this feature is available in web workers. properties idbobjectstore.indexnames read only a list of the names of indexes on objects in this object store. idbobjectstore.keypath read only the key path of this object store. if this attribute is null, the application must provide a key for each modification operation. idbobjectstore.name the name of this object store. idbobjectstore.transaction read only the idbtransaction object to which this object store belongs. idbobjectstore.autoincrement read only the value of the auto increment flag for this object store. methods idbobjectstore.add() returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a structured clone of the value, and stores the cloned value in the object store. this is for adding new records to an obje...
...ore.openkeycursor() returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, returns a new idbcursor. used for iterating through an object store with a key. idbobjectstore.put() returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a structured clone of the value, and stores the cloned value in the object store. this is for updating existing records in an object store when the transaction's mode is readwrite. example this example shows a variety of different uses of object stores, from updating the data structure with idbobjectstore.createindex inside an onupgradeneeded function, to adding a new item to our object store with idbobjectstore.add. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest =...
...duplicate items not allowe...
...And 4 more matches

Checking when a deadline is due - Web APIs
duplicate i...
...duplicate items not allowed.</li>'; }; // create ...
...duplicate items not allowed.</li>'; }; // create an object store o...
...And 4 more matches

MediaSession - Web APIs
for example, a smartphone might have a standard panel in its lock screen that provides controls for media. a browser on that device might deliver the metadata provided by calling mediasession to the device in order to be controllable using the global user interface. ...
...evice might deliver the metadata provided by calling mediasession to the device in order to be controllable using the global user interface. properties metadata returns an instance of mediametadata which contains rich media metadata, for display in a platform ui. playbackstate indicates whether the current media session is playing. valid values are none, paused, or playing. ...
...ession to the device in order to be controllable using the global user interface. properties metadata returns an instance of mediametadata which contains rich media metadata, for display in a platform ui. playbackstate indicates whether the current media session is playing. valid values are none, paused, or playing. methods setactionhandler() sets an event handler for a media session action, such as play or pause. ...
...And 4 more matches

XRInputSource - Web APIs
the webxr device api's xrinputsource interface describes a single source of control input which is part of the user's webxr-compatible virtual or augmented reality system. the device is specific to the platform being used, but provides the direction in which it is being aimed and optionally may generate events if the user triggers performs actions using the device. properties gamepad read only a gamepad object describing the state of the buttons and axes on the xr input source, if it is a gamepad or comparable device. if the device isn't a gamepad-like device, this property's value is null. note: while xrinputsource uses the gamepad interface from the gamepad api, this input device is strictly associated with the webxr hardware and is not a general-purpose gaming device. ...
... targetraymoderead only a domstring indicating the methodology used to produce the target ray: gaze, tracked-pointer, or screen. targetrayspaceread only an xrspace object defining the origin of the target ray and the direciton in which it extends. this space is established using the method defined by targetraymode. methods the xrinputsource interface defines no methods. usage notes actions and the target ray if the device provides an indication of the direction in which it is pointed, this is done using a target ray. this is a ray extending from the position of the device outward in the direction in which it is pointed. a target ray emitted by a hand controller. if the device includes a trigger or other squeezable input, such as a hand gesture device that recognizes when th...
...ce provides an indication of the direction in which it is pointed, this is done using a target ray. this is a ray extending from the position of the device outward in the direction in which it is pointed. a target ray emitted by a hand controller. ...
...And 4 more matches

Accessibility documentation index - Accessibility
eople as possible to use web sites, even when those people's abilities are limited in some way. 2 aria aria, accessibility, html accessible rich internet applications (aria) is a set of attributes that define ways to make web content and web applications (especially those developed with javascript) more accessible to people with disabilities. it supplements html so that interactions and widgets commonly used in applications can be passed to assistive technologies 3 aria screen reader implementors guide aria, accessibility this is just a guide. live region markup is a complex area which is somewhat open to interpretation. the following is intended to provide implementation guidance that respects screen readers developers' need to try different things. th...
...ccessibility, like using drag and drop for placement of the widgets. 7 aria live regions aria, accessibility, arialive using javascript, it is possible to dynamically change parts of a page without requiring the entire page to reload — for instance, to update a list of search results on the fly, or to display a discreet alert or notification which does not require user interaction. while these changes are usually visually apparent to users who can see the page, they may not be obvious to users of assistive technologies. aria live regions fill this gap and provide a way to programmatically expose dynamic content changes in a way that can be announced by assistive technologies. 8 forms aria, accessibility the following pages provide various techniques fo...
...rty. 41 wai-aria roles aria, aria roles, accessibility, reference, rôles this page lists reference pages covering all the wai-aria roles discussed on mdn. for a full list of roles, see using aria: roles, states, and properties 42 aria: comment role aria, aria role, comment, reference, annotations the comment landmark role semantically denotes a comment/reaction to some content on the page, or to a previous comment. 43 aria: complementary role aria, aria role, reference, role-complementary the complementary landmark role is used to designate a supporting section that relates to the main content, yet can stand alone when separated. these sections are frequently presented as sidebars or call-out boxes. if possible, use the html <aside>...
...And 4 more matches

Realizing common layouts using CSS Grid Layout - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
image galleries, and so on. a grid can make it very easy to create these listings in a way that is responsive without needing to add media queries to make it so. in this next example i’m combining css grid and flexbox layouts to make a simple product listing layout. the markup for my listing is an unordered list of items. ...
...’m combining css grid and flexbox layouts to make a simple product listing layout. the markup for my listing is an unordered list of items. each item contains a heading, some text of varying height, and a call to action link. ...
...text of varying height, and a call to action link. ...
...And 4 more matches

font-variant-numeric - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the font-variant-numeric css property controls the usage of alternate glyphs for numbers, fractions, and ordinal markers. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...rmal; font-variant-numeric: ordinal; font-variant-numeric: slashed-zero; font-variant-numeric: lining-nums; /* <numeric-figure-values> */ font-variant-numeric: oldstyle-nums; /* <numeric-figure-values> */ font-variant-numeric: proportional-nums; /* <numeric-spacing-values> */ font-variant-numeric: tabular-nums; /* <numeric-spacing-values> */ font-variant-numeric: diagonal-fractions; /* <numeric-fraction-values> */ font-variant-numeric: stacked-fractions; /* <numeric-fraction-values> */ font-variant-numeric: oldstyle-nums stacked-fractions; /* global values */ font-variant-numeric: inherit; font-variant-numeric: initial; font-variant-numeric: unset; this property can take one of two forms: either the keyword value normal or one or more of the other values listed b...
...he sizing of figures used for numbers. two values are possible: proportional-nums activating the set of figures where numbers are not all of the same size. it corresponds to the opentype values pnum. tabular-nums activating the set of figures where numbers are all of the same size, allowing them to be easily aligned like in tables. it corresponds to the opentype values tnum. ...
...And 4 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
in supporting browsers and devices with dynamic keyboards. <input type="url" name="url"/> html5 week a control for entering a date consisting of a week-year number and a week number with no time zone. <input type="week" name="week"/> html5 obsolete values datetime a control for entering a date and time (hour, minute, second, and fraction of a second) based on utc time zone. <input type="datetime" name="datetime"/> html5 attributes the <input> element is so powerful because of its attributes; the type attribute, described with examples above, being the most important. since every <input> element, regardless of type, is based on the htmlinputelement interface, they technically share the exact same set of attr...
... media capture input method in file upload controls checked radio, checkbox whether the command or control is checked dirname text, search name of form field to use for sending the element's directionality in form submission disabled all whether the form control is disabled form all associates the control with a form element formaction image, submit url to use for form submission formenctype image, submit form data set encoding type to use for form submission formmethod image, submit http method to use for form submission formnovalidate image, submit bypass form control validation for form submission formtarget image, submit browsing context for form submission ...
...ckboxes and radio buttons is on. dirname valid for text and search input types only, the dirname attribute enables the submission of the directionality of the element. when included, the form control will submit with two name/value pairs: the first being the name and value, the second being the value of the dirname as the name with the value of ltr or rtl being set by the browser. <form action="page.html" method="post"> <label>fruit: <input type="text" name="fruit" dirname="fruit.dir" value="cherry"></label> <input type="submit"/> </form> <!-- page.html?fruit=cherry&fruit.dir=ltr --> when the form above is submitted, the input cause both the name / value pair of fruit=cherry and the dirname / direction pair of fruit.dir=ltr to be sent. disabled a boolean attribute which, i...
...And 4 more matches

HTTP Index - HTTP
ent document or frame if its origin matches the allowed list of origins. 39 http index http, index this page lists all mdn http pages along with their summary and tags. 40 http messages guide, http, webmechanics http messages are how data is exchanged between a server and a client. there are two types of messages: requests sent by the client to trigger an action on the server, and responses, the answer from the server. 41 http public key pinning (hpkp) guide, hpkp, http, security http public key pinning (hpkp) is a security feature that tells a web client to associate a specific cryptographic public key with a certain web server to decrease the risk of mitm attacks with forged certificates. 42 http authentication acces...
... the clear-site-data header clears browsing data (cookies, storage, cache) associated with the requesting website. it allows web developers to have more control over the data stored locally by a browser for their origins. 69 connection http, headers, reference, web the connection general header controls whether or not the network connection stays open after the current transaction finishes. if the value sent is keep-alive, the connection is persistent and not closed, allowing for subsequent requests to the same server to be done. 70 content-disposition http, reference, header in a multipart/form-data body, the http content-disposition general header is a header that can be used on the subpart of a multipart body to give information about the field it a...
...or each of the following directives that are absent, the user agent will look for the default-src directive and will use this value for it: 82 csp: font-src csp, content-security-policy, directive, http, reference, security, font, source the http content-security-policy (csp) font-src directive specifies valid sources for fonts loaded using @font-face. 83 csp: form-action csp, content-security-policy, directive, http, security, action, form, form-action the http content-security-policy (csp) form-action directive restricts the urls which can be used as the target of a form submissions from a given context. 84 csp: frame-ancestors ancestors, csp, content-security-policy, directive, frame, http, security, frame-ancestors the http conte...
...And 4 more matches

MathML attribute reference - MathML
, xlink:href, xlink:show and xlink:type are deprecated as well. name elements accepting attribute description accent <mo>, <mover>, <munderover> a boolean value specifying whether the operator should be treated as an accent. accentunder <munder>, <munderover> a boolean value specifying whether the operator should be treated as an accent. actiontype <maction> a string value specifying the action happening for this element. align <mtable> <munder>, <mover>, <munderover> <mstack> specifies different alignments of several elements (see element pages for details). unimplemented alignmentscope <mtable> a boolean value specifying whether table columns should act as alignment scopes or not. ...
...al elements (see element pages for details). unimplemented alignmentscope <mtable> a boolean value specifying whether table columns should act as alignment scopes or not. unimplemented altimg altimg-width altimg-height altimg-valign alttext <math> visual and textual fall-back options. bevelled <mfrac> specifies the style how the fraction should be displayed. deprecated. use u+2044 (fraction slash) instead. unimplemented charalign <mstack> specifies the horizontal alignment of digits. close <mfenced> a string for the closing delimiter. columnalign <mtable>, <mtd>, <mtr>, <mlabeledtr> specifies the horizontal alignment of table cells. columnlines <mtable> specifies table c...
... unimplemented crossout <mscarry> specifies what kind of line is drawn to cross out carries. unimplemented decimalpoint <mstyle> if the decimalpoint value is used to specify the alignment, this attribute is specifying the character for the alignment point within <mstack> and <mtable> columns. denomalign <mfrac> the alignment of the denominator under the fraction. depth <mpadded> sets or increments the depth. see length. dir <math>, <mi>, <mo>, <mrow>, <ms>, <mtext> the text direction. possible values are either ltr (left to right) or rtl (right to left). display <math> specifies the rendering mode. the values block and inline are allowed. displaystyle <mstyle>, <mtable> a boolean value specifyin...
...And 4 more matches

Working with Events - Archive of obsolete content
nt. if you do this, the listener will be called for any event emitted by that object, and its argument will be the name of the event: var ui = require("sdk/ui"); var panels = require("sdk/panel"); var self = require("sdk/self"); var panel = panels.panel({ contenturl: self.data.url("panel.html") }); panel.on("*", function(e) { console.log("event " + e + " was emitted"); }); var button = ui.actionbutton({ id: "my-button", label: "my button", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: handleclick }); function handleclick(state) { panel.show({ position: button }); } this wildcard feature does not yet work for the tabs or windows modules. adding listeners in constructors event emitters may be modules, as is the case for the ready event above, or they may be objects returned by constr...
... may be objects returned by constructors. in the latter case the options object passed to the constructor typically defines properties whose names are the names of supported event types prefixed with "on": for example, "onopen", "onready" and so on. then in the constructor you can assign a listener function to this property as an alternative to calling the object's on() method. ...
...ssign a listener function to this property as an alternative to calling the object's on() method. for example: the actionbutton object emits an event when the button is clicked. the following add-on creates a button and assigns a listener to the onclick property of the options object supplied to the button's constructor. ...
...And 3 more matches

simple-storage - Archive of obsolete content
. constructing arrays be careful to construct array objects conditionally in your code, or you may zero them each time the construction code runs. for example, this add-on tries to store the urls of pages the user visits: var ss = require("sdk/simple-storage"); ss.storage.pages = []; require("sdk/tabs").on("ready", function(tab) { ss.storage.pages.push(tab.url); }); require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "read", label: "read", icon: "./read.png", onclick: function() { console.log(ss.storage.pages); } }); but this isn't going to work, because it empties the array each time the add-on runs (for example, each time firefox is started). line 2 needs to be made conditional, so the array is only constructed if it does not already exist: if (!ss.storage.pages) ss.st...
...example, each time firefox is started). line 2 needs to be made conditional, so the array is only constructed if it does not already exist: if (!ss.storage.pages) ss.storage.pages = []; deleting data you can delete properties using the delete operator. ...
...each time firefox is started). line 2 needs to be made conditional, so the array is only constructed if it does not already exist: if (!ss.storage.pages) ss.storage.pages = []; deleting data you can delete properties using the delete operator. ...
...And 3 more matches

Modifying the Page Hosted by a Tab - Archive of obsolete content
to follow this tutorial you'll need to have learned the basics of jpm. to modify the page hosted by a particular tab, load one or more content scripts into it using attach() method of tab object. the job of these scripts is to interact with web content. here's a simple example: var button = require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "style-tab", label: "style tab", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: function() { require("sdk/tabs").activetab.attach({ contentscript: 'document.body.style.border = "5px solid red";' }); } }); to run this example, save an icon file named "icon-16.png" in add-on's "data" directory. you could download this icon: . this add-on creates a button with mozilla favicon as an icon. it has a click handler which fetches the active tab and l...
...file in add-on's data directory. this makes the code easier to maintain, debug, and review. to do this, provide option contentscriptfile not contentscript, whose value is a url pointing to one or more content script files. for example, if we save the script above under the add-on's data directory in a file called my-script.js: var self = require("sdk/self"); var button = require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "style-tab", label: "style tab", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: function() { require("sdk/tabs").activetab.attach({ contentscriptfile: self.data.url("my-script.js") }); } }); you can load more than one script, and the scripts can interact directly with each other. so you can load jquery, and then your content script can use that. loading several co...
... contentscriptfile can be a vector. scripts will be loaded in the same order as the vector. in the following example, we are loading two scripts, first.js & second.js. both scripts will be executed in the same context, so everything publicly defined in first.js will be accessible from second.js. ...
...And 3 more matches

Enhanced Extension Installation - Archive of obsolete content
th the info held by this file, a compatibility check is run on all installed items. when changes are made to the extensions datasource - new items are installed, old items uninstalled, enabled or disabled, a .autoreg file is written to the profile directory as well, which tells the startup code that the system has been modified, so that it destroys the component registries, finishes pending transactions and regenerates metadata appropriately. datasource structure the extension manager implements a rdf datasource which contains a composite of the two xml/rdf datasources at the two install locations. the composite datasource handles all read-only information requests, and when data must be written the extension manager determines the appropriate datasource to write and flush to. the model looks...
... "needsrestart" bit when the extension manager's startup completes, shuts down xpcom and relaunches the application. on the next restart, the xredirprovider now supplies a list of directories to requesting systems listing the new item's components, defaults and chrome manifests. uninstallation, disabling, enabling these functions work on the same principle as installation - the user requests an action through the ui while the application is running and metadata is written (tobeuninstalled, tobedisabled, tobeenabled) and a .autoreg file created in the profile so that on the subsequent startup the extension system's startup routine can remove files (in the uninstall case) and write a new extensions.ini file listing the directories for the currently "active" items. ("active" items are items that ...
... of the item to be completely removed from the extensions datasource and the new data from the install manifest of the upgrade copied in, to avoid duplicate assertions. after the upgrade finalization routine executes, it unsets the tobeuninstalled flag and sets the tobeinstalled flag to trigger the item's files to be replaced from the staged xpi. when an item's files are extracted, a special extraction routine known as a safeinstalloperation is performed. this function moves the existing item's folder to {guid}-trash file-by-file, while maintaining a list of the files that are moved. if at any point during this move the move of an individual file fails, the process rolls back and the install is aborted. the extraction operation then proceeds into the now-clean {guid} folder. if this operation f...
...And 3 more matches

Advanced Rules - Archive of obsolete content
. the full rule syntax the rule syntax described so far is useful for some datasources but sometimes you will need to display data in more complicated ways. the simple rule syntax is really just a shortcut for the full rule syntax which is described below. like the simple rules, full rules are placed within the rule tag. full rules contain three child tags, a conditions tag, a bindings tag and an action tag, although the bindings tag is not always needed. the conditions element is used to specify the criteria for matching a given resource. you can specify a number of conditions, all of which must match. in the simple rule syntax, the conditions are placed directly on the rule element itself. if the conditions match for a resource, the content placed within the actions tag is generated. in the si...
...the simple syntax, the content is placed directly inside the rule. rule conditions when a tree, menu or other element with a datasource generates content, the template builder first finds the resource referred to by the ref attribute. it then iterates over all that resource's child resources. it applies each resource to the conditions. if the conditions match for that resource, the content in the actions element is generated for that resource. if the conditions do not match, no content is generated. content element the conditions element can contain three elements. the first is the content element, which should always exist once and only once. it serves as a placeholder as the template builder iterates through the resources. it specifies the name of a variable in which is placed a reference to t...
...this should be the content for the rows of the tree, menu items, or whatever content you want to generate. within the content, you can refer to variables that were defined in the conditions. thus, in the weather example above, you could use the variables 'name' or 'pred' to display the city or prediction. you can use the 'list' or 'city' variables also, but they hold resources, not text,...
...And 3 more matches

Audio for Web games - Game development
file sizes but lower seeking accuracy. background music music in games can have a powerful emotional effect. you can mix and match various music samples and assuming you can control the volume of your audio element you could cross-fade different musical pieces. using the playbackrate() method you can even adjust the speed of your music without affecting the pitch, to sync it up better with the action. all this is possible using the standard <audio> element and associated htmlmediaelement api, but it becomes much easier and more flexible with the more advanced web audio api. let's look at this next. element and associated htmlmediaelement api, but it becomes much easier and more flexible with the more advanced web audio api. let's look at this next. web audio api for games the web audio ...
...udio api allows precise timing and control of audio playback, we can use it to play samples at specific moments, which is a crucial immersive aspect of gaming. you want those explosions to be accompanied by a thundering boom, not followed by one, after all. background music with the web audio api although we can use the <audio> element to deliver linear background music that doesn't change in reaction to the game environment, the web audio api is ideal for implementing a more dynamic musical experience. you may want music to change depending on whether you are trying to build suspense or encourage the player in some way. music is an important part of the gaming experience and depending on the type of game you are making you may wish to invest significant effort into getting it right. element...
...ementing a more dynamic musical experience. you may want music to change depending on whether you are trying to build suspense or encourage the player in some way. music is an important part of the gaming experience and depending on the type of game you are making you may wish to invest significant effort into getting it right. element to deliver linear background music that doesn't change in reaction to the game environment, the web audio api is ideal for implementing a more dynamic musical experience. you may want music to change depending on whether you are trying to build suspense or encourage the player in some way. music is an important part of the gaming experience and depending on the type of game you are making you may wish to invest significant effort into getting it right. one way...
...And 3 more matches

Desktop mouse and keyboard controls - Game development
e == 40) { downpressed = true; } else if(event.keycode == 38) { uppressed = true; } } the keyuphandler looks almost exactly the same as the keydownhandler above, but instead of setting the pressed variables to true, we would set them to false. ...
..., right: 39, down: 40 }; that way instead of using the codes to compare the input in the handler functions we could do something like this, which is arguably easier to remember: if(event.keycode == keyboardhelper.left) { leftpressed = true; } note: you can also find a list if the different keycodes and what keys they relate to in the keycode reference page. you can see this example in action online at end3r.github.io/javascript-game-controls and the full source code can be found at github.com/end3r/javascript-game-controls. phaser approach as i mentioned before you can write everything on your own, but you can also take the advantage of built-in functions in frameworks like phaser — these will make your life easier and development a lot faster. all the edge cases, differences bet...
...ser approach as i mentioned before you can write everything on your own, but you can also take the advantage of built-in functions in frameworks like phaser — these will make your life easier and development a lot faster. all the edge cases, differences between browser implementations, etc. are handled by the framework, so you can focus on the actual task you want to do. mouse the mouse interactions in the game are focused on clicking the buttons. in phaser the buttons you create will take any type of input, whether it's a touch on mobile or a click on desktop. that way, if you already implemented the buttons as shown in the mobile touch controls article, it will work out of the box on the desktop too: var buttonenclave = this.add.button(10, 10, 'logo-enclave', this.clickenclave, this); t...
...And 3 more matches

Componentizing our Svelte app - Learn web development
single responsibility principle — that is, a component should ideally only do one thing. if it ends up growing, it should be split into smaller subcomponents. both approaches should complement each other, and help you decide how to better organize your components. eventually, we will split up our app into the following components: alert.svelte: a general notification box for communicating actions that have occurred. newtodo.svelte: the text input and button that allow you to enter a new todo item. filterbutton.svelte: the all, active, and completed buttons that allow you to apply filters to the displayed todo items. todosstatus.svelte: the "x out of y items completed" heading. todo.svelte: an individual todo item. each visible todo item will be displayed in a separate copy of this co...
...curred. newtodo.svelte: the text input and button that allow you to enter a new todo item. filterbutton.svelte: the all, active, and completed buttons that allow you to apply filters to the displayed todo items. todosstatus.svelte: the "x out of y items completed" heading. todo.svelte: an individual todo item. each visible todo item will be displayed in a separate copy of this component. moreactions.svelte: the check all and remove completed buttons at the bottom of the ui that allow you to perform mass actions on the todo items. in this article we will concentrate on creating the filterbutton and todo components; we'll get to the others in future articles. let's get started. note: in the process of creating our first couple of components, we will also learn different techniques to c...
... the following, again to the bottom of the <script> section: function update(updatedtodo) { todo = { ...todo, ...updatedtodo } // applies modifications to todo dispatch('update', todo) // emit update event } here we are using the spread syntax to return the original todo with the modifications applied to it. next we'll create different functions to handle each user action. ...
...And 3 more matches

IME handling guide
ndler(s) on each platform. this capsules the logic to dispatch widgetcompositionevent and widgetkeyboardevent for making the behavior on each platform exactly same. for example, if widgetkeyboardevent should be dispatched when there is a composition is managed by this class in xp level. first of use, native ime handlers get the rights to use texteventdispatcher with a call of beginnativeinputtransaction(). then, startcomposition(), setpendingcomposition(), flushpendingcomposition(), commitcomposition(), etc. are available if beginnativeinputtransaction() return true. these methods automatically manage composition state and dispatch widgetcompositionevent properly. this is also used by mozilla::textinputprocessor which can emulates (or implements) ime with chrome script. so, native ime handlers ...
...sitionend events and notifies mozilla::editorbase and mozilla::texteditor of the events. when editorbase receives an ecompositionstart (dom "compositionstart") event, it looks for a proper textcomposition instance and stores it. when texteditor receives an ecompositionchange (dom "text") event, it creates or modifies a text node which includes the composition string and mozilla::compositiontransaction (it was called imetexttxn) sets ime selections for representing the clauses of the composition string. when editorbase receives an ecompositionend (dom "compositionend") event, it releases the stored textcomposition instance. nstextframe nstextframe paints ime selections. mozilla::imecontentobserver imecontentobserver observes various changes of a focused editor. when an editor or a windowle...
...s the result. next, imestatemanager initializes inputcontext (defined in imedata.h) with the desired ime state and node information. then, it calls nsiwidget::setinputcontext() with the inputcontext. finally, widget stores the inputcontext and enables or disables ime if the platform has such an api. inputcontext inputcontext is a struct. its mimestate, mhtmlinputtype, mhtmlinputinputmode and mactionhint are set at nsiwidget::setinputcontext() called. mimestate ime state has two abilities. one is enabled state: enabled this means ime is fully available. e.g., when an editable element such as <input type="text">, <textarea> or <foo contentediable> has focus. disabled this means ime is not available. e.g., when a non-editable element has focus or no element has focus, the desired ime stat...
...And 3 more matches

nsIAccessible
le.getaccessiblerelated() nsiaccessible.getrelations() nsiaccessible.getrelation() and nsiaccessible.relationscount. focus and selection in order to focus an accessible or get focused child accessible use nsiaccessible.takefocus() and nsiaccessible.focusedchild. to select an accessible you can use nsiaccessible.setselected(), nsiaccessible.takeselection() and nsiaccessible.extendselection(). actions you can prepare actions on some accessibles (for example on button accessible). the following methods are intended for this nsiaccessible.actioncount, nsiaccessible.getactionname(), nsiaccessible.getactiondescription() and nsiaccessible.doaction(). descriptions nsiaccessible.description and nsiaccessible.help provides additional text information about accessible. attributes many accessibles expo...
...following methods are used to get them nsiaccessible.defaultkeybinding(), nsiaccessible.getkeybindings(), nsiaccessible.keyboardshortcut. size and screen position you can use nsiaccessible.getbounds() to get size and coordinates of the accessible. ...
... getstate provides a bit fields of accessible states which describe boolean properties of accessible. groupposition this method returns grouping information. used for tree items, list items, tab panel labels, radio buttons, etc. also used for collectons of non-text objects. getchildatpoint this method returns an access...
...And 3 more matches

Performance
mozstorage uses sqlite as the database backend. it has generally good performance for a small embedded database. however, many things cause various database operations to be slow. transactions there is overhead associated with each transaction. when you execute a sql statement in isolation, an implicit transaction is created around that statement. when transactions are committed, sqlite does journaling which requires syncing data to disk. this operation is extremely slow. therefore, if you are doing many transactions in a row, you will get significant performance improvements by surrounding them in a transaction. the asynchronous writes discussed below removes most of the immediate penalty of a commit, so you will not notice the problem as much. however, there is still overhead, and usin...
...some operations require walking this queue to see what operations have been pending, and they will be slower. ...
...you will get significant performance improvements by surrounding them in a transaction. the asynchronous writes discussed below removes most of the immediate penalty of a commit, so you will not notice the problem as much. however, there is still overhead, and using a transaction will still be faster. one major problem is that the queue of file operations will get very long if there are many transactions. some operations require walking this queue to see what operations have been pending, and they will be slower. if the user shuts down the browser soon after you do this type of operation, you can delay shutdown (possibly for many tens of seconds for large numbers of transactions and slow disks), making it look like the browser is hung. queries careful reordering of the sql statement, or creating...
...And 3 more matches

Address book sync client design
144)] interface nsiabsynclistener : nsisupports { /** * notify the observer that the ab sync authorization operation has begun. * */ void onstartauthoperation(); /** * notify the observer that the ab sync operation has been completed. * * this method is called regardless of whether the the operation was * successful. * * atransactionid - the id for this particular request * astatus - status code for the sync request * amsg - a text string describing the error (if any). * acookie - hmmm...cooookies! */ void onstopauthoperation(in nsresult astatus, in wstring amsg, in string acookie); /** * notify the observer that the ab sync operation has begun. th...
... status code for the sync request * amsg - a text string describing the error (if any). * acookie - hmmm...cooookies! */ void onstopauthoperation(in nsresult astatus, in wstring amsg, in string acookie); /** * notify the observer that the ab sync operation has begun. ...
...t string describing the error (if any). * acookie - hmmm...cooookies! */ void onstopauthoperation(in nsresult astatus, in wstring amsg, in string acookie); /** * notify the observer that the ab sync operation has begun. ...
...And 3 more matches

FileHandle API - Web APIs
ive a page refresh/app relaunch, you need to store the handle in a more permanent location, like the database itself. see file storage below to learn more about this. perform read and write operations to read or write within a handled file, it is required to get a lockedfile. the filehandle.open() method provides such an object which can be readonly or readwrite. any attempt to perform a write action on a readonly lockedfile object will fail. writing there are three possible writing operations on a locked file: write : it's an arbitrary writing method which starts writing in the file at the lockedfile.location byte. append : this operation always writes content at the end of the file. truncate : this operation keeps the nth-first bytes of the file and removes the rest. // get a locke...
...it allows to monitor the progress of an operation. sometimes writing and reading operations can be very long, therefore it is a good idea to monitor the operation to provide feedback to the user. such monitoring can be done using the filerequest.onprogress event handler. ...
... sometimes writing and reading operations can be very long, therefore it is a good idea to monitor the operation to provide feedback to the user. such monitoring can be done using the filerequest.onprogress event handler. ...
...And 3 more matches

IDBCursor.source - Web APIs
the source read-only property of the idbcursor interface returns the idbobjectstore or idbindex that the cursor is iterating over. this function never returns null or throws an exception, even if the cursor is currently being iterated, has iterated past its end, or its transaction is not active. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var source = cursor.source; value the idbobjectstore or idbindex that the cursor is iterating over. ...
...or is iterating over. this function never returns null or throws an exception, even if the cursor is currently being iterated, has iterated past its end, or its transaction is not active. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var source = cursor.source; value the idbobjectstore or idbindex that the cursor is iterating over. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. ...
...e idbobjectstore or idbindex that the cursor is iterating over. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. within each iteration we log the source of the cursor, which will log our idbobjectstore object to the console, something like this: idbobjectstore {autoincrement: false, transaction: idbtransaction, indexnames: domstringlist, keypath: "albumtitle", name: "rushalbumlist"…} the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. for a complete working example, see our idbcursor example (view example liv...
...And 3 more matches

IDBDatabase - Web APIs
the idbdatabase interface of the indexeddb api provides a connection to a database; you can use an idbdatabase object to open a transaction on your database then create, manipulate, and delete objects (data) in that database. the interface provides the only way to get and manage versions of the database. note: this feature is available in web workers. note: everything you do in indexeddb always happens in the context of a transaction, representing interactions with data in the database. all objects in indexeddb — including object stores, indexes, and cursors — are tied to a particular transaction. thus, you cannot execute commands, access data, or open anything outside of a transaction. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; paddin...
...o a database in a separate thread. idbdatabase.createmutablefile() creates a file handle, allowing files to be stored inside an indexeddb database. idbdatabase.createobjectstore() creates and returns a new object store or index. idbdatabase.deleteobjectstore() destroys the object store with the given name in the connected database, along with any indexes that reference it. ...
...dbdatabase.createmutablefile() creates a file handle, allowing files to be stored inside an indexeddb database. idbdatabase.createobjectstore() creates and returns a new object store or index. idbdatabase.deleteobjectstore() destroys the object store with the given name in the connected database, along with any indexes that reference it. idbdatabase.transaction() immediately returns a transaction object (idbtransaction) containing the idbtransaction.objectstore method, which you can use to access your object store. runs in a separate thread. events listen to these events using addeventlistener() or by assigning an event listener to the oneventname property of this interface. abort fired when when a transaction is aborted and bubbles up to the connection object. also available via t...
...And 3 more matches

IDBIndex.objectStore - Web APIs
we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor. ...
...dex using idbindex.opencursor. this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. ...
...ex.opencursor. this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. ...
...And 3 more matches

IDBObjectStore.add() - Web APIs
the add() method of the idbobjectstore interface returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a structured clone of the value, and stores the cloned value in the object store. this is for adding new records to an object store. to determine if the add operation has completed successfully, listen for the transaction’s complete event in addition to the idbobjectstore.add request’s success event, because the transaction may still fail after the success event fires. in other words, the success event is only triggered when the transaction has been successfully queued. the add method is an insert only method. if a record already exists in the object store with the key parameter as its key, then an error constrainerror event is fired on the returned request object. for updat...
...alue, key); parameters value the value to be stored. key optional the key to use to identify the record. if unspecified, it results to null. returns an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description readonlyerror the transaction associated with this operation is in read-only mode. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror any of the following conditions apply: the object store uses in-line keys or has a key generator, and a key parameter was provided. the object store uses out-of-line keys and has no key generator, and no key parameter w...
...tore has been deleted or removed. datacloneerror the data being stored could not be cloned by the internal structured cloning algorithm. constrainterror an insert operation failed because the primary key constraint was violated (due to an already existing record with the same primary key value). example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). note also the functions attached to transaction event handlers to report on the outcome of the transaction opening in the event of success or failure. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest...
...And 3 more matches

IDBObjectStore.openCursor() - Web APIs
id values are "next", "nextunique", "prev", and "prevunique". the default is "next". return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore or idbindex has been deleted. ...
...revunique". the default is "next". return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore or idbindex has been deleted. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. ...
... this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore or idbindex has been deleted. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror the specified key or key range is invalid. ...
...And 3 more matches

IDBObjectStore.openKeyCursor() - Web APIs
id values are "next", "nextunique", "prev", and "prevunique". the default is "next". return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore or idbindex has been deleted. ...
...revunique". the default is "next". return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore or idbindex has been deleted. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. ...
... this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore or idbindex has been deleted. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror the specified key or key range is invalid. ...
...And 3 more matches

IDBVersionChangeEvent - Web APIs
re is available in web workers. properties also inherits properties from its parent, method. idbversionchangeevent.oldversion read only returns the old version of the database. idbversionchangeevent.newversion read only returns the new version of the database. deprecated properties idbversionchangeevent.version read only the new version of the database in a versionchange transaction. warning: while this property is still implemented in older browsers, the latest specification replaces it with the oldversion and newversion attributes. see the compatibility table to know what browsers support them. methods no specific method, but inherits properties from its parent, method. example in the following code snippet, we make a request to open a database, and include ha...
...e live.) var note = document.queryselector("ul"); // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...ument.queryselector("ul"); // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...And 3 more matches

Pointer events - Web APIs
lease the pointer capture el.releasepointercapture(ev.pointerid); } function init() { let el = document.getelementbyid("target"); // register pointerdown and pointercancel handlers el.onpointerdown = downhandler; el.onpointercancel = cancelhandler; } </script> <body onload="init();"> <div id="target"> touch me ... </div> </body> </html> touch-action css property the touch-action css property is used to specify whether or not the browser should apply its default (native) touch behavior (such as zooming or panning) to a region. this property may be applied to all elements except: non-replaced inline elements, table rows, row groups, table columns, and column groups. a value of auto means the browser is free to apply its default touch behavio...
... values pan-x and pan-y, mean that touches that begin on the specified region are only for horizontal and vertical scrolling, respectively. the value manipulation means the browser may consider touches that begin on the element are only for scrolling and zooming. in the following example, the browser's default touch behavior is disabled for the div element. ...
... browser may consider touches that begin on the element are only for scrolling and zooming. in the following example, the browser's default touch behavior is disabled for the div element. <html> <body> <div style="touch-action:none;">can't touch this ... </div> </body> </html> in the following example, default touch behavior is disabled for some button elements. button#tiny { touch-action: none; } in the following example, when the target element is touched, it will only pan in the horizontal direction. ...
...And 3 more matches

Service Worker API - Web APIs
they will also allow access to push notifications and background sync apis. ...
... win over previous attempts in this area such as; appcache because they don't make assumptions about what you are trying to do, and then break when those assumptions are not exactly right; you have granular control over everything. note: service workers make heavy use of promises, as generally they will wait for responses to come through, after which they will respond with a success or failure action. the promises architecture is ideal for this. registration a service worker is first registered using the serviceworkercontainer.register() method. if successful, your service worker will be downloaded to the client and attempt installation/activation (see below) for urls accessed by the user inside the whole origin, or inside a subset specified by you. download, install and activate at this...
...when there are no longer any pages loaded that are still using the old service worker. as soon as there are no more pages to be loaded, the new service worker activates (becoming the active worker). activation can happen sooner using serviceworkerglobalscope.skipwaiting() and existing pages can be claimed by the active worker using clients.claim(). you can listen for the installevent; a standard action is to prepare your service worker for usage when this fires, for example by creating a cache using the built in storage api, and placing assets inside it that you'll want for running your app offline. there is also an activate event. the point where this event fires is generally a good time to clean up old caches and other things associated with the previous version of your service worker. your...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="submit"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
n by the user agent. this label is likely to be something along the lines of "submit" or "submit query." here's an example of a submit button with a default label in your browser: <input type="submit"> additional attributes in addition to the attributes shared by all <input> elements, submit button inputs support the following attributes: attribute description formaction the url to which to submit the form's data; overrides the form's action attribute, if any formenctype a string specifying the encoding type to use for the form data formmethod the http method (get or post) to use when submitting the form. formnovalidate a boolean which, if present, means the form's fields will not be subjected to constraint validation before...
...form data formmethod the http method (get or post) to use when submitting the form. formnovalidate a boolean which, if present, means the form's fields will not be subjected to constraint validation before submitting the data to the server formtarget the browsing context into which to load the response returned by the server after submitting the form formaction a string indicating the url to which to submit the data. this takes precedence over the action attribute on the <form> element that owns the <input>. this attribute is also available on <input type="image"> and <button> elements. formenctype a string that identifies the encoding method to use when submitting the form data to the server. there are three permitted values: application/x-www-f...
...uses the formdata api to manage the data, allowing for files to be submitted to the server. you must use this encoding type if your form includes any <input> elements of type file (<input type="file">). text/plain plain text; mostly useful only for debugging, so you can easily see the data that's to be submitted. ...
...And 3 more matches

indexed-db - Archive of obsolete content
e can't access the dom, you can't do this. so you can use the indexed-db module to access the same api: var { indexeddb } = require('sdk/indexed-db'); var request = indexeddb.open('mydatabase'); request.onerror = function(event) { console.log("failure"); }; request.onsuccess = function(event) { console.log("success"); }; most of the objects that implement the indexeddb api, such as idbtransaction, idbopendbrequest, and idbobjectstore, are accessible through the indexeddb object itself. the api exposed by indexed-db is almost identical to the dom indexeddb api, so we haven't repeated its documentation here, but refer you to the indexeddb api documentation for all the details. the database created will be unique and private per add-on, and is not linked to any website database. the module...
...is almost identical to the dom indexeddb api, so we haven't repeated its documentation here, but refer you to the indexeddb api documentation for all the details. the database created will be unique and private per add-on, and is not linked to any website database. the module cannot be used to interact with a given website database. see bug 778197 and bug 786688. example this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. here's a complete add-on that adds two buttons to the browser: the button labeled "add" adds the title of the current tab to a database, while the button labeled "list" lists all the titles in the database. the add-on implements helper functions open(), additem() and getitems() to open the database, add a new item to the database, an...
...) to open the database, add a new item to the database, and get all items in the database. ...
...And 2 more matches

Getting Started (jpm) - Archive of obsolete content
ou'll be shown the complete contents of "package.json" and asked to accept it. implementing the add-on now you can write the add-on's code. unless you've changed the value of "entry point" ("main" in package.json), this goes in "index.js" file in the root of your add-on. this file was created for you in the previous step. ...
... to accept it. implementing the add-on now you can write the add-on's code. unless you've changed the value of "entry point" ("main" in package.json), this goes in "index.js" file in the root of your add-on. this file was created for you in the previous step. ...
...have installed firefox developer as an alternate browser, you may need to provide the path to it. for example, in ubuntu: jpm run -b /usr/bin/firefox when firefox launches, in the top-right corner of the browser you'll see an icon with the firefox logo. click the icon, and a new tab will open with http://www.mozilla.org/ loaded into it. that's all this add-on does. it uses two sdk modules: the action button module, which enables you to add buttons to the browser, and the tabs module, which enables you to perform basic operations with tabs. in this case, we've created a button whose icon is the firefox icon, and added a click handler that loads the mozilla home page in a new tab. try editing this file. for example, we could change the page that gets loaded: var buttons = require('sdk/ui/butt...
...And 2 more matches

Adding Events and Commands - Archive of obsolete content
list of events you can listen to, and which you use depend on the situation. elements only implement the events that are relevant to them, but there are several events that are implemented for most elements. these are some notable events you should keep in mind: oncommand. this is one of the most important and commonly used events in xul. it's very useful because it represents the most common action for input controls such as menu items, buttons and checkboxes. for a button, it represents the action of the user clicking on it, or focusing it with the keyboard and then pressing the enter key. it's an abstraction of the main way to interact with a control element. onselect. fired when the selection in a tree or listbox changes. onclick. triggered when the user clicks on the element, includin...
...use oncommand instead. onfocus and onblur. used when an element receives or loses focus when the user is navigating with the keyboard. you can combine these with -moz-user-focus to add custom focus behavior to elements that normally wouldn't have it. drag and drop. drag and drop operations involve several events. ...
...content on pages being loaded or displayed, as we will see later on, but it can be hard for your extension xul code to receive information from pages in a secure manner. this is because it would be very insecure to have a website js controlling the behavior of firefox and running javascript code with chrome privileges. suppose your extension interacts with pages from a website, and you want some actions on this site to trigger actions in your extension. one way to solve this is to have the actions on the site to generate a custom event that can be easily recognized by your extension. you can capture the events in the xul overlay, since they'll bubble all the way up: // in the overlay code. document.addeventlistener( "xshellogreetingevent", function(aevent) { /* do stuff*/ }, false); be ca...
...And 2 more matches

Textbox (XPFE autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
oreblurwhilesearching, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputtooltiptext, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, onchange, onerrorcommand, oninput, onsearchcomplete, ontextcommand, ontextentered, ontextrevert, ontextreverted, open, readonly, searchsessions, showcommentcolumn, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, tabscrolling, timeout, type, useraction, value properties accessible, alwaysopenpopup, autofill, autofillaftermatch, completedefaultindex, crop, disableautocomplete, disabled, editable, focused, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputfield, issearching, iswaiting, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, open, popup, popupopen, resultspopup, searchcount, searchparam, searchsess...
... editable, focused, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputfield, issearching, iswaiting, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, open, popup, popupopen, resultspopup, searchcount, searchparam, searchsessions, selectionend, selectionstart, sessioncount, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, textlength, textvalue, timeout, type, useraction, value methods addsession, clearresults, getdefaultsession, getresultat, getresultcount, getresultvalueat, getsession, getsessionbyname, getsessionresultat, getsessionstatusat, getsessionvalueat, removesession, select, setselectionrange, syncsessions examples (example needed) attributes accesskey type: character this should be set to a character that is used as a shortc...
... if true, the autocomplete behavior will be disabled. you might use a script to change this attribute. if false, the default, autocomplete is enabled. disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements are usually drawn with grayed-out text. if the element is disabled, it does not respond to user actions, it cannot be focused, and the command event will not fire. in the case of form elements, it will not be submitted. do not set the attribute to true, as this will suggest you can set it to false to enable the element again, which is not the case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, howeve...
...And 2 more matches

Broadcasters and Observers - Archive of obsolete content
ckbox will have the same label 'open'. if you were to modify the command's label attribute, the label on the button and checkbox will adjust accordingly. we saw something like this in a previous section where the disabled attribute was adjusted once and propagated to other elements. this attribute forwarding is quite useful for a number of purposes. for instance, let's say that we want the back action in a browser to be disabled. we would need to disable the back command on the menu, the back button on the toolbar, the keyboard shortcut (alt+left for example) and any back commands on popup menus. although we could write a script to do this, it is quite tedious. it also has the disadvantage that we would need to know all of the places where a back action could be. if someone added a new back bu...
... button on the toolbar, the keyboard shortcut (alt+left for example) and any back commands on popup menus. although we could write a script to do this, it is quite tedious. it also has the disadvantage that we would need to know all of the places where a back action could be. if someone added a new back button using an extension, it wouldn't be handled. it is convenient to simply disable the back action and have all the elements that issue the back action disable themselves. we can use the attribute forwarding of commands to accomplish this. ...
...a broadcaster would be used to hold, for instance, a flag to indicate whether the user was online or not. ...
...And 2 more matches

More Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
d("outerbox"); outerbox.addeventlistener('command',boxpressed,true); </script> here, an event listener has been added to the button and another event listener has been added to the box. the stoppropagation method has been called in the box's listener, so the button's listener never gets called. if this call was removed, both listeners would be called and both alerts would appear. ...
...ners would be called and both alerts would appear. prevent default action if no event handlers have been registered for an event, then after completing the capturing and bubbling phases, the element will handle the event in a default way. what will happen depends on the event and the type of element. for example, the 'popupshowing' event is sent to a popup just before it is displayed. the default action is to display the popup. if the default action is prevented, the popup will not be displayed. the default action can be prevented with the event object's preventdefault method, as in the example below. example 3 : source view <button label="types" type="menu"> <menupopup onpopupshowing="event.preventdefault();"> <menuitem label="glass"/> <menuitem label="plastic"/> </menupopup> </butt...
...ented with the event object's preventdefault method, as in the example below. example 3 : source view <button label="types" type="menu"> <menupopup onpopupshowing="event.preventdefault();"> <menuitem label="glass"/> <menuitem label="plastic"/> </menupopup> </button> alternatively, for attribute event listeners, you can just return false from the code. ...
...And 2 more matches

Using the Editor from XUL - Archive of obsolete content
he document we want to edit has loaded successfully in nseditorshell::onenddocumentload(). after checking that we can actually edit this document, we go ahead and instantiate an editor on it (in nseditorshell::preparedocumentforediting()). as well as making the editor (which happens via nseditorshell::doeditormode()) we also hook up various listeners and observers for ui updating and user interaction, and store a file specifier for the document we opened. the editor is now set up, and ready to go. one thing to note about editor initialization is that we pass into the editor's init() method an nsicontent* that corresponds to the root of the content tree that the editor is allowed to work with. when initializing the editor from the nseditorshell, we pass null here (which tells the editor tha...
...shell goes away (as a result of nseditorboxobject releasing its reference) it releases the owning reference on the editor. editor event handling editing operations happen in response to user events: mouse, key, drag and drop, and ime (international text input) events. in order to receive these events, the editor registers several event listeners on the document being edited. in addition, editor actions in the user interface are propagated via the xul and javascript, and call methods on the nseditorshell. this editor command dispatching is described separately. the following event listeners are registered: in nshtmleditor::installeventlisteners(), we install the following. these get installed for all types of editor (i.e. for text widgets and composer): nstexteditorkeylistener (as...
...key event, puts that into a string, and calls nshtmleditor::typedtext(), which simply calls nshtmleditor::inserttext(). nshtmleditor::inserttext() hides quite a bit of complexity in some stack-based classes. nsautoplaceholderbatch is a utility class that wraps text insertion with calls to turn off selection and layout updating (to avoid flicker), and the maintenance of a placeholder transaction. this placeholder transaction enables us to batch typing events together, so that an undo undoes the whole series of keystrokes. another stack-based class, nsautorules, ensures that text insertion is wrapped with calls to nshtmleditor::startoperation() / endoperation(). these functions call beforeedit() and afteredit() on the current typing rules. now, we initialize a nstextrulesinfo with t...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
gital signature allows the certificate to function as a "letter of introduction" for users who know and trust the ca but don't know the entity identified by the certificate. for more information about the role of cas, see "how ca certificates are used to establish trust". authentication confirms an identity authentication is the process of confirming an identity. in the context of network interactions, authentication involves the confident identification of one party by another party. authentication over networks can take many forms. certificates are one way of supporting authentication. network interactions typically take place between a client, such as browser software running on a personal computer, and a server, such as the software and hardware used to host a web site. client authentica...
...ce. this evaluation process can employ a variety of standard authorization mechanisms, potentially using additional information in an ldap directory, company databases, and so on. if the result of the evaluation is positive, the server allows the client to access the requested resource. as you can see by comparing figure 5 to figure 4, certificates replace the authentication portion of the interaction between the client and the server. instead of requiring a user to send passwords across the network throughout the day, single sign-on requires the user to enter the private-key database password just once, without sending it across the network. for the rest of the session, the client presents the user's certificate to authenticate the user to each new server it encounters. existing authorization...
...er; others are used to verify that an object or item has not been tampered with. ssl protocol signed and encrypted email single sign-on object signing ssl protocol the secure sockets layer (ssl) protocol is a set of rules governing server authentication, client authentication, and encrypted communication between servers and clients. ssl is widely used on the internet, especially for interactions that involve exchanging confidential information such as credit card numbers. ssl requires a server ssl certificate, at a minimum. as part of the initial "handshake" process, the server presents its certificate to the client to authenticate the server's identity. the authentication process uses public-key encryption and digital signatures to confirm that the server is in fact the server it clai...
...And 2 more matches

How to build custom form controls - Learn web development
sign the control's behavior are different from the ones who implement it. another fun example: what will happen if the user hits the up or down arrow keys while the control is in the open state? this one is a little bit trickier. ...
... we have to think a little further: what about the escape key? pressing esc key closes an open select. ...
...ame way as the select for all users, from keyboard to mouse to touch to screen reader, and any other input device. in our example, the missing specifications are obvious so we will handle them, but it can be a real problem for exotic new controls. ...
...And 2 more matches

Introducing asynchronous JavaScript - Learn web development
n the background code finishes running, it calls the callback function to let you know the work is done, or to let you know that something of interest has happened. using callbacks is slightly old-fashioned now, but you'll still see them in use in a number of older-but-still-commonly-used apis. an example of an async callback is the second parameter of the addeventlistener() method (as we saw in action above): btn.addeventlistener('click', () => { alert('you clicked me!'); let pelem = document.createelement('p'); pelem.textcontent = 'this is a newly-added paragraph.'; document.body.appendchild(pelem); }); the first parameter is the type of event to be listened for, and the second parameter is a callback function that is invoked when the event is fired. when we pass a callback functi...
...e the callback is waiting on the xhr call to finish downloading the resource (using the onload event handler) before it passes it to the callback. callbacks are versatile — not only do they allow you to control the order in which functions are run and what data is passed between them, they also allow you to pass data to different functions depending on circumstance. so you could have different actions to run on the response downloaded, such as processjson(), displaytext(), etc. note that not all callbacks are async — some run synchronously. an example is when we use array.prototype.foreach() to loop through the items in an array (see it live, and the source): const gods = ['apollo', 'artemis', 'ares', 'zeus']; gods.foreach(function (eachname, index){ console.log(index + '. ' + eachname...
...work — and returning a promise. the promise is an object representing the completion or failure of the async operation. it represents an intermediate state, as it were. in essence, it's the browser's way of saying "i promise to get back to you with the answer as soon as i can," hence the name "promise." this concept can take practice to get used to; it feels a little like schrödinger's cat in action. neither of the possible outcomes have happened yet, so the fetch operation is currently waiting on the result of the browser trying to complete the operation at some point in the future. we've then got three further code blocks chained onto the end of the fetch(): two then() blocks. both contain a callback function that will run if the previous operation is successful, and each callback recei...
...And 2 more matches

mach
r raw build output. mach will invoke make in silent mode. this suppresses excessive (often unncessary) output. is mach a build system? no. mach is just a generic command dispatching tool that happens to have a few commands that interact with the real build system. historically, mach was born to become a better interface to the build system. however, its potential beyond just build system interaction was quickly realized and mach grew to fit those needs. generally, mozilla wants to move to a python-based build system but the transition period will be rather long. does mach work with mozconfigs? yes! you use the control file mozconfig like you have always used them. does mach have its own configuration file? yes. you can specify configuration settings in a ~/.mozbuild/machrc file. to see t...
...u have always used them. does mach have its own configuration file? yes. you can specify configuration settings in a ~/.mozbuild/machrc file. to see the list of the 4 available settings ( which are: alias , test , try , runprefs ) type : $ ./mach settings should i implement x as a mach command? there are no hard or fast rules. generally speaking, if you have some piece of functionality or action that is useful to multiple people (especially if it results in productivity wins), then you should consider implementing a mach command for it. some other cases where you should consider implementing something as a mach command: when your tool is a random script in the tree. random scripts are hard to find and may not conform to coding conventions or best practices. mach provides a framework ...
...file "mach" (a py script) , which you need, is not there though - look for that driver at moz-central or here directly. mach architecture under the hood mach is a generic command dispatching framework which currently targets command line interfaces (clis). you essentially have a bunch of python functions saying "i provide command x" and mach hooks up command line argument parsing, terminal interaction, and dispatching. there are 3 main components to mach: the mach core. mach commands the mach driver the mach core is the main python modules that implement the basic functionality of mach. these include command line parsing, a structured logger, dispatching, and utility functions to aid in the implementation of mach commands. mach commands are what actually perform work when you run mach...
...And 2 more matches

Displaying Places information using views
f the place attribute and property. in this regard the built-in menu and toolbar views are no different. when a view's underlying data changes, the view will automatically update itself so that it displays the new data. this update is handled by logic between the view and its results. all places views implement or own an instance of interface nsinavhistoryresultviewer, which is the point of interaction between a view and its results. results themselves observe places changes, and if on a places change a result determines that its data specifically has changed, it notifies its view by calling an appropriate method of nsinavhistoryresultviewer. once notified, the view is responsible for updating itself. note: starting in gecko 2.0, nsinavhistoryresultviewer has been replaced by the more powerfu...
...vhistoryresultnode objects contained in the rows. nsinavhistoryresultobserver notifies observing clients about updates when the underlying data changes. it's not so useful for our purposes here. nsitreeview provides a high-level interface for trees in general. finally, the built-in tree view implements several convenience methods and properties of its own. you therefore have four points of interaction with the built-in places tree view: the convenience methods and properties implemented directly on the view itself, the nsiplacesview interface of the view itself, the nsinavhistoryresulttreeviewer interface of the view's view, and the nsitreeview interface of the view's view. the methods and properties implemented directly on the view are very specific, while the interface provided by ns...
...on the view itself, the nsiplacesview interface of the view itself, the nsinavhistoryresulttreeviewer interface of the view's view, and the nsitreeview interface of the view's view. the methods and properties implemented directly on the view are very specific, while the interface provided by nsitreeview is very general. tasks sometimes require you to use more than one of these points of interaction, going from one layer of generality to another. to put it in terms of javascript, say you have a variable named treeview that references your places tree view: var treeview = document.getelementbyid("myplacestreeview"); points 1 and 2 apply to this variable. the tree view's view is the object at treeview.view. points 3 and 4 apply to this object. var treeviewview = treeview.view; conveni...
...And 2 more matches

nsIHttpActivityObserver
rface is active and should observe http activity, otherwise false. if this is false, the observeactivity() method should not be called. read only. note: this attribute is present only for compatibility and should not be used. constants activity type constants constant value description activity_type_socket_transport 0x0001 socket transport activity has occurred. activity_type_http_transaction 0x0002 http transport activity has occurred. activity subtype constants constant value description activity_subtype_request_header 0x5001 the http request is about to be queued for sending. observers can look at request headers in aextrastringdata activity_subtype_request_body_sent 0x5002 the http request's body has been sent. activity_subtype_response_start 0x5003 the http response ...
...k at request headers in aextrastringdata activity_subtype_request_body_sent 0x5002 the http request's body has been sent. activity_subtype_response_start 0x5003 the http response has started to arrive. activity_subtype_response_header 0x5004 the http response header has arrived. activity_subtype_response_complete 0x5005 the complete http response has been received. activity_subtype_transaction_close 0x5006 the http transaction has been closed. methods observeactivity() called when activity occurs on the http transport. you should implement this method to perform whatever tasks you wish to perform when http activity occurs. void observeactivity( in nsisupports ahttpchannel, in pruint32 aactivitytype, in pruint32 aactivitysubtype, in prtime atimestamp, in pruint64 aextrasize...
... occurred. aactivitytype the type of activity that occurred; this will be one of the values specified in activity type constants. aactivitysubtype the subtype that further narrows the type of activity that occurred. if the activity type is activity_type_socket_transport, this value will be one of the status_* constants defined by nsisockettransport. if the activity type is activity_type_http_transaction, this will be one of the constants specified in activity subtype constants above. atimestamp the time at which the activity occurred, specified as microseconds elapsed since the epoch of midnight on january 1, 1970. aextrasizedata any additional size data available with this activity. see interpreting activity data below. aextrastringdata any additional string data available with this activity. s...
...And 2 more matches

nsIPermissionManager
ring type); pruint32 testpermissionfromprincipal(in nsiprincipal principal, in string type); attributes attribute type description enumerator nsisimpleenumerator enumerates all stored permissions. allows access to nsipermission objects. read only. constants permission type constants constant value description unknown_action 0 default permission when no entry is found for a host. it should not be used by consumers. allow_action 1 permission is allowed. deny_action 2 permission is denied. prompt_action 3 prompt user if the permission is allowed. permission expiration constants constant value description expire_never 0 permission...
...moveallsince() remove permission information for a given host string and permission type. void remove( in int64_t since ); parameters since epoch timestamp. permission information stored after this timestamp will be removed. removeall() remove permission information for all uris. void removeall(); parameters none. testexactpermission() checks if a uri is permitted to perform an action. this requires an exact hostname match, subdomains are not a match. pruint32 testexactpermission( in nsiuri uri, in string type ); parameters uri the uri to be tested. type a case-sensitive ascii string, identifying the consumer. return value a pruint32 representing the permission, or unknown_action if no permission exists. testexactpermissionfromprincipal() checks if a principa...
...name match, subdomains are not a match. pruint32 testexactpermission( in nsiuri uri, in string type ); parameters uri the uri to be tested. type a case-sensitive ascii string, identifying the consumer. return value a pruint32 representing the permission, or unknown_action if no permission exists. testexactpermissionfromprincipal() checks if a principal is permitted to perform an action. see testexactpermission(). pruint32 testexactpermissionfromprincipal( in nsiprincipal principal, in string type ); parameters principal the principal to be tested. type a case-sensitive ascii string, identifying the consumer. return value a pruint32 representing the permission, or unknown_action if no permission exists. testpermission() checks if a uri is permitted to perform a...
...And 2 more matches

MailNews fakeserver
*/ ]; for (var handler in handlers) { // this sets up the fake server var server = new nsmailserver(new handler(daemon)); // port to use. i tend to like using 1024 + default port number myself. // probably best to include as a constant somewhere. also, use something // larger than 1024 for best results. ...
...omething // larger than 1024 for best results. server.start(port); // set up a nsimsgincomingserver locally localserver.someactionrequiringconnection(); server.performtest(); // nothing will be executed until the connection is closed // localserver.closecachedconnections() is generally a good way to do so server.resettest(); // set up second test server.performtest(); transaction = server.playtransaction(); // finished with tests server.stop(); } currently, fakeserver provides no means to keep a persistent connection past a test, requiring connections to be closed, possibly forcibly. alternatively, one can wait for the timeout, which occurs after 3 minutes, so not closing connections would make the tests take unbearably long. the server provides the following api to...
...sts take unbearably long. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBCursor.advance() - Web APIs
e advance() method of the idbcursor interface sets the number of times a cursor should move its position forward. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax cursor.advance(count); parameters count the number of times to move the cursor forward. ...
... sets the number of times a cursor should move its position forward. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax cursor.advance(count); parameters count the number of times to move the cursor forward. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbcursor's transaction is inactive. typeerror the value passed into the count parameter was zero or a negative number. invalidstateerror the cursor is currently being iterated or has iterated past its end. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through the records in the object store. here we use cursor.advanc...
... to idbcursor.continue, except that it allows you to jump multiple records at a time, not just always go onto the next record. note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBCursor.continue() - Web APIs
ional key parameter. if no key is specified, the cursor advances to the immediate next position, based on its direction. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax cursor.continue(key); parameters key optional the key to position the cursor at. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbcursor's transaction is inactive. dataerror the key parameter may have any of the following conditions: the key is not a valid key. the key is less than or equal to this cursor's position and the cursor's direction is next or nextunique. the key is greater than or equal to this cursor's position and this cursor's direction is prev or p...
...lid key. the key is less than or equal to this cursor's position and the cursor's direction is next or nextunique. the key is greater than or equal to this cursor's position and this cursor's direction is prev or prevunique. invalidstateerror the cursor is currently being iterated or has iterated past its end. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. for a complete working example, see our idbcursor example (view exam...
... iterate through all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBCursor.delete() - Web APIs
, you have to use idbindex.opencursor() instead. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax myidbcursor.delete(); returns an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. the result attribute is set to undefined. ...
...ad. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax myidbcursor.delete(); returns an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. the result attribute is set to undefined. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbcursor's transaction is inactive. readonlyerror the transaction mode is read-only. invalidstateerror the cursor was created using idbindex.openkeycursor, is currently being iterated, or has iterated past its end. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. if the albumtitle ...
... request = cursor.delete();. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBCursor.update() - Web APIs
eature is available in web workers. syntax var anidbrequest = myidbcursor.update(value); parameters value the new value to be stored at the current position. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbcursor's transaction is inactive. readonlyerror the transaction mode is read only. invalidstateerror the cursor was created using idbindex.openkeycursor, is currently being iterated, or has iterated past its end. dataerror the underlying object store uses in-line keys and the property in the value at the object store's key path does...
...iterated, or has iterated past its end. dataerror the underlying object store uses in-line keys and the property in the value at the object store's key path does not match the key in this cursor's position. datacloneerror the data being stored could not be cloned by the internal structured cloning algorithm. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. if the albumtitle of the current cursor is "a farewell to kings", we update year the album was released using var request = cursor.update();. note that you cannot change primary keys using cursor.update(), hence us not changing the album title; this would ruin the integrity of the data. in such a...
...diary updatedata variable. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBCursor - Web APIs
ore. note: this feature is available in web workers. properties note: idbcursorwithvalue is an idbcursor interface with an additional value property. idbcursor.source read only returns the idbobjectstore or idbindex that the cursor is iterating. this function never returns null or throws an exception, even if the cursor is currently being iterated, has iterated past its end, or its transaction is not active. idbcursor.direction read only returns the direction of traversal of the cursor. see constants for possible values. idbcursor.key read only returns the key for the record at the cursor's position. if the cursor is outside its range, this is set to undefined. the cursor's key can be any data type. idbcursor.primarykey read only returns the cursor's current effective primary ...
...starts at the upper bound of the key range and moves downwards (monotonically decreasing in the order of keys). prevunique : "prevunique" : the cursor shows all records, excluding duplicates. if multiple records exist with the same key, only the first one iterated is retrieved. it starts at the upper bound of the key range and moves downwards. examples in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. for a complete working example, see our idbcursor example (view exam...
... iterate through all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBDatabaseSync - Web APIs
name readonly domstring the name of the connected database. objectstores readon...
... name readonly domstring the name of the connected database. objectstores readonly domstringlist...
...his method can raise an idbdatabaseexception with the following code: not_found_err if the object store with the given name (based on case-sensitive comparison) does not exist in the connected database. setversion() sets the version of the connected database. void setversion ( in domstring version ); parameters returns void version the version to store in the database. transaction() creates and returns a transaction, acquiring locks on the given database objects, within the specified timeout duration, if possible. idbtransactionsync transaction ( in optional domstringlist storenames, in optional unsigned int timeout ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters storenames the names of object stores and indexes in the scope of the new transaction. timeout the in...
...And 2 more matches

IDBFactory.open() - Web APIs
ive.) var note = document.queryselector("ul"); // in the following line, you should include the prefixes // of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...nt.queryselector("ul"); // in the following line, you should include the prefixes // of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...the following line, you should include the prefixes // of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBFactory - Web APIs
e our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...s app (view example live.) // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...in the following line, you should include the prefixes of implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBIndex.openCursor() - Web APIs
default to a key range that selects all the records in this object store. direction optional the cursor's direction. see idbcursor constants for possible values. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. ...
... records in this object store. direction optional the cursor's direction. see idbcursor constants for possible values. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbindex's transaction is inactive. typeerror the value for the direction parameter is invalid. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbindex has been deleted or removed. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a...
...a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBIndex.openKeyCursor() - Web APIs
default to a key range that selects all the records in this object store. direction optional the cursor's direction. see idbcursor constants for possible values. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. ...
... records in this object store. direction optional the cursor's direction. see idbcursor constants for possible values. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbindex's transaction is inactive. typeerror the value for the direction parameter is invalid. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbindex has been deleted or removed. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open...
... as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.openkeycursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record in the index, and insert the last name and the corresponding primary key of the referenced record into an html table. ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBObjectStore.name - Web APIs
ject store. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax idbobjectstore.name = mynewname; var myobjectstorename = idbobjectstore.name; value a domstring containing the object store's name. exceptions there are a several exceptions which can occur when you attempt to change an object store's name. ...
...e is available in web workers. syntax idbobjectstore.name = mynewname; var myobjectstorename = idbobjectstore.name; value a domstring containing the object store's name. exceptions there are a several exceptions which can occur when you attempt to change an object store's name. invalidstateerror either the object store has been deleted or the current transaction is not an upgrade transaction; you can only rename indexes during upgrade transactions; that is, when the mode is "versionchange". transactioninactiveerror the current transaction is not active. constrainterror an object store is already using the specified name. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). after the object sto...
...base in the db variable. // this is used a lot below db = dbopenrequest.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready to insert into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplicate item...
...And 2 more matches

IDBObjectStore.put() - Web APIs
the put() method of the idbobjectstore interface updates a given record in a database, or inserts a new record if the given item does not already exist. it returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a structured clone of the value and stores the cloned value in the object store. this is for adding new records, or updating existing records in an object store when the transaction's mode is readwrite. if the record is successfully stored, then a success event is fired on the returned request object with the result set to the key for the stored record, and the transaction set to the transaction in which this object store is opened. the put method is an update or insert method. see the idbobjectstore.add method for an insert only method. bear in mind that if you have a idb...
...bject. in such cases, calling put(item) will always insert a new record, because it doesn't know what existing record you might want to modify. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description readonlyerror the transaction associated with this operation is in read-only mode. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror any of the following conditions apply: the object store uses in-line keys or has a key generator, and a key parameter was provided. the object store uses out-of-line keys and has no key generator, and no key parameter w...
...quest is successful the onsuccess function gets the associated record from the idbobjectstore (made available as objectstoretitlerequest.result), updates one property of the record, and then puts the updated record back into the object store in another request with put(). ...
...And 2 more matches

IDBVersionChangeEvent.newVersion - Web APIs
ive.) var note = document.queryselector("ul"); // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of // implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...nt.queryselector("ul"); // in the following line, you should include the prefixes of // implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...the following line, you should include the prefixes of // implementations you want to test. window.indexeddb = window.indexeddb || window.mozindexeddb || window.webkitindexeddb || window.msindexeddb; // don't use "var indexeddb = ..." if you're not in a function. ...
...And 2 more matches

ARIA: application role - Accessibility
scription the application role indicates to assistive technologies that this part of the web content contains elements that do not conform to any other known html element or wai-aria widget. any sort of special interpretation of html structures and widgets should be suspended, and control should be completely handed over to the browser and web application to handle mouse, keyboard, or touch interaction. in this mode, the web author is completely responsible for handling any and all keyboard input, focus management, and other interactions and cannot assume assistive technologies would do any processing on their end. if the web application encompassed by the application role contains parts that should be treated like normal web content, a role of document or article should be used. background ...
...e other assistive technologies (at) have traditionally grabbed the whole web content from the browser at once after it had finished loading. the ats build their own representation of it that makes the most sense for a blind user to consume the content. this is often referred to as virtual document, browse mode, or similar terms. the document is streamlined to a single-column view. a keyboard interaction model is generated that is very similar to a word processor where users can read line by line, sentence by sentence, or paragraph by paragraph. the at will read any semantics like links, headings, form controls, tables, lists, or images. in addition, a set of so-called quick navigation keys has been established over the years that allows blind users to skim through a page via a certain element t...
... when pressing a certain key (usually the enter key) this mode is switched off. the screen reader mode, often called forms mode or focus mode, lets all keyboard input go through to the browser again. escape is the most common way of switching back to browse mode. the application role is designed to provide a means for widgets that are not part of the standard set to be accessible for direct interaction in ats that use both browse and focus modes for interacting with web content. associated wai-aria roles, states, and properties document, article used to indicate parts of the application that should be treated as normal web content aria-activedescendant used to manage focus inside the application. aria-label used to provide the name of the application or purpose of the widget that is be...
...And 2 more matches

ARIA: button role - Accessibility
the semantic <button> or <input type="button"> elements, you will need to make the element focusable and have to define event handlers for click and keydown events, including the enter and space keys, in order to process the user's input. see the official wai-aria example code. description the button role identifies an element as a button to screen readers. a button is a widget used to perform actions such as submitting a form, opening a dialog, cancelling an action, or performing a command such as inserting a new record or displaying information. a common convention to inform users a button will launch a dialog is to append "…" (ellipsis) to the button's label, e.g., "save as…". in addition to the ordinary button widget, role="button" should be included when creating a toggle button or...
...ot change when its state changes. in our example the label remains "mute" with a screen reader reading "mute toggle button pressed" or "mute toggle button not pressed" depending on the value of aria-pressed. if the design were to call for the button label to change from "mute" to "unmute," a toggle button would not be appropriate, so the the aria-pressed attribute would be omitted. keyboard interactions key function enter activates the button. space activates the button following button activation, focus is set depending on the type of action the button performs. for example, if clicking the button opens a dialog, the focus should move to the dialog. if the button closes a dialog, focus should returns to the button that opened the dialog unless the fu...
...xample, a span element has been given the button role. because a <span> element is used, the tabindex attribute is required to make the button focusable and part of the page's tab order. the included css style is provided to make the <span> element look like a button, and to provide visual cues when the button has focus. the handlebtnclick and handlebtnkeydown event handlers perform the button's action when activated using a mouse click or the space or enter key. in this case, the action is to add a new name to the list of names. try the example by adding a name to the text box. the button will cause the name to be added to a list. html <h1>aria button example</h1> <ul id="namelist"></ul> <label for="newname">enter your name: </label> <input type="text" id="newname"> <spa...
...And 2 more matches

Overview of events and handlers - Developer guides
change to dynamic page rendering, browsers loop continuously between processing, drawing, presenting content, and waiting for some new event trigger. event triggers include the completion of the loading of a resource on the network e.g., downloads an image that can now be drawn on the screen, the completion of parsing a resource by the browser e.g., processes the html content of a page, the interaction of a user with the contents of the page e.g., clicks a button. douglas crockford explains this change effectively in several lectures, notably his talk, an inconvenient api: the theory of the dom, which shows the change in flow from the original browser flow to the event driven browser. the latter approach changes the last steps from a single flow into a perpetual loop, where waiting for and h...
...al browser flow to the event driven browser. the latter approach changes the last steps from a single flow into a perpetual loop, where waiting for and handling the incidence of new events follows painting. the innovation of the dynamic approach allows for a page to be partially rendered even when the browser has not finished retrieving all resources; this approach also allows for event driven actions, which javascript leverages. (the talk is available from several sources, including this one.) currently, all execution environments for javascript code use events and event handling. the event design pattern the event system, at its core, is simply a programming design pattern. the pattern starts with an agreement over a kind of event and: the name string used for the event, the type of t...
...the value of the 'onclick' attribute, although this second approach is usually only used in very simple web pages. this code relies on the agreement that there is a kind of event called 'click' which will call any listener (or 'handler') function with an event object argument (actually, in this case a derivative mouseevent object) and which will be fired by html button elements after user interaction. the code has no visible effect until a user interacts with the button either by placing the mouse pointer over the html button and clicking on the left mouse button or by placing a finger or stylus of some kind on the screen above the html button; when that happens, the buttondomelement javascript object would call the example_click_handler function with an event object as an argument. the funct...
...And 2 more matches

switch - JavaScript
t is your name? 2 output: your name? 3 output: name? 4 output: ? 5 output: ! block-scope variables within switch statements with ecmascript 2015 (es6) support made available in most modern browsers, there will be cases where you would want to use let and const statements to declare block-scoped variables. ...
...output: your name? 3 output: name? 4 output: ? 5 output: ! block-scope variables within switch statements with ecmascript 2015 (es6) support made available in most modern browsers, there will be cases where you would want to use let and const statements to declare block-scoped variables. take a look at this example: const action = 'say_hello'; switch (action) { case 'say_hello': let message = 'hello'; console.log(message); break; case 'say_hi': let message = 'hi'; console.log(message); break; default: console.log('empty action received.'); break; } this example will output the error uncaught syntaxerror: identifier 'message' has already been declared which you were not probably expecting. this is because the fi...
...the first let message = 'hello'; conflicts with second let statement let message = 'hi'; even they're within their own separate case clauses case 'say_hello': and case 'say_hi':. ultimately, this is due to both let statements being interpreted as duplicate declarations of the same variable name within the same block scope. ...
...And 2 more matches

<mfrac> - MathML
possible values are: left, center (default), and right. ...
...possible values are: left, center (default), and right. ...
...possible values are: left, center (default), and right. ...
...And 2 more matches

Recommended Web Performance Timings: How long is too long? - Web Performance
they ever do. in optimizing for performance, do set an ambitious first load goal, such as 5 seconds over the mobile 3g network and 1.5 seconds on an office t1 line, with even more ambitious page load goals for subsequent page loads, leveraging service workers and caching. there are different suggested times for initially loading the page versus loading additional assets, responding to user interaction, and ensuring smooth animations: idling goal browsers are single threaded (though background threads are supported for web workers). this means that user interaction, painting, and script execution are all on the same thread. if the thread is busy doing complex javascript execution, the main thread will not be available to react to user input, such as pressing a button. for this reason, script ...
... animation goal for scrolling and other animations to look smooth and feel responsive, the content repaints should occur at 60 frames per second (60fps), which is once every 16.7ms. the 16.7 milliseconds includes scripting, reflow, and repaint. realize a document takes about 6ms to render a frame, leaving about 10ms for the rest. ...
...once every 16.7ms. the 16.7 milliseconds includes scripting, reflow, and repaint. realize a document takes about 6ms to render a frame, leaving about 10ms for the rest. anything less than 60fps, especially an un-even or changing frame rate, will appear janky. ...
...And 2 more matches

Content type - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
char* where char is the production for a character, as defined in xml 1.0 , section 2.2. clock-value <clock-value> clock values have the same syntax as in smil animation specification. ...
...efined in xml 1.0 , section 2.2. clock-value <clock-value> clock values have the same syntax as in smil animation specification. ...
... <clock-value> clock values have the same syntax as in smil animation specification. ...
...And 2 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
rectory. warning: unless your content script is extremely simple and consists only of a static string, don't use contentscript: if you do, you may have problems getting your add-on approved on amo. instead, keep the script in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. getting user input note: this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. the following add-on adds a button which displays a panel when clicked. the panel just contains a <textarea> element: when the user presses the return key, the contents of the <textarea> is sent to the main add-on code. the add-on consists of six files: main.js: the main add-on code, that creates the button and panel get-text.j...
...main.js" looks like this: var data = require("sdk/self").data; // construct a panel, loading its content from the "text-entry.html" // file in the "data" directory, and loading the "get-text.js" script // into it. var textentrypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: data.url("text-entry.html"), contentscriptfile: data.url("get-text.js") }); // create a button require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "show-panel", label: "show panel", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png", "32": "./icon-32.png", "64": "./icon-64.png" }, onclick: handleclick }); // show the panel when the user clicks the button. function handleclick(state) { textentrypanel.show(); } // when the panel is displayed it generated an event called // "show": we will listen for that event and wh...
... </style> </head> <body> <textarea rows="13" cols="33" id="edit-box"></textarea> </body> </html> finally, save these three icon files to the "data" directory: icon-16.png icon-32.png icon-64.png to learn much more about content scripts, see the working with content scripts guide. scripting trusted panel content note: this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. we've already seen that you can package html files in your add-on's data directory and use them to define the panel's content. we can call this "trusted" content, because unlike content loaded from a source outside the add-on, the add-on author knows exactly what it's doing. to interact with trusted content you don't need to use conte...
... in the previous example, except that we don't attach a content script: var data = require("sdk/self").data; // construct a panel, loading its content from the "text-entry.html" // file in the "data" directory, and loading the "get-text.js" script // into it. var textentrypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: data.url("text-entry.html") }); // create a button require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "show-panel", label: "show panel", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png", "32": "./icon-32.png", "64": "./icon-64.png" }, onclick: handleclick }); // show the panel when the user clicks the button. function handleclick(state) { textentrypanel.show(); } // when the panel is displayed it generated an event called // "show": we will listen for that event and wh...

Adding a Button to the Toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
to follow this tutorial you'll need to have learned the basics of jpm. to add a button to the toolbar, use the action button or toggle button modules. create a new directory, navigate to it, and execute jpm init, accepting all the defaults. ...
... navigate to it, and execute jpm init, accepting all the defaults. create a directory called "data", mkdir data and save these three icon files to the "data" directory: icon-16.png icon-32.png icon-64.png then open the file called "index.js" in the root of your addon directory and add the following code to it: var buttons = require('sdk/ui/button/action'); var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); var button = buttons.actionbutton({ id: "mozilla-link", label: "visit mozilla", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png", "32": "./icon-32.png", "64": "./icon-64.png" }, onclick: handleclick }); function handleclick(state) { tabs.open("https://www.mozilla.org/"); } now run the add-on with jpm run. the button is added to the toolbar at the top of ...
...ckaged with your add-on: it may not refer to a remote file. you can change the icon at any time by setting the button's icon property. you can change the icon, and the other state attributes, either globally, for a specific window, or for a specific tab. read more about updating state. attaching a panel if you need to attach a panel to a button, use the toggle button api. this is just like the action button api except it adds a boolean checked property which is toggled whenever the button is checked. to attach the panel, pass the button to the panel's show() method. for more details on this, see the toggle button's documentation. displaying richer content to create more complex user interface content than is possible with just a button, use the toolbar api. with the toolbar api you get a co...
...od. for more details on this, see the toggle button's documentation. ...

Getting started (cfx) - Archive of obsolete content
-main.js written * lib/main.js written * doc/main.md written your sample add-on is now ready for testing: try "cfx test" and then "cfx run". have fun!" implementing the add-on now you can write the add-on's code, which goes in the "main.js" file in your "lib" directory. this file was created for you in the previous step. open it and add the following code: var buttons = require('sdk/ui/button/action'); var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); var button = buttons.actionbutton({ id: "mozilla-link", label: "visit mozilla", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png", "32": "./icon-32.png", "64": "./icon-64.png" }, onclick: handleclick }); function handleclick(state) { tabs.open("https://www.mozilla.org/"); } save the file. next, save these three icon files to the "data" directory: ...
... icon-64.png back at the command prompt, type: cfx run this is the sdk command to run a new instance of firefox with your add-on installed. when firefox launches, in the top-right corner of the browser you'll see an icon with the firefox logo. click the icon, and a new tab will open with https://www.mozilla.org/ loaded into it. that's all this add-on does. it uses two sdk modules: the action button module, which enables you to add buttons to the browser, and the tabs module, which enables you to perform basic operations with tabs. in this case, we've created a button whose icon is the firefox icon, and added a click handler that loads the mozilla home page in a new tab. try editing this file. for example, we could change the page that gets loaded: var buttons = require('sdk/ui/butt...
...tton module, which enables you to add buttons to the browser, and the tabs module, which enables you to perform basic operations with tabs. in this case, we've created a button whose icon is the firefox icon, and added a click handler that loads the mozilla home page in a new tab. try editing this file. for example, we could change the page that gets loaded: var buttons = require('sdk/ui/button/action'); var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); var button = buttons.actionbutton({ id: "mozilla-link", label: "visit mozilla", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png", "32": "./icon-32.png", "64": "./icon-64.png" }, onclick: handleclick }); function handleclick(state) { tabs.open("https://developer.mozilla.org/"); } at the command prompt, execute cfx run again. this time clicking it takes yo...
...emplate cfx run to run a new instance of firefox with the add-on installed, so we can try it out cfx xpi to package the add-on into an xpi file for distribution these are the three main commands you'll use when developing sdk add-ons. there's comprehensive reference documentation covering all the commands you can use and all the options they take. the add-on code itself uses two sdk modules, action button and tabs. there's reference documentation for all the high-level and low-level apis in the sdk. what's next? to get a feel for some of the things you can do with the sdk apis, try working through some of the tutorials. advanced techniques overriding the built-in modules the sdk modules you use to implement your add-on are built into firefox. when you run or package an add-on using cfx...

Adding windows and dialogs - Archive of obsolete content
u should always keep them in mind: chrome. this can only be used from the chrome, not from regular html javascript. it indicates that a chrome document is being opened, not a web page. this means that the document defines the whole window, and not only the inner content area. you should always include it when opening a xul window or dialog. modal. modal windows block their parent window until action is taken on them. an alert window is an example of this. modal windows should be avoided when possible because they interrupt the user's browsing and can become annoying very quickly. this feature should only be used when there's no way to continue without having the user do something. never open modal windows at startup. resizable. indicates the user can resize the window or not. in general, wi...
...perating systems order and position their buttons differently in their dialogs. there are also subtle aspects about window size, margins and paddings that are not the same for all systems, so you should avoid making dialogs from scratch or overriding the default dialog css styles. the dialog element handles all of this transparently. all you need to do is define which buttons you'll need and the actions associated with them. <dialog id="xulschoolhello-hello-dialog" title="&xulschoolhello.hellodialog.title;" buttons="accept,cancel" ondialogaccept="return xulschoolchrome.hellodialog.accept();" ondialogcancel="return xulschoolchrome.hellodialog.cancel();" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> carefully read the specification of the dialog element. y...
..."&xulschoolhello.hellodialog.title;" buttons="accept,cancel" ondialogaccept="return xulschoolchrome.hellodialog.accept();" ondialogcancel="return xulschoolchrome.hellodialog.cancel();" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> carefully read the specification of the dialog element. you'll see that you can choose from a wide variety of buttons, associate any action you need to them, override their labels, and even add completely customized extra buttons. all of this without having to worry about your dialog looking odd in some operating systems. the only constant rule is that clicking on ok and cancel will close the dialog unless your associated function returns false. you should avoid returning false, though, specially with the cancel button. dialogs in ge...
...'s also a useful accessibility feature, because screen readers will read the caption right before reading any text in its contents. you can change its style using css in case you don't want the borders to appear. see the firefox preferences window for an example of this: sections are defined using groupbox elements, but their style is quite different from the default. attribute persistence user actions can change the state of your windows, such as selecting an option in a listbox, or entering text in a textbox. if the user closes and then reopens your window, all the controls are reset to their defaults, which may not be what you want. you need some way of remembering the user-manipulated attribute values so that the window reloads it last state when opened. most xul elements support the pers...

Index of archived content - Archive of obsolete content
et/style stylesheet/utils system/child_process system/environment system/events system/runtime system/unload system/xul-app tabs/utils test/assert test/harness test/httpd test/runner test/utils ui/button/action ui/button/toggle ui/frame ui/id ui/sidebar ui/toolbar util/array util/collection util/deprecate util/list util/match-pattern util/object util/uuid window/utils release notes ...
... guidelines extension versioning, update and compatibility extensions support in seamonkey 2 firefox addons developer guide hiding browser chrome hotfix extension how to convert an overlay extension to restartless inline options install manifests installing extensions and themes from web pages interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages jetpack processes legacy add-ons legacy extensions for firefox for android api accounts.jsm browserapp addtab closetab deck getbrowserfor...
... panels homeprovider.jsm homestorage nativewindow contextmenus doorhanger menu toast notifications.jsm pageactions.jsm prompt.jsm runtimepermissions.jsm snackbars.jsm sound.jsm tab addons developer guide code snippets creating a user interface firefox hub walkthrough initialization and cleanup prerequisites walkthrough ...
...er-window private browsing supporting private browsing mode table cellmap table cellmap - border collapse table layout regression tests table layout strategy tamarin abcasm tamarin acceptance testing abc assembler tests actionscript acceptance tests tamarin acceptance test template actionscript performance tests cmdline tests running tamarin acceptance tests running tamarin performance tests tamarin build system documentation tamarin rele...

Drag and Drop - Archive of obsolete content
responsible for creating drag sessions when a drag starts, and removing the drag session when the drag is complete. the function invokedragsession should be called to start a drag inside an ondraggesture event handler. once this function is called, a drag has started. the function invokedragsession takes four parameters, as described below: invokedragsession(element, transferablearray, region, actions) element a reference to the element that is being dragged. this can be retrieved by getting the property event.target during the event handler. transferablearray an array of nsitransferable objects, one for each item being dragged. an array is used because you might want to drag several objects at once, such as a set of files. region a region used for feedback indication. this should usu...
...ence to the element that is being dragged. this can be retrieved by getting the property event.target during the event handler. transferablearray an array of nsitransferable objects, one for each item being dragged. an array is used because you might want to drag several objects at once, such as a set of files. region a region used for feedback indication. this should usually be set to null. actions the actions that the drag uses. this should be set to one of the following constants, or several added together. the action can be changed during the drag depending on what is being dragged over. nsidragservice.dragdrop_action_none used to indicate that no drag is valid. nsidragservice.dragdrop_action_copy the item being dragged should be copied to its dropped location. nsidra...
...t the drag uses. this should be set to one of the following constants, or several added together. the action can be changed during the drag depending on what is being dragged over. nsidragservice.dragdrop_action_none used to indicate that no drag is valid. nsidragservice.dragdrop_action_copy the item being dragged should be copied to its dropped location. nsidragservice.dragdrop_action_move the item being dragged should be moved to its dropped location. nsidragservice.dragdrop_action_link a link (or shortcut or alias) to the item being dragged should be created in the dropped location. the interface nsidragservice also provides the function getcurrentsession which can be called from within the drag event handlers to get and modify the state of the drag. the functi...
...erties of the drag that is currently occuring. the following properties and methods are available: candrop set this property to true if the element the mouse is currently over can accept the object currently being dragged to be dropped on it. set the value to false if it doesn't make sense to drop the object on it. this should be changed in the ondragover and ondragenter event handlers. dragaction set to the current action to be performed, which should be one or more of the constants described earlier. this can be used to provide extra feedback to the user. numdropitems the number of items being dragged. for example, this will be set to 5 if five bookmarks are being dragged. getdata(transfer,index) get the data being dragged. the first argument should be an nsitransferable object t...

JavaScript crypto - Archive of obsolete content
tecrmfrequest() function generates a key and creates a crmf request object. this object can be passed to a ca using a webform. the importusercertificates() function loads certificates into the nss database or smartcard if the corresponding key is found there. the popchallengeresponse() function is not implemented. ...
...signature on signed blob ca/ra validates identity of user ca/ra sends wrapped encryption private key to kra kra sends escrow verification back to ca ca creates and signs certificates ca sends certificates back to the user (importusercertificates) typical use the ca's enrollment page could look something like this: <!doctype html> <h2>request a cert</h2> <form name="reqform" method="post" action="http://your.ra.site.org"> <p><input type=hidden name=cert_request value=""> <p>name: <input type=text name=name value=""> <p>password: <input type=password name="password" value=""> <p><input type=submit name="send" value="submit"> </form> <script> /* the following values could be filled in by the server cgi */ var authenticator = "server_magic"; var keytransportcert = null; var crmfobject = nul...
...mozilla might exhibit unpredictable behavior. ...
...vior. ...

Tamarin build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
estarting eclipse. linux and unix tamarin is tested on linux but not on other unix flavors. nonetheless, it is possible to build tamarin on unix. execute the following commands to build: $ cd tamarin-central/platform/unix $ make the resulting executable "shell" is built in the current directory. compiling and running applications currently the only compiler for tamarin is the adobe actionscript compiler. the source code for the actionscript compiler, asc, has been open sourced as part of adobe flex®. this compiler is written in java and will require the installation of a java™ 1.4 or later jdk. a prototype self-hosting ecmascript edition 4 compiler, esc, is provided with tamarin but it is not yet capable of bootstrapping itself or building applications. esc is under active dev...
...ler is written in java and will require the installation of a java™ 1.4 or later jdk. a prototype self-hosting ecmascript edition 4 compiler, esc, is provided with tamarin but it is not yet capable of bootstrapping itself or building applications. esc is under active development and will be able to generate tamarin applications later this year. use the following steps to build and install the actionscript compiler. download and build the asc source code using the subversion client $ svn co http://opensource.adobe.com/svn/open...box/asc-redux/ asc $ cd asc/build/java $ ant ... jar: [jar] building jar asc\lib\asc.jar $ cd ../.. $ java -jar lib/asc.jar # shows usage you may also download the latest asc.jar from ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/js/tamarin...latest/asc.jar . you should...
...atest asc.jar from ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/js/tamarin...latest/asc.jar . you should now copy asc.jar into tamarin-central/utils. asc.jar can be used to compile the builtin.abc file. the builtin.abc file provides internal information about the built-in classes (object, array, etc). this file is located in the core directory; you shouldn't normally need to rebuild it, unless you edit any of the actionscript source for the built-in classes. to rebuild it, use the builtin.py script: $ cd tamarin-central/core $ export asc=../utils/asc.jar # builtin.py uses this to find asc.jar $ python builtin.py building builtin.abc, builtin.cpp, builtin.h builtin: 26795 files: 6 time: 1709ms you can now use asc.jar to compile applications. $ cd tamarin-central $ echo 'print("hello, world")' >...
...ox. tamarin buildbot tryserver the tryserver/sandbox is setup to allow users to push any code changes that they would like to have tested in the automated build/test process prior to actually pushing the changes. the sandbox is setup so that it is able to build and test branches that are based on either tamarin-central or tamarin-tracing. any comments, questions or problems can be directed to actionscript qe how to setup a user repository with the source and patches that will be compiled. documentation on how to setup a user repository http://developer.mozilla.org/en/publishing_mercurial_clones. push any changes that you want to test into this repository. request a build via the form at http://tamarin-builds.mozilla.org/build_trigger/requestbuild.cfm user email: your email address...

Building Trees - Archive of obsolete content
wish, you can also use the content builder for a tree. there may be situations that call for this, typically when handling smaller amounts of data. however, the content builder becomes slower as the amount of data increases. apart from the flags attribute, the template syntax for the tree builder and the content builder are identical. however, the tree builder requires a very specific form to the action body. specifically, the action body should be a single treeitem with its rows and cells. here is an example (using an rdf source): <tree id="photoslist" flex="1" datasources="template-guide-photos5.rdf" ref="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/myphotos" flags="dont-build-content"> <treecols> <treecol id="name" label="name" flex="1"/> <treecol id="date" label="date" flex="1"/> </treeco...
...g an sqlite datasource: <tree datasources="profile:messages.sqlite" ref="*" querytype="storage" flags="dont-build-content"> <treecols> <treecol id="subject" label="subject" flex="3"/> <treecol id="sender" label="sender" flex="2"/> <treecol id="date" label="date" flex="1"/> </treecols> <template> <query> select subject, sender, date from messages </query> <action> <treechildren> <treeitem uri="?"> <treerow> <treecell label="?subject"/> <treecell label="?sender"/> <treecell label="?date"/> </treerow> </treeitem> </treechildren> </action> </template> </tree> features of the tree builder besides the label of a cell, there are several other cell properties you can set w...
...ty to change the appearance of each row. ...
... « previousnext » ...

Filtering - Archive of obsolete content
ed or removed, the template must be rebuilt by calling the rebuild method. this method will remove all of the existing generated content, delete all of the internal information pertaining to the results, and start again as if the template were just being examined for the first time. the template will be parsed again and the data examined for new results. you can view a complete example of this in action. a menulist is used to allow one to select either a specific country, or select all to show all of the photos. when a choice is made, the applyfilter function as shown above is called and the template content gets rebuilt with the desired filter applied. in this example, the menulist is hard-coded to contain the items that we know are in the datasource. next, we'll look at also generating this li...
...edicate to find the individual countries. a second triple is used to get the title for the country. ...
...the value attribute is assigned the ?country variable so that the applyfilter function can use this value easily for filtering. the complete example shows this working. ...
... need to include a <menupopup> around all of the items. since we only want to generate a single menupopup, it should go outside of the element with the uri attribute. only the contents at the element with the uri attribute and below are copied for each result. the elements above are not. <action> <menupopup> <menuitem uri="?country" label="?countrytitle" value="?country"/> </menupopup> </action> the result will be two generated menuitems, one for each country, inside a menupopup. the value attribute is assigned the ?country variable so that the applyfilter function can use this value easily for filtering. the complete example shows this working. note that due to a bug with template generation in menulists when the datasource hasn't loaded yet, you may have to load the example twice to ...

SQLite Templates - Archive of obsolete content
dummy value; '*' is typically used. the query for an sqlite datasource is just an sql select statement, as text inside the query element. this simple example shows how to display a listbox containing the values in one column in a database table. <listbox datasources="profile:userdata.sqlite" ref="*" querytype="storage"> <template> <query> select name from myfriends </query> <action> <listitem uri="?" label="?name"/> </action> </template> </listbox> the query returns the list of values from the 'name' column in the table 'myfriends'. the action body, starting at the node with uri="?" is repeated for each result returned from the query. if the query returns six results, six listitems will be generated. the labels have the special value '?name'. the syntax with th...
...esult. in this case, '?name' means replace this with the value of the name column. the effect is a listbox containing the names from the database. you can return multiple columns or filtered data by using a more complex query. <vbox datasources="profile:userdata.sqlite" ref="*" querytype="storage"> <template> <query> select name, email from myfriends where age >= 30 </query> <action> <hbox uri="?"> <label value="?name"/> <label value="?email"/> </hbox> </action> </template> </vbox> this template displays the results of two columns. any occurance of a question mark in the action body is replaced with the value from the query results. here, this is used two times, once to display the name and the second to display the email. the uri attribute...
...for sqlite queries it will almost always be on the outermost node. note also that the query statement has a where clause which restricts the rows to those with an age greater or equal to 30. query parameters sometimes, you will want to adjust the query depending on certain criteria. ...
...ant a numeric parameter, you should also set the type attribute. <listbox id="friends" datasources="profile:userdata.sqlite" ref="*" querytype="storage"> <template> <query> select name, from myfriends where age >= :minage && age <= :maxage <param id="minage" name="minage" type="integer">30</param> <param id="maxage" name="maxage" type="integer">40</param> </query> <action> <listitem uri="?" label="?name"/> </action> </template> </listbox> here, the age is an integer number, so the type attribute is set to integer. integers are 32-bit values, but you can use the value int64 for 64-bit integers. you can also use the value double for double precision floating point values. if no type is specified, a string is assumed. we could later change the age to use...

Using Recursive Templates - Archive of obsolete content
me="female"> <person name="cleopatra"/> <person name="laura secord"/> </group> </people> we could display this data in a flat list by using the right query: <query expr="group/person/"> or, we could display one level for the two groups, and use another level for each person. <groupbox type="menu" datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="*"/> <action> <vbox uri="?" class="indent"> <label value="?name"/> </vbox> </action> </template> </groupbox> in this simplified example, the xpath expression just gets the list of child elements of the reference node. for the outermost iteration, a vbox is created with a child label. since the initial reference node is the root of the xml source document, the results are two element...
...however, a further step is done to retrieve an additional level of nodes. as each group has children itself, each result (in this case, each group) becomes the reference point for a futher iteration. the same query is executed again but using the groups generated from the previous execution of the query. this time, the query generates a result for each person in the xml source. the content of the action body is again generated for each result, but instead of being inserted inside the outermost groupbox, this new content is inserted inside the content generated from the previous iteration. the content is always inserted directly inside the element with the uri attribute. the result is output like the following: <groupbox> ... <vbox id="row2" container="true" empty="false" class="indent"> ...
...the template builder has also added container and empty attributes to the groups. this is done with all nodes that have children to indicate that the node contains generated children as well as whether the node is empty. these hints are used for trees, but they can also be used in a stylesheet to provide a different appearance for contain...
...ocal-name function retrieves the tag of the element without the namespace prefix. in this case, there isn't a namespace prefix, so the name function could be used instead. <vbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="*"> <assign var="?type" expr="local-name(.)"/> </query> <rule> <where subject="?type" rel="equals" value="group"/> <action> <groupbox uri="?"> <caption label="?name"/> </groupbox> </action> </rule> <rule> <action> <label uri="?" value="?name"/> </action> </rule> </template> </vbox> the first rule contains a where clause which matches only those results that have a type of group. as the type is bound to the local name of the result node, this will matc...

XUL Template Primer - Bindings - Archive of obsolete content
we'll use a the following data model to illustrate how bindings work. see the rdf/xml file friends.rdf,...
... we'll use a the following data model to illustrate how bindings work. see the rdf/xml file friends.rdf, below, a simple database with name and address information for some of my good friends. <?xml version="1.0"?> <rdf:rdf xmlns:rdf="http:/...
... we'll use a the following data model to illustrate how bindings work. see the rdf/xml file friends.rdf, below, a simple database with name and address information for some of my good friends. ...
...ars: note that even though poor lumpy has no nc:address property, he still appears in the content model! unlike the <conditions>, bindings do not affect whether or not a rule matches: they just "pull through" additional information if it is available. the <bindings> element the <bindings> element is optional in a xul template, but if present, must appear as a sibling of the <conditions> and <action> elements in a rule. the <binding> element the <bindings> element (plural) may contain any number of <binding> (singular) elements. <bindings> <binding subject="?friend" predicate="http://home.netscape.com/nc-rdf#address" object="?addr"/> <binding subject="?addr" predicate="http://home.netscape.com/nc-rdf#street" object="?street"/> </bindings> th...

XUL Event Propagation - Archive of obsolete content
us xulnote. but to use events effectively in xul, you must be aware of what the actual process for raising, listening to, and handling events is. collectively, this process is referred to as the event model. events are used for different purposes, but they play a particularly important role in creating interactive xul-based user interfaces, since it is events that bring the information about user actions to the code behind the interface. the following image describes in a very basic way how the various actors in the event model interact with one another. the user clicks a button in the interface. this button responds to the user action by raising an event, a message meant to travel from one element within the interface to another. in this case, the event raised was the "click" event, but a v...
...ermined. the click event is just a message. it's passive in that it doesn't look for a listener; it propagates or "bubbles up" the hierarchy of nodes within the interface until it is either handled in some way or passes out of the interface unhandled. any element that is interested in the event -- any part of the interface, in other words, that needs to know about and respond to the user's click action on the button -- "handles" the event with an event handler, or chunk of code to be executed when the given event is "heard". the availability of event listeners is also somewhat pre-determined, though xul provide generalized event listeners (i.e., oncommand event listeners) for most of the elements in the widget hierarchy. event handlers are written by you, the developer of the interface. very o...
... be useful in your interface development. (see it happen.) for an event to be useful somewhere higher up, however, it is very often necessary to determine which element below the handler actually raised the event. for example, if an event handler at the menu is handling an event raised by one of the menu items, then the menu should be able to identify the raising element and take the appropriate action, as in the following example, where a javascript function determines which menuitem was selected and responds appropriately: <script> function docmd(el) { v = el.getattribute("value"); if (v == "new") alert("new clicked"); else if (v == "open") alert("open clicked"); else alert("close clicked"); } </script> ... <menu class="menu" value="file" oncommand="docmd(event.target)"> <menup...
...d"); } </script> ... <menu class="menu" value="file" oncommand="docmd(event.target)"> <menupopup> <menuitem oncommand="alert('new item alert')" value="new" /> <menuitem value="open" /> <menuitem oncommand="alert('close handler')" value="close" /> </menupopup> </menu> ... the event handler in the menu finds out which menuitem was actually clicked and takes different actions accordingly. event capturing event capturing is the complement of event bubbling. when you register an event listener on an ancestor of the event target (i.e. any node above the event-raising element in the node hierarchy), you can use event capturing to handle the event in the ancestor before it is heard in the target itself or any of the intervening nodes. in the diagram above, the alert ...

Introduction to game development for the Web - Game development
distributing those games. the range of games that can be created is on par with desktop and native os counterparts. with modern web technologies and a recent browser, it's entirely possible to make stunning, top-notch games for the web. and we're not talking about simple card games or multi-player social games that have in the olden days been done using flash®. we're talking about kick-ass 3d action shooters, rpgs, and more. thanks to massive performance improvements in javascript just-in-time compiler technology and new apis, you can build games that run in the browser (or on html5-powered devices) without making compromises. the html5 game platform you can truly think of the web as a better target platform for your game. as we like to say, "the web is the platform." let's take a look at ...
... tablets, their home laptops, their work desktops, or anything else. web technologies for game developers for the tech folks, let's dig into the apis the web brings to the table that cater to game developers. here's a thorough list to give you a taste of what the web can do for you: full screen api this simple api lets your game take over the entire screen, thereby immersing the player in action. gamepad api if you want your users to be able to use gamepads or other game controllers to work your game, you'll need this api. html and css together, these two technologies let you build, style, and lay out your game's user interface. part of html is the <canvas> element, which provides one way to do 2d graphics. html audio the <audio> element lets you easily play simple sound effects an...
... to easily port your existing games. pointer lock api the pointer lock api lets you lock the mouse or other pointing device within your game's interface so that instead of absolute cursor positioning you receive coordinate deltas that give you more precise measurements of what the user is doing, and prevent the user from accidentally sending their input somewhere else, thereby missing important action. svg (scalable vector graphics) lets you build vector graphics that scale smoothly regardless of the size or resolution of the user's display. typed arrays javascript typed arrays give you access to raw binary data from within javascript; this lets you manipulate gl textures, game data, or anything else, even if it's not in a native javascript format. web audio api this api for controlling ...
...he power to control audio and video data, including teleconferencing and transmitting other application data back and forth between two users. want your players to be able to talk to each other while blowing up monsters? this is the api for you. websockets the websocket api lets you connect your app or site to a server to transmit data back and forth in real-time. perfect for multiplayer gaming action, chat services, and so forth. web workers workers give you the ability to spawn background threads running their own javascript code, to take advantage of modern, multi-core processors. xmlhttprequest and file api the combination of xmlhttprequest and the file api lets you send and receive any kind of data you want (don't let the "xml" throw you!) from a web server. this is a great way to do ...

Mobile touch controls - Game development
uld be dragged around the page, which would show the browser scroll bars and look messy. touch events in phaser we don't have to do this on our own; frameworks like phaser offer systems for managing touch events for us — see managing the touch events. pointer theory a pointer represents a single finger on the touch screen. phaser starts two pointers by default, so two fingers can perform an action at once. captain rogers is a simple game — it can be controlled by two fingers, the left one moving the ship and the right one controlling the ship's gun. there's no multitouch or gestures — everything is handled by single pointer inputs. you can add more pointers to the game by using; this.game.input.addpointer up to ten pointers can be managed simultaneously. the most recently used pointer...
...: this.game.input.ondown.add(itemtouched, this); function itemtouched(pointer) { // do something } the itemtouched() function will be executed when the ondown event is dispatched by touching the screen. the pointer variable will contain the information about the pointer that activated the event. this approach uses the generally available this.game.input object, but you can also detect the actions on any game objects like sprites or buttons by using oninputover, oninputout, oninputdown, oninputup, ondragstart, or ondragstop: this.button.events.oninputover.add(itemtouched, this); function itemtouched(button, pointer) { // do something } that way you'll be able to attach an event to any object in the game, like the player's ship, and react to the actions performed by the user. an ad...
...cute the clickenclave() function when it is touched. this will work on mobile and desktop out of the box. there are a few buttons in the main menu, including the one that will start the game. for the actual gameplay, instead of creating more buttons and covering the small mobile screen with them, we can use something a little bit different: we'll create invisible areas which respond to the given action. from a design point of view, it is better to make the field of activity bigger without covering half of the screen with button images. for example, tapping on the right side of the screen will fire the weapon: this.buttonshoot = this.add.button(this.world.width*0.5, 0, 'button-alpha', null, this); this.buttonshoot.oninputdown.add(this.goshootpressed, this); this.buttonshoot.oninputup.add(this.g...
...add.button(this.world.width*0.5, 0, 'button-alpha', null, this); this.buttonshoot.oninputdown.add(this.goshootpressed, this); this.buttonshoot.oninputup.add(this.goshootreleased, this); the code above will create a new button using a transparent image that covers the right half of the screen. you can assign functions on input down and input up separately if you'd like to perform more complicated actions, but in this game touching the right side of the screen will simply fire the bullets to the right — this is all we need in this case. moving the player could be managed by creating the four directional buttons, but we can take the advantage of touch screens and drag the player's ship around: var player = this.game.add.sprite(30, 30, 'ship'); player.inputenabled = true; player.input.enabledra...

How do I start to design my website? - Learn web development
a new site just to spread the word about how cute our cats are. the other five goals are all connected to music. there are, of course, many web services that could handle these goals, but it makes sense in this case to build a dedicated website of our own. such a website is the best way to aggregate all the stuff we want to publish in a single place (good for goals 3, 5, and 6) and promote interaction between us and the public (good for goals 2 and 4). in short, since these goals all revolve around the same topic, having everything in one place will help us meet our goals and help our followers connect with us. how can a website help me reach my goals? by answering that, you'll find the best way to reach your goals and save yourself from wasted effort. what needs to be done, and in what orde...
...ame topic, having everything in one place will help us meet our goals and help our followers connect with us. how can a website help me reach my goals? by answering that, you'll find the best way to reach your goals and save yourself from wasted effort. what needs to be done, and in what order, to reach my goals? now that you know what you want to accomplish, it's time to turn those goals into actionable steps. as a side note, your goals are not necessarily set in stone. they evolve over time even in the course of the project, especially if you run across unexpected obstacles or just change your mind. rather than go through a long explanation, let's go back to our example with this table: goals things to do let people hear your music record music pre...
...your website two things to notice. first, some of these items are not web-related (e.g., record music, write articles). often those offline activities matter even more than the web side of the project. in sales, for instance, it's far more important and time-consuming to handle supply, payment, and shipment than to build a website where people can place orders. second, setting out actionable steps leads to new questions you'll need to answer. usually there turn out to be more questions than we originally thought. (for example, should i learn how to do all this myself, ask someone to do it for me, or use third-party services?) conclusion as you can see, the simple idea "i want to make a website" generates a long to-do list, which only grows longer as you think about it. soon it ...
...e" generates a long to-do list, which only grows longer as you think about it. soon it may look overwhelming, but don't panic. you don't need to answer all the questions and you don't need to do everything on your list. what matters is to have a vision of what you want and how to get there. once you have that clear vision, you need to decide how and when to do it. break down big tasks into small, actionable steps. and those small steps will add up to great achievements. from this article, you should now be able to make a rough plan for creating a website. a next step might be to read how the internet works. ...

Index - Learn web development
web browsers and javascript. you should understand these concepts before working through the other articles in the module. 53 graceful asynchronous programming with promises beginner, codingscripting, guide, javascript, learn, promises, async, asynchronous, catch, finally, then promises are a comparatively new feature of the javascript language that allow you to defer further actions until after a previous action has completed, or respond to its failure. 54 introducing asynchronous javascript beginner, codingscripting, guide, introducing, javascript, learn, promises, async, asynchronous, await, callbacks in this article we briefly recap the problems associated with synchronous javascript, and take a first look at some of the different asynchronous techni...
...oked at the fundamental building blocks of javascript, we'll test your knowledge of loops, functions, conditionals and events by getting you to build a fairly common item you'll see on a lot of websites — a javascript-powered image gallery. 94 introduction to events article, beginner, codingscripting, event handler, guide, javascript, learn, events, l10n:priority events are actions or occurrences that happen in the system you are programming, which the system tells you about so you can respond to them in some way if desired. for example, if the user selects a button on a webpage, you might want to respond to that action by displaying an information box. in this article, we discuss some important concepts surrounding events, and look at how they work in browsers. this won't...
...a lot of similar items of work to complete. here we'll look at the loop structures available in javascript that handle such needs. 96 making decisions in your code — conditionals article, beginner, codingscripting, conditionals, javascript, learn, switch, conditions, else, if, l10n:priority, ternary in any programming language, the code needs to make decisions and carry out actions accordingly depending on different inputs. for example, in a game, if the player's number of lives is 0, then it's game over. in a weather app, if it is being looked at in the morning, show a sunrise graphic; show stars and a moon if it is nighttime. in this article, we'll explore how so-called conditional statements work in javascript. 97 test your skills: conditionals beginner, ...
... html form. 337 web performance css, html, http, javascript, learn, performance, web performance building websites requires html, css, and javascript. to build websites and applications people want to use, which attract and retain users, you need to create a good user experience. part of good user experience is ensuring the content is quick to load and responsive to user interaction. this is known as web performance, and in this module you'll focus on the fundamentals of how to create performant websites. 338 css performance optimization css, performance, reference, tutorial css is render blockingto optimize the cssom construction, remove unnecessary styles, minify, compress and cache it, and split css not required at page load into additional files to r...

Graceful asynchronous programming with Promises - Learn web development
this is useful for setting up a sequence of async operations to work correctly. this article shows you how promises work, how you'll see them in use with web apis, and how to write your own. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a reasonable understanding of javascript fundamentals. objective: to understand promises and how to use them. ...
...ailurecallback); this is much better — it is easier to see what is going on, we only need a single .catch() block to handle all the errors, it doesn't block the main thread (so we can keep playing video games while we wait for the pizza to be ready to collect), and each operation is guaranteed to wait for previous operations to complete before running. we're able to chain multiple asynchronous actions to occur one after another this way because each .then() block returns a new promise that resolves when the .then() block is done running. clever, right? using arrow functions, you can simplify the code even further: choosetoppings() .then(toppings => placeorder(toppings) ) .then(order => collectorder(order) ) .then(pizza => eatpizza(pizza) ) .catch(failurecallback); or even this: choo...
...esponding to failure something is missing — currently, there is nothing to explicitly handle errors if one of the promises fails (rejects, in promise-speak). we can add error handling by running the .catch() method off the previous promise. add this now: let errorcase = promise3.catch(e => { console.log('there has been a problem with your fetch operation: ' + e.message); }); to see this in action, try misspelling the url to the image and reloading the page. the error will be reported in the console of your browser's developer tools. this doesn't do much more than it would if you just didn't bother including the .catch() block at all, but think about it — this allows us to control error handling exactly how we want. in a real app, your .catch() block could retry fetching the image, or s...
... if any of the promises passed to promise.all() reject, the whole block will reject. this can be very useful. imagine that we’re fetching information to dynamically populate a ui feature on our page with content. in many cases, it makes sense to receive all the data and only then show the complete content, rather than displaying partial information. let's build another example to show this in action. download a fresh copy of our page template, and again put a <script> element just before the closing </body> tag. download our source files (coffee.jpg, tea.jpg, and description.txt), or feel free to substitute your own. in our script, we'll first define a function that returns the promises we want to send to promise.all(). this would be easy if we just wanted to run the promis...

Introduction to events - Learn web development
in this article, we discuss some important concepts surrounding events, and look at how they work in browsers. this won't be an exhaustive study; just what you need to know at this stage. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, javascript first steps. ...
...in this article, we discuss some important concepts surrounding events, and look at how they work in browsers. this won't be an exhaustive study; just what you need to know at this stage. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, javascript first steps. ...
...ive study; just what you need to know at this stage. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, javascript first steps. objective: to understand the fundamental theory of events, how they work in browsers, and how events may differ in different programming environments. a series of fortunate events as mentioned above, events are actions or occurrences that happen in the system you are programming — the system produces (or "fires") a signal of some kind when an event occurs, and provides a mechanism by which an action can be automatically taken (that is, some code running) when the event occurs. for example, in an airport, when the runway is clear for take off, a signal is communicated to the pilot. as a result, the plane can ...
... which removes a previously added listener. for example, this would remove the listener set in the first code block in this section: btn.removeeventlistener('click', bgchange); this isn't significant for simple, small programs, but for larger, more complex programs it can improve efficiency to clean up old unused event handlers. plus, this allows you to have the same button performing different actions in different circumstances — all you have to do is add or remove event handlers as appropriate. second, you can register multiple handlers for the same listener. the following two handlers wouldn't both be applied: myelement.onclick = functiona; myelement.onclick = functionb; the second line overwrites the value of onclick set by the first line. this would work, however: myelement.addevent...

Perceived performance - Learn web development
ding spinner, or a series of useful hints and tips (or jokes, or whatever else you think might be appropriate). such an approach is much better than just showing nothing, which will make it feel like it is taking a lot longer and possibly lead to your users thinking it is broken and giving up. perceived performance the perception of how fast your site loads and how responsive feels to user interaction is vitally important; even more important that actual download time but difficult to quantify. there are areas of your site that you may not be able to make faster, but you can make it feel faster even if the metrics discussed in the othser sections can't be improved. there is no unicorn metric that can measure what the user feels, but metrics are useful in guaging improvements (and regressions)...
...r does it weight which content important to a user more highly, so it's not a perfect metric. these metrics have to do with initial load and render. it is also important to ensure the site feels fast once the user begins interacting with it. for this, time to interactive, is a good metric; it is the moment when the last long task of the load process finishes and the ui is available for user interaction with delay. ui lack or responsiveness and jank both harm perceived performance. even though a task may take a long time, though, there are ways to make it seem faster. there are several tips to improving perceived performance. improving perceived performance understanding networking, how the browser works, user perception of time, etc., can help you better understand how to improve the user in...
...th delay. ui lack or responsiveness and jank both harm perceived performance. even though a task may take a long time, though, there are ways to make it seem faster. there are several tips to improving perceived performance. improving perceived performance understanding networking, how the browser works, user perception of time, etc., can help you better understand how to improve the user interaction. however, you don't have to know the ins and outs of how everything, including how the human mind works, to improve the perception of speed. how fast or slow something feels like it's taking depends a lot on whether the user is actively or passively waiting for this thing to happen. waits can have an active and passive phase. when the user is active - moving the mouse, thinking, being entertaint...
...ormat, compressed, and in the correct size. prevent jumping content and other reflows images or other assets causing content to be pushed down or jump to a different location, like the loading of third party advertisements, can make the page feel like it is still loading and is bad for perceived performance. content reflowing is especially bad for user experience when not initiated by user interaction. if some assets are going to be slower to load than others, with elements loading after other content has already been painted to the screen, plan ahead and leave space in the layout for them so that content doesn't jump or resize, especially after the site has become interactive. avoid font file delays font use can both help and harm user experience. selecting the right fonts is an art form, a...

The "why" of web performance - Learn web development
for your business goals. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, basic software installed, and basic knowledge of client-side web technologies. objective: to gain basic familiarity of why web performance is important for good user experience. web performance refers to how quickly site content loads and renders in a web browser, and how well it responds to user interaction. bad performing sites are slow to display and slow to respond to input. bad performing sites increase site abandonment. at its worst, bad performance causes content to be completely inaccessible. a good goal for web performance is for users to not notice performance. while an individual's perception of site performance performance is subjective, loading and rendering can be measured. good perform...
...ight cost two days of an average salary. and if this site were loaded on a us carrier's international roaming plan? the costs would make anyone cry. (see how much your site costs to download.) improve conversion rates reducing the dowload and render time of a site improves conversion rates and user retention. a conversion rate is the rate at which site visitors perform a measured or desired action. for example, this might be making a purchase, reading an article, or subscribing to a newsletter. the action being measured as the conversion rate depends on the website's business goals. performance impacts conversion; improving web performance improves conversion. site visitors expect a site to load in two seconds or less; sometimes even less on mobile (where it generally takes longer). these...
...ends on the website's business goals. performance impacts conversion; improving web performance improves conversion. site visitors expect a site to load in two seconds or less; sometimes even less on mobile (where it generally takes longer). these same site visitors begin abandoning slow sites at 3 seconds. the speed at which a site loads is one factor. if the site is slow to react to user interaction, or appears janky, this causes site visitors to lose interest and trust. here's some real-world examples of performance improvements: tokopedia reduced render time from 14s to 2s for 3g connections and saw a 19% increase in visitors, 35% increase in total sessions, 7% increase in new users, 17% increase in active users and 16% increase in sessions per user. rebuilding pinterest pages...
...user experience. building websites requires html, css, and javascript, typically including binary file types such as images and video. the decisions you make and the tools you choose as you build your site can greatly affect the performance of the finished work. good performance is an asset. bad performance is a liability. site speed directly affects bounce rates, conversion, revenue, user satisfaction, and search engine ranking. performant sites have been shown to increase visitor retention and user satisfaction. slow content has been shown to lead to site abandonment, with some visitors leaving to never return. reducing the amount of data that passes between the client and the server lowers the costs to all parties. reducing html/css/javascript and media file sizes reduces both the time to lo...

Introduction to the server side - Learn web development
ignificant benefit of server-side code is that it allows you to tailor website content for individual users. dynamic sites can highlight content that is more relevant based on user preferences and habits. it can also make sites easier to use by storing personal preferences and information — for example reusing stored credit card details to streamline subsequent payments. it can even allow interaction with users of the site, sending notifications and updates via email or through other channels. all of these capabilities enable much deeper engagement with users. in the modern world of web development, learning about server-side development is highly recommended. what is server-side website programming? web browsers communicate with web servers using the hypertext transfer protocol (http). wh...
...de development is highly recommended. what is server-side website programming? web browsers communicate with web servers using the hypertext transfer protocol (http). when you click a link on a web page, submit a form, or run a search, an http request is sent from your browser to the target server. the request includes a url identifying the affected resource, a method that defines the required action (for example to get, delete, or post the resource), and may include additional information encoded in url parameters (the field-value pairs sent via a query string), as post data (data sent by the http post method), or in associated cookies. web servers wait for client request messages, process them when they arrive, and reply to the web browser with an http response message. the response contai...
...d for individual users and thereby create a much better user experience. companies like amazon use server-side programming to construct search results for products, make targeted product suggestions based on client preferences and previous buying habits, simplify purchases, etc. banks use server-side programming to store account information and allow only authorized users to view and make transactions. other services like facebook, twitter, instagram, and wikipedia use server-side programming to highlight, share, and control access to interesting content. some of the common uses and benefits of server-side programming are listed below. you'll note that there is some overlap! efficient storage and delivery of information imagine how many products are available on amazon, and imagine how man...
... of the things you might be able to do when you're a server-side programmer. lastly, you should understand that server-side code can be written in a number of programming languages and that you should use a web framework to make the whole process easier. in a future article we'll help you choose the best web framework for your first site. here we'll take you through the main client-server interactions in just a little more detail. overview: first steps next in this module introduction to the server side client-server overview server-side web frameworks website security ...

Introduction to client-side frameworks - Learn web development
rendering something in the dom – and at no point do we add classes that we could use later to style our list-items! working directly with the dom, as in this example, requires understanding many things about how the dom works: how to make elements; how to change their properties; how to put elements inside of each other; how to get them on the page. none of this code actually handles user interactions, or addresses adding or deleting a task. if we add those features, we have to remember to update our ui in the right time and in the right way. javascript frameworks were created to make this kind of work a little easier — they exist to provide a better developer experience. they don't bring brand-new powers to javascript; they give you easier access to javascript's powers so you can build fo...
...we have to remember to update our ui in the right time and in the right way. javascript frameworks were created to make this kind of work a little easier — they exist to provide a better developer experience. they don't bring brand-new powers to javascript; they give you easier access to javascript's powers so you can build for today's web. if you want to see code samples from this section in action, you can check out a working version of the app on codepen, which also allows users to add and delete new tasks. read more about the javascript used in this section: document.createelement() document.createtextnode() document.createdocumentfragment() eventtarget.addeventlistener() node.appendchild() node.removechild() another way to build uis every javascript framework offers a way to...
... have little or no interactive capability, a framework (and all of its javascript) may not be necessary at all. that said, frameworks are not a monolith, and some of them are better-suited to small projects than others. in an article for smashing magazine, sarah drasner writes about how vue can replace jquery as a tool for making small portions of a webpage interactive. larger code base and abstraction frameworks allow you to write more declarative code – and sometimes less code overall – by dealing with the dom interactions for you, behind the scenes. this abstraction is great for your experience as a developer, but it isn't free. in order to translate what you write into dom changes, frameworks have to run their own code, which in turn makes your final piece of software larger and more c...
...ve to operate. some extra code is inevitable, and a framework that supports tree-shaking (removal of any code that isn't actually used in the app during the build process) will allow you to keep your applications small, but this is still a factor you need to keep in mind when considering your app's performance, especially on more network/storage-constrained devices, like mobile phones. the abstraction of frameworks affects not only your javascript, but your relationship with the very nature of the web. no matter how you build for the web, the end result, the layer that your users ultimately interact with, is html. writing your whole application in javascript can make you lose sight of html and the purpose of its various tags, and lead you to produce an html document that is un-semantic and ina...

A bird's-eye view of the Mozilla framework
author: susan d. tiner last updated date: 11/23/05 statement of purpose the purpose of this article is to provide a high-level technical overview of the architecture of the extensible, object-based mozilla application framework. it examines what happens when the user performs a simple user interface (ui) action such as clicking a link in the contents panel of the help viewer window shown below. the article focuses on the architecture of the overall framework supporting the mozilla application suite, not the architecture of the individual applications themselves. prerequisites this article assumes you have access to mozilla sources and are familiar with the directory structure of the source tree. the code samples in the article are based on mozilla/5.0 (windows; u; windows nt...
...+ programming languages, object-oriented programming (oop) terminology and design concepts, the microsoft® component object model (com), and the corba omg interface definition language (idl). organization this article first covers some conceptual groundwork, then walks through a user scenario to illustrate how key mozilla architectural components work together to support a simplehelp viewer ui action. ...
...the various x toolkit implementations provide a set of widgets for ui controls such as menus, command buttons, dialog boxes and scroll bars. ...
...orts { void queryinterface(in nsiidref uuid, iid_is(uuid),retval] out nsqiresult result); [noscript, notxpcom] nsrefcnt addref(); [noscript, notxpcom] nsrefcnt release(); }; the uuid parameter to queryinterface() is the iid uniqely identifying the interface. if nsirdfnode doesn't support nsirdfliteral, it returns null and it's up to the client to choose an alternate course of action. the xpcom component keeps track of all interface pointers currently held by its clients using an internal reference count it increments via client calls to addref(). it is up to the client to call release() when it no longer needs the interface. release() decrements the reference count and then the object becomes a candidate for destruction. javascript handles its own garbage collection, so it...

How Mozilla's build system works
clude other moz.build files, such as /toolkit/toolkit.mozbuild, which define the tiers. they do this via the add_tier_dir() function. at build time, the tiers are traversed in the order they are defined. typically, the traversal order looks something like base, nspr, nss, js, platform, app. each tier consists of three sub-tiers: export, libs, and tools. these sub-tiers roughly correspond to the actions of pre-build, main-build, and post-build. this naming, however, can be misleading because all three sub-tiers are part of the build: export is used to do things like copy headers into place. libs is reserved for most of the work, like compiling c++ source files. tools is used to install tests and other support tools. when make is invoked, it starts at the export sub-tier of the first tier...
...to iterate over, as determined by the tier list. moz.build files moz.build files are how each part of the source tree defines how it is integrated with the build system. think of each moz.build file as a data structure telling the build system what to do. ...
... assigning to a well-defined set of variables whose name is uppercase. creating new variables whose name is not uppercase (this includes defining functions). moz.build files cannot do the following: import modules. open files. use the print statement or function. ...
... to a well-defined set of variables whose name is uppercase. creating new variables whose name is not uppercase (this includes defining functions). moz.build files cannot do the following: import modules. open files. use the print statement or function. reference many of python's built-in or global functions (they are not made available to the execution environment). the most important actions of moz.build files are #1 and #2 from the above list. these are how the execution of a moz.build file tells the build system what to do. for example, you can assign to the dirs list to define which directories to traverse into looking for additional moz.build files. the output of the execution of an individual moz.build file is a python dictionary. this dictionary contains the uppercase variabl...

Performance
te code for the sake of brevity the "better" examples also omit some best practices and only demonstrate how to fix the problem described in their respective subtopics. performance best practices declaring stateless functions once per process bad: // addon.js services.mm.loadframescript("framescript.js", true) // framescript.js const precomputedconstants = // ... function helper(window, action) { // ... do some work on the window } function dosomething(message) { result = helper(content, message.data) sendasyncmessage("my-addon:response-from-child", {something: result}) } addmessagelistener("my-addon:request-from-parent", dosomething) why is this bad? because declared functions are also objects. and since frame scripts get evaluated for each tab this means new function obj...
...t may seem fairly innocencous in this toy example, real scripts often have a lot more functions and initialize some fairly heavyweight objects. better: addon.js as above // framescript.js components.utils.import("resource://my-addon/processmodule.jsm", {}).addframe(this) // processmodule.jsm const exported_symbols = ['addframe']; const precomputedconstants = // ... function helper(window, action) { // ... do some work on the window } function dosomething(message) { frameglobal = message.target result = helper(frameglobal.content, message.data) frameglobal.sendasyncmessage("my-addon:response-from-child", {something: result}) } function addframe(frameglobal) { frameglobal.addmessagelistener("my-addon:request-from-parent", dosomething) } javascript modules are per-process sing...
...bserver("document-element-inserted", { observe: function(doc, topic, data) { if(doc.ownerglobal.top != content) return; // bail out if this is for another tab decoratedocument(doc); } }) observer notifications get fired for events that happen anywhere in the browser, they are not scoped to the current tab. if each framescript registers a seperate listener then the observed action will trigger the callbacks in all tabs. additionally the example above does not clean unregister itself, thus leaking objects each time a tab is closed. frame message manager message and event listeners are limited in their lifetime to that of the frame itself, this does not apply to observer registrations. better: content-document-global-created notifications can be substituted wi...
...don:paragraph-count", callback); tabmm.loadframescript("data:,sendasyncmessage('my-addon:paragraph-count', {num: content.document.queryselectorall('p').length})", false) } function decoratebutton(button, count) { // do stuff with result } this executes the script only when it is needed and only in one tab and allows it to be garbage-collected immediately after execution. as long as it the action does not happen frequently the memory and startup savings should outstrip the added cost of script evaluation. delaying the script registration until the session is restored my provide some middle ground for some addons. it does not provide the same memory footprint reductions but it improves application startup. beam down information in advance to avoid synchronous calls to the parent bad: ...

Storage access policy: Block cookies from trackers
. we also support an initial implementation of the storage access api, through which embedded <iframe>s can request storage access by calling document.requeststorageaccess(). although both of these approaches provide the same level of storage access, we recommend third parties switch to using the storage access api in order to guarantee their access to storage. automatic storage access upon interaction in order to improve web compatibility, firefox currently includes some heuristics to grant storage access automatically to third parties that receive user interaction. these heuristics are intended to allow some third-party integrations that are common on the web to continue to function. they are intended to be temporary and will be removed in a future version of firefox. they should not be reli...
...ting document. when that occurs, there are three possible ways a third-party origin can be granted access: the origin of the resource that is initially loaded in the pop-up window is granted storage access on the opener document. if we discover that an origin is abusing this heuristic to gain tracking access, that origin will have the additional requirement that it must have received user interaction as a first party within the past 30 days. after the initial resource is loaded in the pop-up window, the window may go through a series of redirects to other hosts. if a user interacts with the pop-up window following a redirect, the origin of the content loaded in the pop-up window is given storage access on the opener document. when there is a top-level redirect from a tracking origin to a no...
...op-up window is given storage access on the opener document. when there is a top-level redirect from a tracking origin to a non-tracking origin, the tracking origin receives short-lived storage access on the non-tracking origin and any other non-tracking origins that appear further down the redirect chain (i.e., if the load continues to redirect). the tracking origin must have received user interaction as a first party within the past 30 days, and the storage access permission expires after 15 minutes. scope of storage access when storage access is granted, it is scoped to the origin of the opener document or subdomains of that origin. access that is granted on the subdomain of an origin does not extend to the top-level origin. as an example, if a resource from tracker.example is granted sto...
...h some minor differences in the user experience. a social content provider that is classified as a tracker will not have access to their third-party cookies when the user first visits a new first party. thus, the user may appear logged out to the service despite being logged in when they visit the provider’s website directly. depending on the type of integration, the user may have to take some action to interact with the social content provider before the provider is given access to their cookies. for example: for social login, the user may have to click a login button on the first party. for social like or share buttons, the user will have to first interact with the button in a logged-out state. once they do, many social content providers will prompt them to log in. after these interac...

IPDL Tutorial
each protocol is declared in a separate file. the ipdl compiler generates several c++ headers from each ipdl protocol. this generated code manages the details of the underlying communication layer (sockets and pipes), constructing and sending messages, ensuring that all actors adhere to their specifications, and handling many error conditions. the following ipdl code defines a very basic interaction of browser and plugin actors: async protocol pplugin { child: async init(nscstring pluginpath); async shutdown(); parent: async ready(); }; this code declares the pplugin protocol. two messages can be sent from the parent to the child, init() and shutdown(). one message can be sent from the child to the parent, ready(). ipdl protocols start with the letter p. the file in which the prot...
...he actual work involved in each message. here is a dirt-simple example of how a browser implementor might use ppluginparent. ...
...child and the parent must implement methods for allocating and deallocating the subprotocol actor. the constructor and destructor are translated into standard c++ methods for messages. note: __delete__ is a built-in construct, and is the only ipdl message which does not require an overridden implementation (ie. recv/answer__delete__). however, overridden implementations are encouraged when some action should happen on protocol destruction in lieu of using the deallocpprotocol function. class ppluginparent { /* allocate a pplugininstanceparent when the first form of callplugininstanceconstructor is called */ virtual pplugininstanceparent* allocpplugininstance(const nscstring& type, const nstarray<nscstring>& args, int* rv) = 0; /* deallocate the pplugininstanceparent after pplugininstan...
...irtual bool deallocpplugininstancechild(pplugininstancechild* actor) { delete actor; // actor destructors are always virtual, so it's safe to call delete on them! return true; } ... }; in some cases, however, external code may hold references to actor implementations which require refcounting or other lifetime strategies. in this case, the alloc/dealloc pairs can perform different actions. here is an example of refcounting: class examplechild : public nsiobserver, public pexamplechild { ... }; virtual pexamplechild* toplevelchild::allocpexample() { refptr<examplechild*> actor = new examplechild(); return actor.forget(); } virtual bool toplevelchild::deallocpexample(pexamplechild* actor) { ns_release(static_cast<examplechild*>(actor)); return true; } if an object that...

Localization content best practices
is needed, try to give the translators "room to move". word order if a string will contain a placeholder, always add the placeholder to the string to allow the localizer to change the word order if necessary. for example, it might seem ok in english to present the strings [username] says: to localizers simply as says: but this will cause serious issues in many other languages as the agent of an action often will not come in front of the verb, but some other position. for example in irish/gaelic the correct order is be [username] at saying:. if a placeholder is present, this can be correctly localized as tá %s ag rádh: but not without. similarly, if the ui string is flash version, do not simply present the translator with version for translation. present the whole string or, if there is a si...
...anslations. don't reuse strings in different contexts this is particularly important for mobile, where different context often means different font and available space for the string. for example, if you're adding a new menu item in settings on android, don't use the same string for the menu item and the following screen header. another example, some locales use nouns for titles, and verbs for actions (for example button labels). sometimes they coincide with english, but they rarely do in other languages. take bookmark: it can be both a noun and a verb in english. a developer could be tempted to reuse the same string "bookmark" in the button to add a bookmark, and in the header for the next dialog. this won't work in some languages. avoid unnecessary complexity in strings consider this stri...
...ive mood instead. hence the proper absence of periods to indicate this isn't just a matter of consistency for en-us, as it is also vital info for localizers. menu and control labels the labels on controls and menu titles, menu option strings, and so forth should not end in periods (in english). these are generally not complete sentences, but instead, phrases that convey the idea of a concept or action. therefore, for both correctness and consistency within en-us, please leave out the trailing periods for these items. this also helps with localization. developer tools key shortcuts when translating firefox strings from /devtools/ folder, you may see some keys like this: inspector.searchhtml.key=cmdorctrl+f the first part of the string `cmdorctrl` should not be translated. you may only trans...
...ng strings, etc. late-l10n: it's used by release-drivers to identify bugs, involving new strings, that will land late in the cycle, typically after soft string freeze in firefox os. alias :l10n the :l10n alias on bugzilla (community@localization.bugs) is followed by some localizers and it could be cc'd to gather opinions from the wider l10n community (no point in opening needinfo or requiring actions from this alias). there is also a dev-l10n mailing list and a l10n-community chat room on matrix; they might be a good place to ask questions. ...

NSS Developer Tutorial
e formatting line length should not exceed 80 characters. indentation level is 4. tabs are used heavily in many nss source files. try to stay consistent when you modify existing code. the proper use of tabs has often been confusing for new nss developers, so in nss/lib/ssl, we're gradually removing the use of tabs. curly braces: both of the following styles are allowed: if (condition) { action1(); } else { action2(); } or: if (condition) { action1(); } else { action2(); } the former style is more common. when modifying existing code, try to stay consistent. in new code, prefer the former style, as it conserves vertical space. when a block of code consists of a single statement, nss doesn’t require curly braces, so both of these examples are fine: if (condition) { ...
...(); } else { action2(); } or: if (condition) { action1(); } else { action2(); } the former style is more common. when modifying existing code, try to stay consistent. in new code, prefer the former style, as it conserves vertical space. when a block of code consists of a single statement, nss doesn’t require curly braces, so both of these examples are fine: if (condition) { action(); } or: if (condition) action(); although the use of curly braces is more common. multiple-line comments should be formatted as follows: /* * line1 * line2 */ or /* ** line 1 ** line 2 */ the following styles are also common, because they conserve vertical space: /* line1 * line2 */ or /* line1 ** line2 */ or /* line1 * line2 */ naming public functions are nam...
... variable, and function parameter names, always start with a lowercase letter. the most common style is foobarbaz, although foobarbaz and foo_bar_baz are also used. miscellaneous goto can be used, to simplify resource deallocation, before returning from a function. ...
...s is more common. multiple-line comments should be formatted as follows: /* * line1 * line2 */ or /* ** line 1 ** line 2 */ the following styles are also common, because they conserve vertical space: /* line1 * line2 */ or /* line1 ** line2 */ or /* line1 * line2 */ naming public functions are named foo_dooneaction. global, but unexported functions, are usually named foo_dooneaction. variable, and function parameter names, always start with a lowercase letter. the most common style is foobarbaz, although foobarbaz and foo_bar_baz are also used. miscellaneous goto can be used, to simplify resource deallocation, before returning from a function. a data buffer is usually represented as: unsigned char *data; unsigned int len; the buffer pointer is unsigned char *, ...

Redis Tips
p together people who don't use their products. so rather than thinking about redis as a database with some kind of non-existent relationship to sql, think of it as a data structure server with a rich set of commands for querying and manipulating those data structures over a network connection. redis data types include: strings hashes lists sets ordered sets (called zsets in redis) transactions publishers and subscribers this table lists some common programming tasks and data structures, and suggests some redis functions or data structures for them: dictionary lookup set, get, setnx, etc. counters set, incr, incrby list manipulation lpush, rpush, lpop, rpop, llen, linsert, lindex, etc. event logging lists, zsets, pubsub queue...
...> incr foo (integer) 43 redis> incrby foo 17 (integer) 60 notice that these results come back as numbers, not strings. incrbyfloat is in redis 2.6. getset is awesome. it sets the value of a key, and returns the value the key had before you changed it. redis> del foo (integer) 1 redis> get foo (nil) redis> getset foo 3 (nil) redis> getset foo 4 "3" efficient multiple queries and transaction blocks you'll often want to do several queries together. each redis command results in one network round trip. so chaining lots of commands together is going to waste a lot of time. redis has a solution for this: transaction blocks. a transaction block is a series of commands sent all at once across the wire. they are executed sequentially as a single atomic operation. here's a stupi...
...et statements by leaving out the value argument.) you'll get one return value for each operation that didn't crash. this sounds terrifying, but it's not actually such a big deal in practice. commands will only crash if you feed them the wrong arguments or wrong number of arguments. and you'll probably find problems like that long before you go into production. optimistic locking your transactions are atomic once they start, but of course you can't guarantee that you'll get there first. the redis command watch lets you name keys you're worried about; it causes your next transaction to be immediately aborted if any of the watched keys has been modified by anyone else. for example, here's some node code: var redis = require("redis"), client = redis.createclient({ ... }); client.watch...
... * * notice: failing an execution of multi is not considered * an error. so you will have err === null and results === null */ }); }); }); nice. you just have to be careful that you check the result type of an exec() when you're watching variables. it could be either a list or null. note also that it's not an error for a transaction to be aborted, so err will be null in either case. do notice however that watch will only work for keys. it won't work for hash fields nor for fields of other operations. you can watch a hash, but not its subfields. lists and queues lists make great queues. use commands like blpop rpush blpoprpush the commands that start with b are blocking. they will sit there and quietly do nothi...

Animated PNG graphics
ing with 0. 4 width unsigned int width of the following frame. 8 height unsigned int height of the following frame. 12 x_offset unsigned int x position at which to render the following frame. 16 y_offset unsigned int y position at which to render the following frame. 20 delay_num unsigned short frame delay fraction numerator. 22 delay_den unsigned short frame delay fraction denominator. 24 dispose_op byte type of frame area disposal to be done after rendering this frame. 25 blend_op byte type of frame area rendering for this frame. the frame must be rendered within the region defined by x_offset, y_offset, width, and height. the offsets must be no...
...region defined by x_offset, y_offset, width, and height. the offsets must be non-negative, the dimensions must be positive, and the region may not fall outside of the default image. constraints on frame regions: x_offset >= 0 y_offset >= 0 width > 0 height > 0 x_offset + width <= 'ihdr' width y_offset + height <= 'ihdr' height the delay_num and delay_den parameters together specify a fraction indicating the time to display the current frame, in seconds. if the denominator is 0, it is to be treated as if it were 100 (that is, delay_num then specifies 1/100ths of a second). if the the value of the numerator is 0 the decoder should render the next frame as quickly as possible, though viewers may impose a reasonable lower bound. frame timings should be independent of the time required fo...
...et and y_offset values must be scaled in the same way as the main image. conceptually, such scaling occurs while mapping the output buffer onto the canvas. revisions to this specification from 0.1 renamed chunks to 'anim' and 'fram' to comply with chunk naming conventions in the png spec. added a more detailed explanation of apng structure in section 2. added information for png interaction with other chunks in section 3.2. changed 'fram' chunk offsets and delay into signed integers. from 0.2 changed 'fram' chunk to 'afra' to avoid conflict with mng 'fram' chunk. changed format: instead of sequences of ihdr..idat..iend, frames other than frame 0 are stored in 'afra' chunks. added start_frame to 'anim' to indicate which frame the animation should start on. remove...
...lict with mng 'fram' chunk. changed format: instead of sequences of ihdr..idat..iend, frames other than frame 0 are stored in 'afra' chunks. added start_frame to 'anim' to indicate which frame the animation should start on. removed num_frames from 'anim' chunk from 0.3 added 'actl', 'fdat', 'fctl' chunk descriptions as per the latest png-list discussion added section 4, "interactions with other png chunks"; described global and local palettes and transparency changed 'offs' chunk section to refer to more general chunks updated 'adat' description to indicate that all frames must either be in a single chunk, or that the first chunk must have empty data. added notice that each frame's region (x,y,width,height) must lie completely within the parent png canvas fix...

Component Internals
in this components directory makes up a typical gecko installation, providing functionality that consists of networking, layout, composition, a cross-platform user interface, and others. another, even more basic view of this relationship of components to the files and interfaces that define them is shown in onion peel view of xpcom component creation in the next chapter. the component is an abstraction sitting between the actual module in which it is implemented and the objects that its factory code creates for use by clients. xpcom initialization to understand why and when your component library gets called, it is important to understand the xpcom initalization process. when an application starts up, that application may initialize xpcom. the sequence of events that kicks off this xpcom ini...
... which it is implemented and the objects that its factory code creates for use by clients. xpcom initialization to understand why and when your component library gets called, it is important to understand the xpcom initalization process. when an application starts up, that application may initialize xpcom. the sequence of events that kicks off this xpcom initialization may be triggered by user action or by the application startup itself. a web browser that embeds gecko, for example, may initialize xpcom at startup through the embedding apis. another application may delay this startup until xpcom is needed for the first time. in either case, the initialization sequence within xpcom is the same. xpcom starts when the application makes a call to initialize it. parameters passed to this startup ...
...plement interfaces that will listen to the progress. or the object may provide a new content type handler. whatever it does, this object is at the core of the xpcom component, and the other layers are supporting it, plugging it into the xpcom system. a single library may have many of these core objects. one layer above the core object is the factory code. ...
...from the outside of the component library, there is only the single entry point, nsgetmodule(). this point of entry may fan out to any number of factories, and from there, to any number of xpcom objects. ...

Monitoring HTTP activity
gecko includes the nsihttpactivityobserver interface, which you can implement in your code to monitor http transactions in real time, receiving a callback as the transactions take place. creating an http activity observer to observe http activity, you need to implement the nsihttpactivityobserver interface within your code. this is very simple, requiring you to implement a single method, nsihttpactivityobserver.observeactivity(), which gets called each time an action of interest takes place on the http channel. // define a reference to the interfacevar nsihttpactivityobserver = components.interfaces.nsihttpactivityobserver; var httpobserver = { observeactivity: function(ahttpchannel, aactivitytype, aactivitysubtype, atimestamp, aextrasizedata, aextrastringdata) { if (aactivitytyp...
...ime an action of interest takes place on the http channel. // define a reference to the interfacevar nsihttpactivityobserver = components.interfaces.nsihttpactivityobserver; var httpobserver = { observeactivity: function(ahttpchannel, aactivitytype, aactivitysubtype, atimestamp, aextrasizedata, aextrastringdata) { if (aactivitytype == nsihttpactivityobserver.activity_type_http_transaction) { switch(aactivitysubtype) { case nsihttpactivityobserver.activity_subtype_response_header: // received response header break; case nsihttpactivityobserver.activity_subtype_response_complete: // received complete http response break; } } } }; then you need to install your activity observer. this is don...
...stributor: var activitydistributor = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/http-activity-distributor;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsihttpactivitydistributor); activitydistributor.addobserver(httpobserver); observable activities there are two classes of observable activities: those that occur at the socket level and those that occur at the http transaction level. observable socket activities when the activity type reported to your nsihttpactivityobserver.observeactivity() method is activity_type_socket_transport, the activity subtype, which indicates the specific type of activity that occurred, will be a socket transport status code. observable http activities when the activity type is activity_type_http_transaction, the activity subtype will be on...
...ty subtype, which indicates the specific type of activity that occurred, will be a socket transport status code. observable http activities when the activity type is activity_type_http_transaction, the activity subtype will be one of the activity subtype constants. these include the ability to monitor outgoing http request headers and bodies as well as incoming http headers and complete http transactions. ...

nsIClipboardDragDropHooks
lipboarddragdrophooks as nsisupports note: overrides/hooks need to be added to each window (as appropriate). adding them to the first window does not enable them for every window. if more than one implementation is set for a window, the hooks will be called in the order they are added. adding the same hook to the same window will not add a second call. each hook can only be called once per user action/api. not all hooks are guaranteed to be called. if there are multiple hooks set for a window, any of them has an opportunity to cancel the action so no further processing will occur. if any errors occur (without setting the boolean result) the default action will occur. allowdrop() will be called many times during drag so ensure that it is efficient. method overview boolean allowdrop(in nsido...
...his will change the cursor to "reject". allowstartdrag() prevents the drag from starting. boolean allowstartdrag( in nsidomevent event ); parameters event the dom event (drag gesture). return value true if the drag can proceed. otherwise, false to show the drag is canceled (does not go to operating system). oncopyordrag() alters the flavors or data presented to the os. used for drag and copy actions. because this can be called many times, it is highly recommended that the implementation be very efficient so user feedback is not negatively impacted. boolean oncopyordrag( in nsidomevent aevent, in nsitransferable trans ); parameters aevent the dom event (drag drop). null if triggered by copy. trans the transferable holding the list of flavors and the data for each flavor. return value ...
...in nsidomevent aevent, in nsitransferable trans ); parameters aevent the dom event (drag drop). null if triggered by copy. trans the transferable holding the list of flavors and the data for each flavor. return value true to indicate that copy/drag can proceed. otherwise, false to indicate that the copy/drag is canceled, does not go to operating system. ...
...em. onpasteordrop() provide an alternative action to the built-in behavior when something is dropped on the browser or in an editor. boolean onpasteordrop( in nsidomevent event, in nsitransferable trans ); parameters event the dom event (drag drop); null if triggered by paste. trans the transferable holding the list of flavors and the data for each flavor. return value true to indicate the action was handled, do not perform built-in behavior. otherwise, false to indicate the action was not overridden, do built-in behavior. see also nsiclipboard ...

nsIEditor
rits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 18.0 (firefox 18.0 / thunderbird 18.0 / seamonkey 2.15) method overview [noscript] void init(in nsidomdocument doc, in nsicontent aroot, in nsiselectioncontroller aselcon, in unsigned long aflags); void setattributeorequivalent(in nsidomelement element, in astring sourceattrname, in astring sourceattrvalue, in boolean asuppresstransaction); void removeattributeorequivalent(in nsidomelement element, in domstring sourceattrname, in boolean asuppresstransaction); void postcreate(); void predestroy(in boolean adestroyingframes); selected content removal void deleteselection(in short action, in short stripwrappers); document info and file methods void resetmodificationcou...
...edestroy(in boolean adestroyingframes); selected content removal void deleteselection(in short action, in short stripwrappers); document info and file methods void resetmodificationcount(); long getmodificationcount(); void incrementmodificationcount(in long amodcount); void incrementmodificationcount(in long amodcount); transaction methods void dotransaction(in nsitransaction txn); void enableundo(in boolean enable); void undo(in unsigned long count); void canundo(out boolean isenabled, out boolean canundo); void redo(in unsigned long count); void canredo(out boolean isenabled, out boolean canredo); void begintransaction(); void endtransaction(); ...
...saction(in nsitransaction txn); void enableundo(in boolean enable); void undo(in unsigned long count); void canundo(out boolean isenabled, out boolean canundo); void redo(in unsigned long count); void canredo(out boolean isenabled, out boolean canredo); void begintransaction(); void endtransaction(); void beginplaceholdertransaction(in nsiatom name); void endplaceholdertransaction(); boolean shouldtxnsetselection(); void setshouldtxnsetselection(in boolean should); inline spellchecking methods nsiinlinespellchecker getinlinespellchecker(in boolean autocreate); void syncrealtimespell(); void setspellcheckuseroverride(in boolean enable); clipboard methods ...
...at do the same editorapi.outputtostring('text/xml', 2); // the body is not recognized, everything is printed void outputtostream(in nsioutputstream astream, in astring formattype, in acstring charsetoverride, in unsigned long flags); listener methods void addeditorobserver(in nsieditorobserver observer);obsolete since gecko 18 void seteditorobserver(in editactionlistener observer); void removeeditorobserver(in nsieditorobserver observer obsolete since gecko 18); void addeditactionlistener(in nsieditactionlistener listener); void removeeditactionlistener(in nsieditactionlistener listener); void adddocumentstatelistener(in nsidocumentstatelistener listener); void removedocumentstatelistener(in nsidocumentstatelis...

nsILoginManager
asses["@mozilla.org/login-manager;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiloginmanager); method overview void addlogin(in nsilogininfo alogin); nsiautocompleteresult autocompletesearch(in astring asearchstring, in nsiautocompleteresult apreviousresult, in nsidomhtmlinputelement aelement); unsigned long countlogins(in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm); boolean fillform(in nsidomhtmlformelement aform); void findlogins(out unsigned long count, in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsilogininfo logins); void getalldisabledhosts([optional] out unsigned long count, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out wstring hostnames); ...
...ng description aelement missing description return value missing description countlogins() returns the number of logins matching the specified criteria. called when only the number of logins is needed, and not the actual logins (which avoids prompting the user for a master password, as the logins don't need to be decrypted). unsigned long countlogins( in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm ); parameters ahostname the hostname to which to restrict searches, formatted as a url. for example, "http://www.bar.com". to match all hostnames, specify "" (empty string). a value of null will cause countlogins() to not match any logins. aactionurl for form logins, this parameter should specify the url to which the form will be submitted. to match any form lo...
...t aform ); parameters aform the htmlform to attempt to fill out. return value true if the form was successfully filled out; otherwise false. findlogins() searches for logins matching the specified criteria. called when looking for logins that might be applicable to a given form or authentication request. ...
...for protocol logins, specify null. an empty string ("") will match any value (except null). ahttprealm for protocol logins, specify the http realm for which the login applies; this is obtained from the www-authenticate header (see rfc 2617). ...

nsILoginManagerStorage
creating a login manager storage module for details. note: extensions that simply want to access/store logins should use the login manager service and nsiloginmanager interface instead. the login manager will handle selecting and using the correct nsiloginmanangerstorage module. ...
...ould use the login manager service and nsiloginmanager interface instead. the login manager will handle selecting and using the correct nsiloginmanangerstorage module. ...
...ogin the login to add to the login storage. countlogins() implement this method to return the number of logins matching the specified criteria. this method is called, for example, to check to see if there is a login that will match the criteria without having to ask the user for their master password in order to decrypt the logins. unsigned long countlogins( in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm ); parameters ahostname the hostname to which to restrict the search. specify an empty string to match all hosts. passing null should not match any logins, and should return 0. aactionurl the url of the form to which the login will be submitted. to match any form login, specify an empty string. to not match to any form login, specify null. ahttprealm the http realm f...
..., specify null. return value the number of logins that match the specified criteria. findlogins() implement this method to search the login store for logins matching the specified criteria. this method is called by the login manager when looking for saved logins that might apply to a form or authentication request. void findlogins( out unsigned long count, in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsilogininfo logins ); parameters count return in this parameter the number of matching logins found by the search. ahostname the hostname to which to restrict the search. for example: "http://www.site.com". specify an empty string to match all hosts. passing null should not match any logins, and should return a count of 0. aact...

nsIWebContentHandlerRegistrar
of webservice handlers. in the image below "gmail" and "yahoo! mail" already exist as webservice handlers. ...
...); in this example the services.wm.getenumerator was used to find a window that had the same host name (contentwindow.location.hostname) as the uri (uri.host) we are trying to add. if it does not find anything with host name of mail.live.com then it aborts. if the host names do not match, this error will be thrown in the error console. ...
...window.location.hostname) as the uri (uri.host) we are trying to add. if it does not find anything with host name of mail.live.com then it aborts. if the host names do not match, this error will be thrown in the error console. ...
...so lets restore it back to false, which is the default value services.prefs.clearuserpref('gecko.handlerservice.allowregisterfromdifferenthost'); } register a webmail service as mailto handler without contentwindow unde...

nsIXULTemplateBuilder
e element as a direct child. different template builders may be specialized in the manner in which they generate and display the resulting content from the template. the structure of a template is as follows: <rootnode datasources="" ref=""> <template> <queryset> <query></query> <rule> <conditions>...</conditions> <bindings>...</bindings> <action>...</action> </rule> </queryset> </template> </rootnode> the datasources attribute on the root node is used to identify the source of data to be used. the ref attribute is used to specify the reference point for the query. the <queryset> element contains a single query and one or more <rule> elements. there may be more than one <queryset> if multiple queries are desired, and ...
...or each result produced by the query. a rule consists of conditions that cause a rule to be either accepted or rejected. the condition syntax allows for common conditional handling; additional filtering may be applied by adding a custom filter to a rule with the builder's addrulefilter() method. if a result passes a rule's conditions, this is considered a match, and the content within the rule's <action> body is inserted as a sibling of the <template>, assuming the template builder creates real dom content. only one rule will match a result. for a tree builder, for example, the content within the action body is used to create the tree rows instead. a matching result must have its rulematched() method called. when a result no longer matches, the result's hasbeenremoved() method must be called. op...
...each of these declared bindings must be supplied to the query processor via its addbinding() method. the bindings are evaluated after a rule has matched. templates may generate content recursively, using the previous iteration's results as reference point to invoke the same queries. ...
...rors throws ns_error_null_pointer if either argument is null, or ns_error_invalid_arg if the ids don't match resultbindingchanged() informs the template builder that one or more of the optional bindings for a result has changed. in this case, the rules are not reapplied as it is expected that the same rule will still apply. the builder will resynchronize any variables that are referenced in the action body. void resultbindingchanged( in nsixultemplateresult aresult ); parameters aresult the result to change errors throws ns_error_null_pointer if aresult is null getresultforid() returns the result for a given id. only one such result is returned and is always the result with that id associated with the active match. this method will return null is there is no result for the id. nsixultemp...

XPCOM Interface Reference
this is a reference to the xpcom interfaces provided by the mozilla platform. ...
...istenernsimessagelistenermanagernsimessagesendernsimessagewakeupservicensimessengernsimicrosummarynsimicrosummarygeneratornsimicrosummaryobservernsimicrosummaryservicensimicrosummarysetnsimimeconverternsimimeheadersnsimodulensimsgaccountnsimsgaccountmanagerextensionnsimsgcompfieldsnsimsgcustomcolumnhandlernsimsgdbhdrnsimsgdbviewnsimsgdbviewcommandupdaternsimsgdatabasensimsgfilternsimsgfiltercustomactionnsimsgfilterlistnsimsgfoldernsimsgheaderparsernsimsgidentitynsimsgincomingservernsimsgmessageservicensimsgprotocolinfonsimsgruleactionnsimsgsearchcustomtermnsimsgsearchnotifynsimsgsearchscopetermnsimsgsearchsessionnsimsgsearchtermnsimsgsearchvaluensimsgsendlaternsimsgthreadnsimsgwindownsimsgwindowcommandsnsimutablearraynsinavbookmarkobservernsinavbookmarksservicensinavhistorybatchcallbacknsinavhis...
...onnsitaskbarpreviewcontrollernsitaskbarprogressnsitaskbartabpreviewnsitaskbarwindowpreviewnsitelemetrynsitextinputprocessornsitextinputprocessorcallbacknsitextinputprocessornotificationnsithreadnsithreadeventfilternsithreadinternalnsithreadmanagernsithreadobservernsithreadpoolnsithreadpoollistenernsitimernsitimercallbacknsitoolkitnsitoolkitprofilensitoolkitprofileservicensitraceablechannelnsitransactionnsitransactionlistnsitransactionlistenernsitransactionmanagernsitransferablensitransportnsitransporteventsinknsitransportsecurityinfonsitreeboxobjectnsitreecolumnnsitreecolumnsnsitreecontentviewnsitreeselectionnsitreeviewnsiurinsiurifixupnsiurifixupinfonsiurlnsiurlformatternsiurlparsernsiutf8converterservicensiutf8stringenumeratornsiuuidgeneratornsiupdatensiupdatechecklistenernsiupdatecheckernsiup...
...ptionnsixsltprocessornsixsltprocessorobsoletensixulappinfonsixulbrowserwindownsixulbuilderlistenernsixulruntimensixulsortservicensixultemplatebuildernsixultemplatequeryprocessornsixultemplateresultnsixulwindownsixmlrpcclientnsixmlrpcfaultnsizipentrynsizipreadernsizipreadercachensizipwriternsmsgfilterfileattribvaluensmsgfolderflagtypensmsgjunkstatusnsmsgkeynsmsglabelvaluensmsgpriorityvaluensmsgruleactiontypensmsgsearchattribnsmsgsearchopnsmsgsearchscopensmsgsearchtermnsmsgsearchtypevaluensmsgsearchvaluensmsgsearchwidgetvaluenspipromptservice see also interfaces grouped by function ...

Element: auxclick event - Web APIs
ting device button (any mouse button other than the primary—usually leftmost—button) has been pressed and released both within the same element. auxclick is fired after the mousedown and mouseup events have been fired, in that order. ...
...on windows this is usually autoscroll, and on macos and linux this is usually clipboard paste. this can be done by preventing the default behaviour of the mousedown or pointerdown event. additionally, you may need to avoid opening a system context menu after a right click. ...
...s for the vast majority of browsers that map middle click to opening a link in a new tab, including firefox, it is possible to cancel this behavior by calling preventdefault() from within an auxclick event handler. when listening for auxclick events originating on elements that do not support input or navigation, you will often want to explicitly prevent other default actions mapped to the down action of the middle mouse button. on windows this is usually autoscroll, and on macos and linux this is usually clipboard paste. this can be done by preventing the default behaviour of the mousedown or pointerdown event. additionally, you may need to avoid opening a system context menu after a right click. due to timing differences between operating systems, this too is not a preventable default behav...
... this too is not a preventable default behavior of auxclick. instead, this can be done by preventing the default behavior of the contextmenu event. examples in this example we define functions for two event handlers — onclick and onauxclick. the former changes the color of the button background, while the latter changes the button foreground (text) color. you also can see the two functions in action by trying the demo out with a multi-button mouse (see it live on github; also see the source code). javascript let button = document.queryselector('button'); let html = document.queryselector('html'); function random(number) { return math.floor(math.random() * number); } function randomcolor() { return `rgb(${random(255)}, ${random(255)}, ${random(255)})`; } button.onclick = function()...

GlobalEventHandlers.onpointerdown - Web APIs
ibing the pointerdown event. example this example demonstrates how to watch for and act upon pointerdown events using onpointerdown. you could also use addeventlistener(), of course. javascript first, let's look at the javascript code that handles the pointerdown event. ...
...tes how to watch for and act upon pointerdown events using onpointerdown. you could also use addeventlistener(), of course. javascript first, let's look at the javascript code that handles the pointerdown event. ...
...ng onpointerdown. you could also use addeventlistener(), of course. javascript first, let's look at the javascript code that handles the pointerdown event. var targetbox = document.getelementbyid("target"); targetbox.onpointerdown = handledown; function handledown(evt) { var action; switch(evt.pointertype) { case "mouse": action = "clicking"; break; case "pen": action = "tapping"; break; case "touch": action = "touching"; break; default: action = "interacting with"; break; } targetbox.innerhtml = "<strong>thanks for " + action + " me!</strong>"; evt.preventdefault(); } this simply uses onpointerdown to establish the function handledown() as the event handler for pointer down events. the handledown() function, in t...
...ausing events to be handled twice if we had a handler for those events in case pointer event support is missing. we also have a handler for pointerup events: targetbox.onpointerup = handleup; function handleup(evt) { targetbox.innerhtml = "tap me, click me, or touch me!"; evt.preventdefault(); } this code's job is to just restore the original text into the target box after the user's interaction with the element ends (for example, when they release the mouse button, or when they lift the stylus or finger from the screen). in addition, the event's preventdefault() method is called to ensure that the mouseup event isn't triggered unnecessarily. html the html is extremely simple: <div id="target"> tap me, click me, or touch me! </div> css the css simply sets up the appearance o...

IDBCursor.direction - Web APIs
he source. for every key with duplicate values, only the first record is yielded. prev this direction causes the cursor to be opened at the end of the source. prevunique this direction causes the cursor to be opened at the end of the source. for every key with duplicate values, only the first record is yielded. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. within each iteration we log the direction of the cursor, something like this: prev note: we can't change the direction of travel of the cursor using the direction property, as it is read-only. we specify the direction of travel using the 2nd argument of idbobjectstore.opencursor. the curso...
... of idbobjectstore.opencursor. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...e.opencursor. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...a based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...

IDBCursor.key - Web APIs
the key read-only property of the idbcursor interface returns the key for the record at the cursor's position. if the cursor is outside its range, this is set to undefined. the cursor's key can be any data type. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var key = cursor.key; value a value of any type. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. within each iteration we log the key of the cursor to the console, something like this (its the album title in each case, which is our key). the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record...
...its the album title in each case, which is our key). the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...le in each case, which is our key). the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
... us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...

IDBCursor.primaryKey - Web APIs
rty of the idbcursor interface returns the cursor's current effective key. if the cursor is currently being iterated or has iterated outside its range, this is set to undefined. the cursor's primary key can be any data type. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var value = cursor.primarykey; value a value of any data type. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. within each iteration we log the primary key of the cursor to the console, something like this (its the album title in each case, which is our primarykey): hemispheres the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration ...
...n each case, which is our primarykey): hemispheres the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...h is our primarykey): hemispheres the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
... us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...

IDBCursorWithValue.value - Web APIs
within each iteration we log the value of the cursor with cursor.value. ...
...on we log the value of the cursor with cursor.value. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...ue of the cursor with cursor.value. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
... us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...

IDBCursorWithValue - Web APIs
middle" alignment-baseline="middle">idbcursorwithvalue</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} methods inherits methods from its parent interface, idbcursor. properties inherits properties from its parent interface, idbcursor. idbcursorwithvalue.value read only returns the value of the current cursor. example in this example we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then use a cursor to iterate through all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. for a complete working example, see our idbcursor example (view exam...
... iterate through all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
...all the records in the object store. the cursor does not require us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...
... us to select the data based on a key; we can just grab all of it. also note that in each iteration of the loop, you can grab data from the current record under the cursor object using cursor.value.foo. ...

IDBIndex.count() - Web APIs
syntax var request = myindex.count(); var request = myindex.count(key); parameters key optional the key or key range that identifies the record to be counted. return value a idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbindex's transaction is inactive. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbindex has been deleted or removed. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index u...
...t() is then used to count the number of records in the index, and the result of that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...to count the number of records in the index, and the result of that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBIndex.get() - Web APIs
eters key optional a key or idbkeyrange that identifies the record to be retrieved. if this value is null or missing, the browser will use an unbound key range. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbindex's transaction is inactive. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbindex has been deleted or removed. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index u...
... is then used to retrieve the record with an lname of bungle, and the result of that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...retrieve the record with an lname of bungle, and the result of that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBIndex.getKey() - Web APIs
ameters key optional a key or idbkeyrange that identifies a record to be retrieved. if this value is null or missing, the browser will use an unbound key range. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbindex's transaction is inactive. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbindex has been deleted or removed. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index u...
...trieve the primary key of the record with an lname of bungle, and the result of that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...y key of the record with an lname of bungle, and the result of that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...that request is logged to the console when its success callback returns. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBIndex.isAutoLocale - Web APIs
the isautolocale read-only property of the idbindex interface returns a boolean indicating whether the index had a locale value of auto specified upon its creation (see createindex()'s optionalparameters.) syntax var myindex = objectstore.index('index'); console.log(myindex.isautolocale); value a boolean. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the isautolocale value is logged to the console. function displaydatabyindex() { tableent...
...le contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the isautolocale value is logged to the console. ...
...ase. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the isautolocale value is logged to the console. ...
...encursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the isautolocale value is logged to the console. ...

IDBIndex.keyPath - Web APIs
the keypath property of the idbindex interface returns the key path of the current index. if null, this index is not auto-populated. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var mykeypath = myindex.keypath; value any data type that can be used as a key path. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the key path of the current index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record,...
...records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the key path of the current index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...d based on the index, not the primary key. the key path of the current index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
... current index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBIndex.locale - Web APIs
x (for example en-us, or pl) if it had a locale value specified upon its creation (see createindex()'s optionalparameters.) note that this property always returns the current locale being used in this index, in other words, it never returns "auto". syntax var myindex = objectstore.index('index'); console.log(myindex.locale); value a domstring. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the locale value is logged to the console. function displaydata...
...a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the locale value is logged to the console. ...
... database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the locale value is logged to the console. ...
...dex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the locale value is logged to the console. ...

IDBIndex.multiEntry - Web APIs
hose multientry property is set to true/false. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var ismultientry = myindex.multientry; value a boolean: value effect true there is one record in the index for each item in an array of keys. false there is one record for each key that is an array. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the multi-entry status of the index is logged to the console: it...
...cords are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the multi-entry status of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as false. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...based on the index, not the primary key. the multi-entry status of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as false. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...s of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as false. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBIndex.name - Web APIs
s a string which names the index. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var indexname = idbindex.name; idbindex.name = indexname; value a domstring specifying a name for the index. exceptions there are a several exceptions which can occur when you attempt to change an index's name. invalidstateerror the index, or its object store, has been deleted; or the current transaction is not an upgrade transaction. you can only rename indexes during upgrade transactions; that is, when the mode is "versionchange". transactioninactiveerror the current transaction is not active. constrainterror an index is already using the specified name. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. w...
...the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the name of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record, inserting the data into an html table. for a complete working example, see our idbindex-example demo repo (view the example live). ...
...rds are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the name of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record, inserting the data into an html table. for a complete working example, see our idbindex-example demo repo (view the example live). ...
...me of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as lname. finally, we iterate through each record, inserting the data into an html table. for a complete working example, see our idbindex-example demo repo (view the example live). ...

IDBIndex.unique - Web APIs
hat the index will not be able to accept duplicate entries. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var isunique = idbindex.unique; value a boolean: value effect true the current index does not allow duplicate values for a key. false the current index allows duplicate key values. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the unique status of the index is logged to the console: it shou...
...ed records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. the unique status of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as false. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...rted based on the index, not the primary key. the unique status of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as false. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...s of the index is logged to the console: it should be returned as false. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBIndex - Web APIs
nd to the given key or are in range, if key is an idbkeyrange. idbindex.opencursor() returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a cursor over the specified key range. idbindex.openkeycursor() returns an idbrequest object, and, in a separate thread, creates a cursor over the specified key range, as arranged by this index. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data int...
...a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
... on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBKeyRange.bound() - Web APIs
the lower or upper parameters were not passed a valid key. the lower key is greater than the upper key. the lower key and upper key match and either of the bounds are open. example the following example illustrates how you'd use a bound key range. here we declare a keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.bound("a", "f"); — a range between values of "a" and "f". we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve records with keys inside that range. this range includes the values "a" and "f", as we haven't declared that they should be open bounds. if we used idbkeyrange.bound("a", "f", true, true);, then the ra...
... if we used idbkeyrange.bound("a", "f", true, true);, then the range would not include "a" and "f", only the values between them. ...
...yrange.bound("a", "f", true, true);, then the range would not include "a" and "f", only the values between them. ...
...not include "a" and "f", only the values between them. ...

IDBKeyRange.lower - Web APIs
= mykeyrange.lower value the lower bound of the key range (can be any type.) example the following example illustrates how you'd use a key range. here we declare keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", "w", true, true); — a range that includes everything between "f" and "w" but not including them — since both the upper and lower bounds have been declared as open (true). we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. after declaring the key range, we log its lower property value to the console, which should appear as "f". note: for a more complete example allowing you to experiment with key range, have a look at our idbkeyrange-example repo (view the example...
.... after declaring the key range, we log its lower property value to the console, which should appear as "f". ...
...g the key range, we log its lower property value to the console, which should appear as "f". ...
...nsole, which should appear as "f". ...

IDBKeyRange.lowerBound() - Web APIs
a domexception of the following type: exception description dataerror the value parameter passed was not a valid key. example the following example illustrates how you'd use a lower bound key range. here we declare keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.lowerbound("f", false); — a range that includes the value "f" and everthing after it. we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve the record with the key value "f" and all that come after it. if we used idbkeyrange.lowerbound("f", true);, then the range would not include "f"; only the values after it. note: for a more complete e...
... the key value "f" and all that come after it. if we used idbkeyrange.lowerbound("f", true);, then the range would not include "f"; only the values after it. ...
..." and all that come after it. if we used idbkeyrange.lowerbound("f", true);, then the range would not include "f"; only the values after it. ...
...bound("f", true);, then the range would not include "f"; only the values after it. ...

IDBKeyRange.lowerOpen - Web APIs
false the lower-bound value is included in the key range. example the following example illustrates how you'd use a key range. here we declare keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", "w", true, true); — a range that includes everything between "f" and "w" but not including them — since both the upper and lower bounds have been declared as open (true). we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. after declaring the key range, we log its loweropen property value to the console, which should appear as "true": the lower bound is open, so won't be included in the range. note: for a more complete example allowing you to experiment with key r...
...o the console, which should appear as "true": the lower bound is open, so won't be included in the range. ...
...ich should appear as "true": the lower bound is open, so won't be included in the range. ...
...on't be included in the range. ...

IDBKeyRange.only() - Web APIs
exceptions this method may raise a domexception of the following types: exception description dataerror the value parameter passed was not a valid key. example the following example illustrates how you'd use an only key range. here we declare a keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.only("a"); — a range that only includes the value "a". we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve the record with the key value "a". note: for a more complete example allowing you to experiment with key range, have a look at our idbkeyrange repo (view the example live too.) function displaydata(...
...r with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve the record with the key value "a". ...
...tore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve the record with the key value "a". ...
...ey range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve the record with the key value "a". ...

IDBKeyRange.upper - Web APIs
= mykeyrange.upper value the upper bound of the key range (can be any type.) example the following example illustrates how you'd use a key range. here we declare keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", "w", true, true); — a range that includes everything between "f" and "w" but not including them — since both the upper and lower bounds have been declared as open (true). we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. after declaring the key range, we log its upper property value to the console, which should appear as "w". note: for a more complete example allowing you to experiment with key range, have a look at our idbkeyrange-example repo (view the example...
.... after declaring the key range, we log its upper property value to the console, which should appear as "w". ...
...g the key range, we log its upper property value to the console, which should appear as "w". ...
...nsole, which should appear as "w". ...

IDBKeyRange.upperBound() - Web APIs
d may raise a domexception of the following type: exception description dataerror the value parameter passed was not a valid key. example the following example illustrates how you'd use an upper bound key range. here we declare keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.upperbound("f"); — a range that includes the value "f" and everything before it. we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. if we used idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", true);, then the range excludes "f"; and instead only includes the values before it. note: for a more complete example allowing you to experiment with key range, have a look at our idbkeyrange-example repo...
...s its optional key range value. if we used idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", true);, then the range excludes "f"; and instead only includes the values before it. ...
...y range value. if we used idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", true);, then the range excludes "f"; and instead only includes the values before it. ...
...ue);, then the range excludes "f"; and instead only includes the values before it. ...

IDBKeyRange.upperOpen - Web APIs
false the upper-bound value is included in the key range. example the following example illustrates how you'd use a key range. here we declare keyrangevalue = idbkeyrange.upperbound("f", "w", true, true); — a range that includes everything between "f" and "w" but not including them — since both the upper and lower bounds have been declared as open (true). we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. after declaring the key range, we log its upperopen property value to the console, which should appear as "true": the upper bound is open, so won't be included in the range. note: for a more complete example allowing you to experiment with key r...
...o the console, which should appear as "true": the upper bound is open, so won't be included in the range. ...
...ich should appear as "true": the upper bound is open, so won't be included in the range. ...
...on't be included in the range. ...

IDBKeyRange - Web APIs
creates a new key range with only a lower bound. idbkeyrange.upperbound() creates a new upper-bound key range. instance methods idbkeyrange.includes() returns a boolean indicating whether a specified key is inside the key range. examples the following example illustrates how you'd use a key range. here we declare a keyrangevalue as a range between values of "a" and "f". we open a transaction (using idbtransaction) and an object store, and open a cursor with idbobjectstore.opencursor, declaring keyrangevalue as its optional key range value. this means that the cursor will only retrieve records with keys inside that range. this range includes the values "a" and "f", as we haven't declared that they should be open bounds. if we used idbkeyrange.bound("a", "f", true, true);, then the ra...
...they should be open bounds. if we used idbkeyrange.bound("a", "f", true, true);, then the range would not include "a" and "f", only the values between them. ...
...en bounds. if we used idbkeyrange.bound("a", "f", true, true);, then the range would not include "a" and "f", only the values between them. ...
...rue);, then the range would not include "a" and "f", only the values between them. ...

IDBObjectStore.autoIncrement - Web APIs
store has its own separate auto increment counter. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var myautoincrement = objectstore.autoincrement; value a boolean: value meaning true the object store auto increments. false the object store does not auto increment. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). after the object store has been created, we log objectstore.autoincrement to the console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>datab...
...base in the db variable. // this is used a lot below db = dbopenrequest.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready to insert into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplicate it...
...ist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...
...t on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...

IDBObjectStore.count() - Web APIs
query optional a key or idbkeyrange object that specifies a range of records you want to count. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore has been deleted. ...
...pecifies a range of records you want to count. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore has been deleted. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. ...
...ired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror this idbobjectstore has been deleted. transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror the specified key or key range is invalid. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then count the number of records in the store using count() — when the success handler fires, we log the count value (an integer) to the console. ...
.... transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror the specified key or key range is invalid. example in this simple fragment we create a transaction, retrieve an object store, then count the number of records in the store using count() — when the success handler fires, we log the count value (an integer) to the console. var transaction = db.transaction(['fthings'], 'readonly'); var objectstore = transaction.objectstore('fthings'); var countrequest = objectstore.count(); countrequest.onsuccess = function() { console.log(countrequest.result); } specification specification status comment indexed database api 2.0the definition of 'count()' in that specification. recommendation inde...

IDBObjectStore.index() - Web APIs
feature is available in web workers. syntax var index = objectstore.index(name); parameters name the name of the index to open. return value an idbindex object for accessing the index. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description invalidstateerror the source object store has been deleted, or the transaction for the object store has finished. notfounderror there is no index with the given name (case-sensitive) in the database. example in the following example we open a transaction and an object store, then get the index lname from a simple contacts database. we then open a basic cursor on the index using idbindex.opencursor — this works the same as opening a cursor directl...
...a cursor directly on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
... on an objectstore using idbobjectstore.opencursor except that the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...
...the returned records are sorted based on the index, not the primary key. finally, we iterate through each record, and insert the data into an html table. ...

IDBObjectStore.indexNames - Web APIs
the indexnames read-only property of the idbobjectstore interface returns a list of the names of indexes on objects in this object store. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var myindexnames = objectstore.indexnames; value a domstringlist. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). after the object store has been created, we log objectstore.indexnames to the console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.</li>'; // store the result of opening the databas...
... the database in the db variable. // this is used a lot below db = this.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready to insert into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplicate ite...
...list"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...
...rt on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...

IDBObjectStore.keyPath - Web APIs
the keypath read-only property of the idbobjectstore interface returns the key path of this object store. if this property is null, the application must provide a key for each modification operation. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var mykeypath = objectstore.keypath; value any value type. example in the following code snippet, we open a read/write transaction on our database and add some data to an object store using add(). after the object store has been created, we log objectstore.keypath to the console. for a full working example, see our to-do notifications app (view example live.) // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); dbopenrequest.onsuccess = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>database initialised.
...base in the db variable. // this is used a lot below db = dbopenrequest.result; // run the adddata() function to add the data to the database adddata(); }; function adddata() { // create a new object ready to insert into the idb var newitem = [ { tasktitle: "walk dog", hours: 19, minutes: 30, day: 24, month: "december", year: 2013, notified: "no" } ]; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data var transaction = db.transaction(["todolist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. duplicate item...
...olist"], "readwrite"); // report on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...
...ort on the success of the transaction completing, when everything is done transaction.oncomplete = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction completed.</li>'; }; transaction.onerror = function(event) { note.innerhtml += '<li>transaction not opened due to error. ...

IndexedDB API - Web APIs
tails, and some explanation of key concepts. note: this feature is available in web workers. note: indexeddb api is powerful, but may seem too complicated for simple cases. if you'd prefer a simple api, try libraries such as localforage, dexie.js, zangodb, pouchdb, idb, idb-keyval, jsstore and lovefield that make indexeddb more programmer-friendly. key concepts and usage indexeddb is a transactional database system, like an sql-based rdbms. however, unlike sql-based rdbmses, which use fixed-column tables, indexeddb is a javascript-based object-oriented database. indexeddb lets you store and retrieve objects that are indexed with a key; any objects supported by the structured clone algorithm can be stored. you need to specify the database schema, open a connection to your database, and then...
...er, unlike sql-based rdbmses, which use fixed-column tables, indexeddb is a javascript-based object-oriented database. indexeddb lets you store and retrieve objects that are indexed with a key; any objects supported by the structured clone algorithm can be stored. you need to specify the database schema, open a connection to your database, and then retrieve and update data within a series of transactions. read more about the concepts behind indexeddb. learn to use indexeddb asynchronously from first principles with our using indexeddb guide. combine indexeddb for storing data offline with service workers for storing assets offline, as outlined in making pwas work offline with service workers. note: like most web storage solutions, indexeddb follows a same-origin policy. so while you can ...
...s implemented by the window and worker objects. this interface isn't part of the 2.0 specification. idbfactory provides access to a database. this is the interface implemented by the global object indexeddb and is therefore the entry point for the api. idbopendbrequest represents a request to open a database. idbdatabase represents a connection to a database. it's the only way to get a transaction on the database. retrieving and modifying data idbtransaction represents a transaction. you create a transaction on a database, specify the scope (such as which object stores you want to access), and determine the kind of access (read only or readwrite) that you want. idbrequest generic interface that handles database requests and provides access to results. idbobjectstore represents an...
...ange the version of a database. the way to change the version of the database has since changed (by calling idbfactory.open without also calling idbdatabase.setversion), and the interface idbopendbrequest now has the functionality of the removed idbversionchangerequest. idbdatabaseexception represents exception conditions that can be encountered while performing database operations. idbtransactionsync sync version of idbtransaction. idbobjectstoresync sync version of idbobjectstore. idbindexsync sync version of idbindex. idbfactorysync sync version of idbfactory. idbenvironmentsync sync version of idbenvironment. idbdatabasesync sync version of idbdatabase. idbcursorsync sync version of idbcursor. examples elibri: a powerful library and ebook reader applicat...

Key Values - Web APIs
ied" the user agent wasn't able to map the event's virtual keycode to a specific key value. this can happen due to hardware or software constraints, or because of constraints around the platform on which the user agent is running. varies varies varies varies modifier keys modifiers are special keys which are used to generate special characters or cause special actions when used in combination with other keys. examples include the shift and control keys, and lock keys such as caps lock and numlock. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "alt" [5] the alt (alternative) key. vk_menu (0x12) vk_lmenu (0xa4) vk_rmenu (0xa5) kvk_option (0x3a) kvk_rightoption (0x3d)...
... "insert" the insert key, ins. toggles between inserting and overwriting text. vk_insert (0x2d) gdk_key_insert (0xff63) gdk_key_kp_insert (0xff9e) qt::key_insert (0x01000006) keycode_insert (124) "paste" paste from the clipboard. appcommand_paste gdk_key_paste (0x1008ff6d) qt::key_paste (0x010000e2) "redo" redo the last action. appcommand_redo gdk_key_redo (0xff66) "undo" undo the last action. appcommand_undo gdk_key_undo (0xff65) [1] on keyboards without a dedicated del key, the mac generates the "delete" value when fn is pressed in tandem with delete (which is backspace on other platforms). [2] internet explorer (tested on release 9 and 11) and firefox 36 and earlier us...
...l key is pressed. ui keys keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "accept" the accept, commit, or ok key or button. accepts the currently selected option or input method sequence conversion. vk_accept (0x1e) keycode_dpad_center (23) "again" the again key. redoes or repeats a previous action. gdk_key_redo (0xff66) "attn" [4] the attn (attention) key. vk_oem_attn (0xf0) gdk_key_3270_attn (0xfd0e) "cancel" [1] the cancel key. gdk_key_cancel (0xff69) "contextmenu" [3] shows the context menu. typically found between the windows (or os) key and the control key on the right side of the keyboard. vk_apps (0x5...
...numeric keypad's clear key. kvk_ansi_keypadclear (0x47) gdk_key_clear (0xff0b) qt::key_clear (0x0100000b) keycode_clear (28) "divide" [1] the numeric keypad's division key, /. vk_divide (0x6f) kvk_ansi_keypaddivide (0x4b) gdk_key_kp_divide (0xffaf) qt::key_slash (0x2f) keycode_numpad_divide (154) "subtract" [1] the numeric keypad's subtraction key, -. vk_subtract (0x6d) kvk_ansi_keypadminus (0x4e) gdk_key_kp_subtract (0xffad) keycode_numpad_subtract (156) "separator" [1] the numeric keypad's places separator character. (in the united states this is a comma, but elsewhere it is frequently a period.) vk_separator (0x6c) kvk_jis_keypadcomma (0x5f) gdk_key_kp_separator (0xffac) keycod...

KeyboardEvent - Web APIs
when you need to handle text input, use the input event instead. keyboard events may not be fired if the user is using an alternate means of entering text, such as a handwriting system on a tablet or graphics tablet. ...
...when you need to handle text input, use the input event instead. keyboard events may not be fired if the user is using an alternate means of entering text, such as a handwriting system on a tablet or graphics tablet. ...
...when you need to handle text input, use the input event instead. keyboard events may not be fired if the user is using an alternate means of entering text, such as a handwriting system on a tablet or graphics tablet. ...
...or is the same as in gecko 4.0 and later. mac after the initial keydown event, only keypress events are sent until the keyup event occurs; the inter-spaced keydown events are not sent. linux the event behavior depends on the specific platform. it will either behave like windows or mac depending on what the native event model does. note: manually firing an event does not generate the default action associated with that event. for example, manually firing a key event does not cause that letter to appear in a focused text input. in the case of ui events, this is important for security reasons, as it prevents scripts from simulating user actions that interact with the browser itself. example <!doctype html> <html> <head> <script> 'use strict'; document.addeventlistener('keydown', (event) =>...

LayoutShift - Web APIs
layoutshift.hadrecentinput returns true if there was a user input in the past 500 milliseconds. layoutshift.lastinputtime returns the time of the most recent user input. ...
... layoutshift.hadrecentinput returns true if there was a user input in the past 500 milliseconds. layoutshift.lastinputtime returns the time of the most recent user input. ...
... layoutshift.hadrecentinput returns true if there was a user input in the past 500 milliseconds. layoutshift.lastinputtime returns the time of the most recent user input. ...
... layoutshift.hadrecentinput returns true if there was a user input in the past 500 milliseconds. layoutshift.lastinputtime returns the time of the most recent user input. ...

Web-based protocol handlers - Web APIs
example <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01//en"> <html lang="en"> <head> <title>web protocol handler sample - test</title> </head> <body> <p>hey have you seen <a href="web+burger:cheeseburger">this</a> before?</p> </body> </html> handling the next ph...
... <h1>web protocol handler sample</h1> <p>this web page will install a web protocol handler for the <code>web+burger:</code> protocol.</p> </body> </html> activating now, anytime the user activates a link that uses the registered protocol, the browser will route the action to the url supplied when the web application registered. firefox will, by default, prompt the user before handing off the action. example <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01//en"> <html lang="en"> <head> <title>web protocol handler sample - test</title> </head> <body> <p>hey have you seen <a href="web+burger:cheeseburger">this</a> before?</p> </body> </html> handling the next phase is handling the action. the browser extracts the href from the activated link, combines it with the url template supplied dur...
... note:the server side code is passed the entire contents of the href. this means the server side code will have to parse out the protocol from the data. ...
... parse out the protocol from the data. example <?php $value = ""; if ( isset ( $_get["value"] ) ) { $value = $_get["value"]; } ?> <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01//en"> <html lang="en"> <head> <title>web protocol handler sample</title> </head> <body> <h1>web protocol handler sample - handler</h1> <p>this web page is called when handling a <code>web+burger:</code> protocol action. the data sent:</p> <textarea> <?php echo(htmlspecialchars($value, ent_quotes, 'utf-8')); ?> </textarea> </body> </html> references http://www.w3.org/tr/2011/wd-html5-20110525/timers.html#custom-handlers see also window.navigator.registercontenthandler nsiprotocolhandler (xul only) registerprotocolhandler enhancing the federated web at mozilla webdev register a custom protocolhan...

Using the Payment Request API - Web APIs
ccesspanel.style.display = 'block'; }); }) this object provides the developer with access to details they can use to complete the logical steps required after the payment completes, such as an email address to contact the customer, a shipping address for mailing goods out to them, etc. in the code above, you'll see that we've called the paymentresponse.complete() method to signal that the interaction has finished — you'd use this to carry out finishing steps, like updating the user interface to tell the user the transaction is complete, etc. other useful payment request methods there are some other useful payment request methods worth knowing about. paymentrequest.canmakepayment() can be used to check whether the paymentrequest object is capable of making a payment before you start the p...
...details-container'); additionaldetailscontainer.style.display = 'block'; window.scrollto(additionaldetailscontainer.getboundingclientrect().x, 0); }).catch(function(error) { // handle error. }); }) .catch(function(error) { // handle error. }); note: see our show additional user interface after successful payment demo for the full code. pre-authorizing transactions some use cases (e.g., paying for fuel at a service station) involve pre-authorization of payment. one way to do this is through a payment handler (see the payment handler api). at time of writing, that specification includes a canmakepayment event that a payment handler could make use of to return authorization status. the merchant code would look like this: let paymentrequest = new paymentre...
...a payment handler could make use of to return authorization status. the merchant code would look like this: let paymentrequest = new paymentrequest( [{supportedmethods: 'https://example.com/preauth'}], ...); // send `canmakepayment` event to the payment handler. paymentrequest.canmakepayment() .then(function(res) { if (res) { // the payment handler has pre-authorized a transaction // with some static amount, e.g., usd $1.00. } else { // pre-authorization failed or payment handler not installed. } }) .catch(function(ex1) { // unexpected error occurred. }); the payment handler would include the following code: self.addeventlistener('canmakepayment', function(evt) { // pre-authorize here. let preauthsuccess = ...; evt.resp...
... ...

Viewpoints and viewers: Simulating cameras in WebXR - Web APIs
ver, and though we assume these are under a permissive license due to their frequent reuse, ownership is not certain. we hope that it's freely usable; if not, and you're the owner, please let us know and we'll find or produce new diagrams. or, if you're happy to let us continue to use the images, please let us know so we can credit you properly! cameras and relative movement when a classic live-action movie is filmed, the actors are on a set and move about the set as they perform, with one or more cameras watching their moves. the cameras may be fixed in place, but they may also be set up to move around as well, tracking the movement of the performers, dollying in and out to achieve emotional impact, and so forth. virtual cameras in webgl (and by extension, in webxr), there is no camera obje...
...the various windows of an aircraft in a flight simulator, or to see the views from all the security cameras within the game level (a common feature of spy and stealth-based games). this ability is also used by games offering weapons with scopes, where the view isn't quite based off the head's position in the same way anymore. 3d games might also provide the ability for non-players to observe the action, either by positioning an invisible avatar of sorts or by choosing a fixed virtual camera to watch from. in advanced 3d games, a camera or camera-like object could be used to determine what a non-player character can see, relying on the same rendering and physics engine used by player characters for non-player characters. in single-screen 2d games, the camera is not associated directly with the...
...mes, a camera or camera-like object could be used to determine what a non-player character can see, relying on the same rendering and physics engine used by player characters for non-player characters. in single-screen 2d games, the camera is not associated directly with the player or any other character in the game, but is instead either fixed above or next to the game play area, or follows the action as the action moves around a scrolling game world. for example, a classic arcade game such as pac-man takes place on a fixed game map, so the camera remains fixed a set distance above the map, always pointed straight down at the game world. in a side-scrolling or top-scrolling game such as super mario bros., the camera moves along left and right (or up and down, or both) to ensure that the actio...
...nsform = [ sx, 0, 0, 0, 0, sy, 0, 0, 0, 0, sz, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 ]; this matrix represents a transform that scales up or down by a factor indicated by (sx, sy, sz), where sx indicates the scaling factor along the x axis, sy the scaling factor along the y axis, and sz the factor for the z axis. if any of these values differs from the others, the result will be stretching or contraction which is different in some dimensions compared to others. if the same scaling factor is to be applied in every direction, you can create a simple function to generate the scaling transform matrix for you: function createscalingmatrix(f) { return [ f, 0, 0, 0, 0, f, 0, 0, 0, 0, f, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 ]; } with the transform matrix in hand, we simply apply the transform scaletrans...

XRInputSourceEvent() - Web APIs
re listed under event types below. eventinitdict an object based on the xrinputsourceeventinit dictionary which contains the values to assign to the new event's properties. return value a new xrinputsourceevent object representing the event described by the given type and eventinitdict. event types select sent to an xrsession when the sending input source has fully completed a primary action. ...
...sed on the xrinputsourceeventinit dictionary which contains the values to assign to the new event's properties. return value a new xrinputsourceevent object representing the event described by the given type and eventinitdict. event types select sent to an xrsession when the sending input source has fully completed a primary action. selectend sent to an xrsession when an ongoing primary action ends, or when an input source with an ongoing primary action has been disconnected from the system. selectstart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary action, indicating that the user has begun a command-like input, such as pressing a trigger or button, issuing a spoken command, tapping on a touchpad, or the like. squeeze sent to an xrsession when the sending input sourc...
...ngoing primary action has been disconnected from the system. selectstart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary action, indicating that the user has begun a command-like input, such as pressing a trigger or button, issuing a spoken command, tapping on a touchpad, or the like. squeeze sent to an xrsession when the sending input source has fully completed a primary squeeze action. squeezeend sent to an xrsession when an ongoing primary squeeze action ends or when an input source with an ongoing primary squeeze action is disconnected. squeezestart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary squeeze action, indicating that the user has begun to grab, squeeze, or grip the controller. ...
... squeeze action. squeezeend sent to an xrsession when an ongoing primary squeeze action ends or when an input source with an ongoing primary squeeze action is disconnected. squeezestart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary squeeze action, indicating that the user has begun to grab, squeeze, or grip the controller. examples the code below sets up handlers for primary action events in order to determine when the user clicks on (shoots at/pokes at/whatever) objects in the scene. xrsession.addeventlistener("select", event => { let targetraypose = event.frame.getpose(event.inputsource.targetrayspace, myrefspace); if (targetraypose) { let hit = myhittest(targetraypose.transform); if (hit) { /* handle the hit */ } } }); specifications ...

XRInputSourceEvent - Web APIs
viewerpose() on it; instead, use getpose(). inputsource read only an xrinputsource object indicating which input source generated the input event. methods the xrinputsourceevent interface doesn't define any methods; however, several methods are inherited from the parent interface, event. event types select sent to an xrsession when the sending input source has fully completed a primary action. ...
...y an xrinputsource object indicating which input source generated the input event. methods the xrinputsourceevent interface doesn't define any methods; however, several methods are inherited from the parent interface, event. event types select sent to an xrsession when the sending input source has fully completed a primary action. selectend sent to an xrsession when an ongoing primary action ends, or when an input source with an ongoing primary action has been disconnected from the system. selectstart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary action, indicating that the user has begun a command-like input, such as pressing a trigger or button, issuing a spoken command, tapping on a touchpad, or the like. squeeze sent to an xrsession when the sending input sourc...
...ngoing primary action has been disconnected from the system. selectstart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary action, indicating that the user has begun a command-like input, such as pressing a trigger or button, issuing a spoken command, tapping on a touchpad, or the like. squeeze sent to an xrsession when the sending input source has fully completed a primary squeeze action. squeezeend sent to an xrsession when an ongoing primary squeeze action ends or when an input source with an ongoing primary squeeze action is disconnected. squeezestart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary squeeze action, indicating that the user has begun to grab, squeeze, or grip the controller. ...
... squeeze action. squeezeend sent to an xrsession when an ongoing primary squeeze action ends or when an input source with an ongoing primary squeeze action is disconnected. squeezestart sent to an xrsession when an input source begins its primary squeeze action, indicating that the user has begun to grab, squeeze, or grip the controller. examples the code below sets up handlers for primary action events in order to determine when the user clicks on (shoots at/pokes at/whatever) objects in the scene. xrsession.addeventlistener("select", event => { let targetraypose = event.frame.getpose(event.inputsource.targetrayspace, myrefspace); if (targetraypose) { let hit = myhittest(targetraypose.transform); if (hit) { /* handle the hit */ } } }); specifications ...

XRSession - Web APIs
er property. inputsourceschange an event of type xrinputsourceschangeevent sent to the xrsession when the list of active xr input sources has changed. also available through the oninputsourceschange event handler property. select an event of type xrinputsourceevent which is sent to the session when one of the session's input sources has successfully completed a primary action. this generally corresponds to the user pressing a trigger, touchpad, or button, speaks a command, or performs a recognizable gesture. the select event is sent after the selectstart event is sent and immediately before the selectend event is sent. if select is not sent, then the select action was aborted before being completed. also available through the onselect event handler property. ...
...lect event is sent after the selectstart event is sent and immediately before the selectend event is sent. if select is not sent, then the select action was aborted before being completed. also available through the onselect event handler property. selectend an event of type xrinputsourceevent which gets sent to the session object when one of its input devices finishes its primary action or gets disconnected while in the process of handling a primary action. for example: for button or trigger actions, this means the button has been released; for spoken commands, it means the user has finished speaking. this is the last of the three select* events to be sent. also available through the onselectend event handler property. selectstart an event of type xrinputsourceev...
...n has been released; for spoken commands, it means the user has finished speaking. this is the last of the three select* events to be sent. also available through the onselectend event handler property. selectstart an event of type xrinputsourceevent which is sent to the session object when one of its input devices is first engaged by the user in such a way as to cause the primary action to begin. this is the first of the session* event to be sent. also available through the onselectstart event handler property. squeeze an xrinputsourceevent sent to indicate that a primary squeeze action has successfully completed. this indicates that the device being squeezed has been released, and may represent dropping a grabbed object, for example. it is sent immediately befor...
...t. also available through the onselectstart event handler property. squeeze an xrinputsourceevent sent to indicate that a primary squeeze action has successfully completed. this indicates that the device being squeezed has been released, and may represent dropping a grabbed object, for example. it is sent immediately before the squeezeend event is sent to indicate that the squeeze action is over. also available through the onsqueeze event handler property. squeezeend an xrinputsourceevent sent to the xrsession when the primary squeeze action ends, whether or not the action was successful. also available using the onsqueezeend event handler property. squeezestart an event of type xrinputsourceevent which is sent to the xrsession when the user initia...

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
) pass expected behaviour met fail expected behaviour notmet 1. 2. reference to link example note regarding dojo/dijit test files the main purpose of dojo's dijit test files are for dojo developers to exercise and debug the code. as such, they are used to test a variety of features, such as styling, behavior, mouse, and keyboard interactions, to name few. these test files are not specifically for testing aria. still, dojo's widgets implement aria, and the noted test files could be used as an "aria test file". new tests for internet explorer 8 rc1 on this msdn page the aria state/role mapping in ie8 to msaa roles can be directly checked. also, as a clever feature for at testing, the firing of events (like event_object_statechange) ...
...tem can be dropped should be indicated from now on when they receive focus or arrowing onto them with the virtual cursor. after drag and drop operation has completed, the new location of the item should be indicated in the virtual buffer representation. if the drag and drop operation caused a menu to open, focus should be tracked in that menu, and the user should be able to complete further interaction via the keyboard as usual. optional but desired: at should provide simple method to navigate only among the current drop targets. markup used: aria-grab aria-dropeffect notes: (mz) there is no equivalent place in any of the known operating systems where draggable items are denoted and targets being indicated as such. all drag and drop operations screen readers traditionally perform wi...
...(leopard) pass n/a pass pass zoomtext - - - - orca - - - - link basic link example link variants expected at behavior: screen reader should announce the text or label for the link when it is focused, and the fact that it's a link. aria links should be included in the screen reader's list links function just like ordinary links. actions in this dialogor list such as "activate link" or "move to link" should perform the same as they do with regular links. markup used: notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a n/a jaws 10 - - - - voiceover (leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes - - - - nvda - n...
...hange aria-controls and live="polite" changes -- live region with a combination of polite real world changes and button-controlled changes expected at behavior: (al) minimal: the screen reader should utilize the politeness level to read changes that occur. (al) optional but desired: the screen reader should announce updates to a live region where the region changes are the result of a user action. this should even if the user does not set aria-live, and for any value other than aria-live="off". it turns out that using aria-controls is actually not the best way to determine this in all browsers. there is often a way to determine if a change was caused by user input. markup used: aria-controls, aria-live="polite" notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari ...

ARIA: feed role - Accessibility
nset="428" aria-setsize="-1">...</article> <article aria-posinset="429" aria-setsize="-1">...</article> ... </section> description a feed is a page structure for a scrollable list of articles where scrolling may cause articles to be added to the top or end of the list. the list establishes an interoperability contract between the web page and assistive technologies that governs scroll interactions so that assistive technology users can read articles, jump forward and backward by article, and reliably trigger new articles to load while in reading mode. examples include an rss feed, news feeds, social media feeds like facebook, instagram or twitter, or even a list of related products on an ecommerce page. these streams can be limited or infinite, loading more content as the user scrolls. im...
...self, and make sure to set it back to false when processing ends, or the user may not see the updates. to ensure good user experience, avoid inserting or removing articles in the middle of a feed, load new articles before the user has reached the end of the feed, and provide keyboard commands for moving focus among articles so that keyboard users can navigate through your feed. see keyboard interactions below. if the number of articles is known, set aria-setsize on the articles themselves. however, if the total number is extremely large, indefinite, or changes often, set aria-setsize="-1" to indicate that the size of the feed is not known. another feature of the feed pattern is skim reading: articles within a feed can contain both an accessible name with the aria-label and a description with ...
...readers which elements to speak after the label when navigating by article. by identifying the elements inside of an article that provide the title and the primary content, assistive technologies can provide functions that enable users to jump from article to article and efficiently discern which articles they want to read. the feed pattern enables reliable assistive technology reading mode interaction by establishing the following interoperability agreement between the web page and assistive technologies: in the context of a feed, the web page code is responsible for: appropriate visual scrolling of the content based on which article contains dom focus. loading or removing feed articles based on which article contains dom focus. in the context of a feed, assistive technologie...
...h a reading mode are responsible for: indicating which article contains the reading cursor by ensuring the article element or one of its descendants has dom focus. providing reading mode keys that move dom focus to the next and previous articles. providing reading mode keys for moving the reading cursor and dom focus past the end and before the start of the feed. keyboard interaction supporting the following, or a similar, interface is recommended when focus is inside the feed: page down: move focus to next article. page up: move focus to previous article. control + end: move focus to the first focusable element after the feed. control + home: move focus to the first focusable element before the feed. if a feed is nested within a feed, such as a comments feed within ...

ARIA: grid role - Accessibility
imply a specific visual presentation, it implies a relationship among elements. uses fall into two categories: presenting tabular information (data grids) and grouping other widgets (layout grids). even though both data grids and layout grids employ the same aria roles, states, and properties, differences in their content and purpose surface factors that are important to consider in keyboard interaction design. see aria authoring practices for more details cell elements have the role gridcell, unless they are a row or column header. then the elements are rowheader and columnheader, respectively. cell elements need to be owned by elements with a row role. rows can be grouped using rowgroups. if the grid is used as an interactive widget, keyboard interactions need to be implemented. associated ...
...ltiselectable is set to true, multiple items in the grid can be selected. the default value is false. aria-readonly if the user can navigate the grid but not change the value or values of the grid, the aria-readonly should be set to true. the default value is false. for many use cases, an html table element is sufficient as it and its elements already include many aria roles. keyboard interactions when a keyboard user encounters a grid, they navigate the rows and columns using the left, right, top and down keys. to activate the interactive component, they will use the return and space keys. key action → moves focus one cell to the right. if focus is on the right-most cell in the row, focus does not move. ← moves focus one cell to the left. if ...
...us to the first cell in the row that contains focus. end moves focus to the last cell in the row that contains focus. ctrl + home moves focus to the first cell in the first row. ctrl + end moves focus to the last cell in the last row. if cells, rows, or columns can be selected, the following key combination are commonly used: key combination action ctrl + space select the column that contains the focus. shift + space selects the row that contains the focus. if the grid includes a column with checkboxes to select rows, this key combination can be used to check that box even if the focus is not on the checkbox. ctrl + a selects all cells. shift + → extends selection one cell to the right. ...
...== false); break; case "enter": alert(event.target.textcontent); break; } event.preventdefault(); }); more examples data grid examples layout grids examples w3c/wai tutorial: tables accessibility concerns even if the keyboard use is properly implemented, some users might not be aware that they have to use the arrow keys. make sure that the functionality and interaction needed can be best achieved using the grid role. specifications specification status accessible rich internet applications (wai-aria) 1.1the definition of 'role grid' in that specification. recommendation wai-aria authoring practicesthe definition of 'role grid' in that specification. working draft screen reader support tbd ...

Operable - Accessibility
re is a timeout (caused by user inactivity) warn users at the start of a process so they will not be surprised that a timeout exists (or only allow the timeout to occur after 20 hours of inactivity. understanding timeouts note: also see the wcag description for guideline 2.2 enough time: provide users enough time to read and use content. guideline 2.3 — seizures and physical reactions: do not design content in a way that is known to cause seizures or physical reactions this refers to content that, if not changed, could cause seizures in users with conditions such as epilepsy or could cause physical reactions (like dizziness) for users with conditions such as vestibular disorders. success criteria how to conform to the criteria practical resource ...
... practical resource 2.3.1 three flashes, or below threshold (a) content doesn't contain any aspect that flashes more than three times per second, or flashing content is below acceptable flash and red flash thresholds. 2.3.2 three flashes (aaa) content doesn't contain any aspect that flashes more than three times per second. 2.3.3 animations from interactions (aaa) added in 2.1 allow users to disable animations from interactions (unless the animation is essential). understanding animations from interactions note: also see the wcag description for guideline 2.3 seizures and physical reactions: do not design content in a way that is known to cause seizures or physical reactions. guideline 2.4 — navigable: provide ways to help users n...
...le to interact with digital technology using different input methods beyond a keyboard or mouse (including touchscreen, voice, device motion, or alternative input devices. success criteria how to conform to the criteria practical resource 2.5.1 pointer gestures (a) added in 2.1 all functionality that can be operated with a pointer can be operated with single-point actions. path-based or multi-point gestures are not required to operate any functionality. exceptions exist. understanding pointer gestures 2.5.2 pointer cancellation (a) added in 2.1 for functionality that can be operated using a single-pointer at least one of the following is true: no down-event, abort/undo, up reversal or essential. understanding pointer cancellation 2.5.3 ...
... triggered by a) device motion (like shaking, tilting) or b) user gestures detected by device sensors (including a camera) that both of the following are true: 1) motion actuation can be disabled, and 2) the functionality can be operated without using device motion or user gestures. exceptions exist. understanding motion actuation 2.5.5 target size (aaa) added in 2.1 the size of an actionable item's touch target must be at least 44 css pixels in both width and height. exceptions exist. understanding target size 2.5.6 concurrent input mechanisms (aaa) added in 2.1 make sure people can use and switch between different modes of input when interacting with digital content including touchscreen, keyboard, mouse, voice commands, or alternative input devices. an essentia...

Border-image generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ass="image" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/7b/dd37c1d691.png" data-stateid="border4"/> <img class="image" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/a9/b9fff72dab.png" data-stateid="border5"/> <img class="image" src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/fb/c0b285d3da.svg" data-stateid="border6"/> </div> </div> <div id="load-actions" class="group section"> <div id="toggle-gallery" data-action="hide"> </div> <div id="load-image" class="button"> upload image </div> <input id="remote-url" type="text" placeholder="load an image from url"/> <div id="load-remote" class="button"> </div> </div> <div id="general-controls" class="group section"> <div class="...
...80px; float: left; margin: 10px; opacity: 0.5; background-color: #fff; box-shadow: 0px 0px 3px 1px #bababa; } #image-gallery .image[selected="true"] { box-shadow: 0px 0px 3px 1px #3bba52; opacity: 1; } #image-gallery .image:hover { cursor: pointer; box-shadow: 0px 0px 3px 1px #30ace5; opacity: 1; } #image-gallery[data-collapsed='true'] { margin-top: -100px; } /* load menu */ #load-actions { margin: 10px 0; } #toggle-gallery { width: 30px; height: 25px; margin: 10px; color: #fff; background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6005/arrow-up-white.png'); background-repeat: no-repeat; background-position: top 4px center; background-color: #888888 !important; border-radius: 2px; float: left; } #toggle-gallery:hover { cursor: pointer; } #toggle-gallery[data-...
...s { margin: 10px 0; } #toggle-gallery { width: 30px; height: 25px; margin: 10px; color: #fff; background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6005/arrow-up-white.png'); background-repeat: no-repeat; background-position: top 4px center; background-color: #888888 !important; border-radius: 2px; float: left; } #toggle-gallery:hover { cursor: pointer; } #toggle-gallery[data-action='show'] { background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6001/arrow-down-white.png'); background-color: #888888 !important; } #toggle-gallery[data-action='hide'] { background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6005/arrow-up-white.png'); } .button { width: 100px; height: 25px; margin: 10px; color: #fff; text-align: center; font-size: 12px; line-height: 25px; bac...
...etscale = function getscale() { return scale/100; }; var togglegallery = function togglegallery() { var gallery = getelembyid('image-gallery'); var button = getelembyid('toggle-gallery'); var state = 1; button.addeventlistener('click', function() { state = 1 ^ state; if (state === 0) { gallery.setattribute('data-collapsed', 'true'); button.setattribute('data-action', 'show'); } else { gallery.removeattribute('data-collapsed'); button.setattribute('data-action', 'hide'); } }); }; var init = function init() { var gallery = getelembyid('image-gallery'); var browse = getelembyid('load-image'); var remote = getelembyid('remote-url'); var load_remote = getelembyid('load-remote'); remote.addeventlistener('change', func...

MIME types (IANA media types) - HTTP
o classes of type: discrete and multipart. discrete types are types which represent a single file or medium, such as a single text or music file, or a single video. a multipart type is one which represents a document that's comprised of multiple component parts, each of which may have its own individual mime type; or, a multipart type may encapsulate multiple files being sent together in one transaction. for example, multipart mime types are used when attaching multiple files to an email. discrete types the discrete types currently registered with the iana are: applicationlist at iana any kind of binary data that doesn't fall explicitly into one of the other types; either data that will be executed or interpreted in some way or binary data that requires a specific application or category o...
... subtype, text/plain should be used. similarly, for binary documents without a specific or known subtype, application/octet-stream should be used. multipart types multipart types indicate a category of document broken into pieces, often with different mime types; they can also be used — especially in email scenarios — to represent multiple, separate files which are all part of the same transaction. they represent a composite document. with the exception of multipart/form-data, used in the post method of html forms, and multipart/byteranges, used with 206 partial content to send part of a document, http doesn't handle multipart documents in a special way: the message is transmitted to the browser (which will likely show a "save as" window if it doesn't know how to display the document). t...
...tent-type: multipart/form-data; boundary=aboundarystring (other headers associated with the multipart document as a whole) --aboundarystring content-disposition: form-data; name="myfile"; filename="img.jpg" content-type: image/jpeg (data) --aboundarystring content-disposition: form-data; name="myfield" (data) --aboundarystring (more subparts) --aboundarystring-- the following <form>: <form action="http://localhost:8000/" method="post" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <label>name: <input name="mytextfield" value="test"></label> <label><input type="checkbox" name="mycheckbox"> check</label> <label>upload file: <input type="file" name="myfile" value="test.txt"></label> <button>send the file</button> </form> will send this message: post / http/1.1 host: localhost:8000 user-agent: mozi...
...3d6b6a416f9b5 content-type: text/html content-range: bytes 300-400/1270 -color: #f0f0f2; margin: 0; padding: 0; font-family: "open sans", "helvetica --3d6b6a416f9b5-- importance of setting the correct mime type most web servers send unrecognized resources as the application/octet-stream mime type. for security reasons, most browsers do not allow setting a custom default action for such resources, forcing the user to save it to disk to use it. some common incorrect server configurations: rar-compressed files. in this case, the ideal would be the true type of the original files; this is often impossible as .rar files can hold several resources of different types. in this case, configure the server to send application/x-rar-compressed. audio and video. only r...

CSP: navigate-to - HTTP
csp version 3 directive type navigation directive default-src fallback no. not setting this allows anything. ...
... csp version 3 directive type navigation directive default-src fallback no. not setting this allows anything. ...
...ipt. at the same time, any allow-list or source expressions such as 'self' or 'unsafe-inline' are ignored. see script-src for an example. 'report-sample' requires a sample of the violating code to be included in the violation report. ...
...report-sample' requires a sample of the violating code to be included in the violation report. examples meta tag configuration <meta http-equiv="content-security-policy" content="navigate-to 'none'"> violation case using a <form> element with an action set to inline javascript will result in a csp violation. <meta http-equiv="content-security-policy" content="navigate-to 'none'"> <form action="javascript:alert('foo')" id="form1" method="post"> <input type="text" name="fieldname" value="fieldvalue"> <input type="submit" id="submit" value="submit"> </form> specifications specification status comment content security policy level 3the definition of 'navigate-to' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

Expressions and operators - JavaScript
s the value of its right operand to its left operand. that is, x = y assigns the value of y to x. ...
... returns true if the left operand is less than or equal to the right operand. var1 <= var2 var2 <= 5 note: (=>) is not an operator, but the notation for arrow functions. arithmetic operators an arithmetic operator takes numerical values (either literals or variables) as their operands and returns a single numerical value. the standard arithmetic operators are addition (+), subtraction (-), multiplication (*), and division (/). these operators work as they do in most other programming languages when used with floating point numbers (in particular, note that division by zero produces infinity). for example: 1 / 2; // 0.5 1 / 2 == 1.0 / 2.0; // this is true in addition to the standard arithmetic operations (+, -, *, /), javascript provides the arithmetic operators listed in th...
... can override operator precedence by using parentheses. the following table describes the precedence of operators, from highest to lowest. operator precedence operator type individual operators member . ...
...onchange event handler, using this to pass it to the form element, as in the following example: <p>enter a number between 18 and 99:</p> <input type="text" name="age" size=3 onchange="validate(this, 18, 99);"> grouping operator the grouping operator ( ) controls the precedence of evaluation in expressions. for example, you can override multiplication and division first, then addition and subtraction to evaluate addition first. var a = 1; var b = 2; var c = 3; // default precedence a + b * c // 7 // evaluated by default like this a + (b * c) // 7 // now overriding precedence // addition before multiplication (a + b) * c // 9 // which is equivalent to a * c + b * c // 9 left-hand-side expressions left values are the destination of an assignment. new you can use the new operato...

Intl.NumberFormat() constructor - JavaScript
tyle to use in unit formatting, the defaults is "short". "long" (e.g., 16 litres) "short" (e.g., 16 l) "narrow" (e.g., 16l) usegrouping whether to use grouping separators, such as thousands separators or thousand/lakh/crore separators. possible values are true and false; the default is true. ...
...ing, the defaults is "short". "long" (e.g., 16 litres) "short" (e.g., 16 l) "narrow" (e.g., 16l) usegrouping whether to use grouping separators, such as thousands separators or thousand/lakh/crore separators. possible values are true and false; the default is true. the following properties fall into two groups: minimumintegerdigits, minimumfractiondigits, and maximumfractiondigits in one group, minimumsignificantdigits and maximumsignificantdigits in the other. if at least one property from the second group is defined, then the first group is ignored. minimumintegerdigits the minimum number of integer digits to use. possible values are from 1 to 21; the default is 1. minimumfractiondigits the minimum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are fr...
...to use. possible values are from 1 to 21; the default is 1. minimumfractiondigits the minimum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits to use. ...
... 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and 3; the default for currency formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information); the default for percent formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and 0. minimumsignificantdigits the minimum number of significant digits to use. possible values are fr...

Intl.PluralRules() constructor - JavaScript
ation about this option, see the intl page. type the type to use. possible values are: "cardinal" for cardinal numbers (refering to the quantity of things). this is the default value. "ordinal" for ordinal number (refering to the ordering or ranking of things, e.g. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" in english). ...
...e the intl page. type the type to use. possible values are: "cardinal" for cardinal numbers (refering to the quantity of things). this is the default value. "ordinal" for ordinal number (refering to the ordering or ranking of things, e.g. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" in english). the following properties fall into two groups: minimumintegerdigits, minimumfractiondigits, and maximumfractiondigits in one group, minimumsignificantdigits and maximumsignificantdigits in the other. if at least one property from the second group is defined, then the first group is ignored. minimumintegerdigits the minimum number of integer digits to use. possible values are from 1 to 21; the default is 1. minimumfractiondigits the minimum number of fraction digits to use. possible value...
...to use. possible values are from 1 to 21; the default is 1. minimumfractiondigits the minimum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits to use. ...
... 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and 3; the default for currency formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information); the default for percent formatting is the larger of minimumfractiondigits and 0. minimumsignificantdigits the minimum number of significant digits to use. possible values are fr...

Promise - JavaScript
the promise object represents the eventual completion (or failure) of an asynchronous operation, and its resulting value. to learn about the way promises work and how you can use them, we advise you to read using promises first. description a promise is a proxy for a value not necessarily known when the promise is created. it allows you to associate handlers with an asynchronous action's eventual success value or failure reason. this lets asynchronous methods return values like synchronous methods: instead of immediately returning the final value, the asynchronous method returns a promise to supply the value at some point in the future. a promise is in one of these states: pending: initial state, neither fulfilled nor rejected. fulfilled: meaning that the operation completed successfull...
...led if it is either fulfilled or rejected, but not pending. you will also hear the term resolved used with promises — this means that the promise is settled or “locked in” to match the state of another promise. states and fates contains more details about promise terminology. chained promises the methods promise.then(), promise.catch(), and promise.finally() are used to associate further action with a promise that becomes settled. these methods also return a newly generated promise object, which can optionally be used for chaining; for example, like this: const mypromise = (new promise(myexecutorfunc)) .then(handlefulfilleda,handlerejecteda) .then(handlefulfilledb,handlerejectedb) .then(handlefulfilledc,handlerejectedc); // or, perhaps better ... const mypromise = (new ...
...mise d, (promise c, (promise x) ) ) a promise can participate in more than one nesting. for the following code, the transiton of promisea into a "settled" state will cause both instances of .then() to be invoked. const promisea = new promise(myexecutorfunc); const promiseb = promisea.then(handlefulfilled1, handlerejected1); const promisec = promisea.then(handlefulfilled2, handlerejected2); an action can be assigned to an already "settled" promise. in that case the action (if appropriate) will be performed at the first asynchronous opportunity. note that promises are guaranteed to be asynchronous. therefore, an action for an already "settled" promise will occur only after the stack has cleared and a clock-tick has passed. the effect is much like that of settimeout(action,10). const promisea ...
...is started by clicking the button. (you need a browser that supports promise. ) by clicking the button several times in a short amount of time, you'll even see the different promises being fulfilled one after another. loading an image with xhr another simple example using promise and xmlhttprequest to load an image is available at the mdn github js-examples repository. you can also see it in action. each step is commented and allows you to follow the promise and xhr architecture closely. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'promise' in that specification. ...

MathML element reference - MathML
ical notation whereas content markup provides the underlying mathematical meaning and is not supposed to be rendered by the mathml parser (see bug 276028). if you want to learn more about content markup you should consider chapter 4 in the mathml 3 specification. mathml elements implement the mathmlelement class. ...
...ereas content markup provides the underlying mathematical meaning and is not supposed to be rendered by the mathml parser (see bug 276028). if you want to learn more about content markup you should consider chapter 4 in the mathml 3 specification. mathml elements implement the mathmlelement class. ...
...the mathml 3 specification. mathml elements implement the mathmlelement class. ...
... <mpadded> <mphantom> <mroot> <mrow> <msqrt> <mstyle> script and limit elements <mmultiscripts> <mover> <mprescripts> <msub> <msubsup> <msup> <munder> <munderover> <none> tabular math <maligngroup> <malignmark> <mlabeledtr> <mtable> <mtd> <mtr> elementary math <mlongdiv> <mscarries> <mscarry> <msgroup> <msline> <msrow> <mstack> uncategorized elements <maction> semantic annotations <annotation> <annotation-xml> <semantics> ...

Populating the page: how browsers work - Web Performance
sure a fast load. to be fast to load, the developers’ goals include sending requested information as fast as possible, or at least seem super fast. network latency is the time it takes to transmit bytes over-the-air to computers. web performance is what we have to do to make the page load happen as quickly as possible. for the most part, browsers are considered single threaded. for smooth interactions, the developer's goal is to ensure performant site interactions, from smooth scrolling to being responsive to touch. render time is key, with ensuring the main thread can complete all the work we throw at it and still always be available to handle user interactions. web performance can be improved by understanding the single-threaded nature of the browser and minimizing the main thread's respons...
...ng responsive to touch. render time is key, with ensuring the main thread can complete all the work we throw at it and still always be available to handle user interactions. web performance can be improved by understanding the single-threaded nature of the browser and minimizing the main thread's responsibilities, where possible and appropriate, to ensure rendering is smooth and responses to interactions are immediate. navigation navigation is the first step in loading a web page. it occurs whenever a user requests a page by entering a url into the address bar, clicking a link, submitting a form, as well as other actions. one of the goals of web performance is to minimize the amount of time a navigation takes to complete. in ideal conditions, this usually doesn't take too long, but latency an...
...ring process goes back to the layout steps and restarts from there. interactivity once the main thread is done painting the page, you would think we would be "all set." that isn't necessarily the case. if the load includes javascript, that was correctly deferred, and only executed after the onload event fires, the main thread might be busy, and not available for scrolling, touch, and other interactions. time to interactive (tti) is the measurement of how long it took from that first request which led to the dns lookup and ssl connection to when the page is interactive -- interactive being the point in time after the first contentful paint when the page responds to user interactions within 50ms. if the main thread is occupied parsing, compiling, and executing javascript, it is not available an...
...nt of how long it took from that first request which led to the dns lookup and ssl connection to when the page is interactive -- interactive being the point in time after the first contentful paint when the page responds to user interactions within 50ms. if the main thread is occupied parsing, compiling, and executing javascript, it is not available and therefore not able to responsd to user interactions in a timely (less than 50ms) fashion. in our example, maybe the image loaded quickly, but perhaps the anotherscript.js file was 2mb and our user's network connection was slow. in this case the user would see the page super quickly, but wouldn't be able to scroll without jank until the script was downloaded, parsed and executed. that is not a good user experience. avoid occupying the main threa...

Types of attacks - Web security
unt=bob&amount=1000000&for=mallory"> now, if you are logged into your bank account and your cookies are still valid (and there is no other validation), you will transfer money as soon as you load the html that contains this image. ...
...post endpoints should not interchangeably accept get requests with parameters in the query string. a csrf token should be included in <form> elements via a hidden input field. this token should be unique per user and stored (for example, in a cookie) such that the server can look up...
...quest. post endpoints should not interchangeably accept get requests with parameters in the query string. a csrf token should be included in <form> elements via a hidden input field. this token should be unique per user and stored (for example, in a cookie) such that the server can look up the expected value when the request is sent. ...
...(see samesite cookies above). ...

Reddit Example - Archive of obsolete content
this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. this example add-on creates a panel containing the mobile version of reddit. when the user clicks on the title of a story in the panel, the add-on opens the linked story in a new tab in the main browser window. to accomplish this the add-on needs to run a content script in the context of the reddit page which intercepts mouse clicks on each title link and fetches the link's target url. the content script then needs to send the url to the add-on script. ...
...in a new tab in the main browser window. to accomplish this the add-on needs to run a content script in the context of the reddit page which intercepts mouse clicks on each title link and fetches the link's target url. the content script then needs to send the url to the add-on script. ...
...tab in the main browser window. to accomplish this the add-on needs to run a content script in the context of the reddit page which intercepts mouse clicks on each title link and fetches the link's target url. the content script then needs to send the url to the add-on script. ...

context-menu - Archive of obsolete content
to communicate to the menu item associated with the content script, the content script can call the postmessage function attached to the global self object, passing it some json-able data. the menu item's "message" event listener will be called with that data. var cm = require("sdk/context-menu"); cm.item({ label: "edit image", context: cm.selectorcontext("img"), cont...
... parameters options : object required options: name type label string the item's label. it must either be a string or an object that implements tostring(). optional options: name type image string the item's icon, a string url. the url can be remote, a reference to an image in the add-on...
...f the window. srcurl the src url of the element that the menu was invoked on, or null if it doesn't have one. linkurl the href url of the element that the menu was invoked on, or null if it doesn't have one. value the current contents of a input text box or area if the menu was invoked in one, null otherwise. item a labeled menu item that can perform an action when clicked. methods destroy() permanently removes the item from its parent menu and frees its resources. the item must not be used afterward. if you need to remove the item from its parent menu but use it afterward, call removeitem() on the parent menu instead. properties label the menu item's label. you can set this after creating the item to update its label later. image the item's ic...

Display a Popup - Archive of obsolete content
orial you'll need to have learned the basics of jpm. to display a popup dialog, use the panel module. a panel's content is defined using html. you can run content scripts in the panel: although the script running in the panel can't directly access your main add-on code, you can exchange messages between the panel script and the add-on code. in this tutorial we'll create an add-on that adds an action button to the toolbar that displays a panel when clicked. the panel just contains a <textarea> element: when the user presses the return key, the contents of the <textarea> is sent to the main add-on code. the main add-on code logs the message to the console. the add-on consists of seven files: package.json: created when you run jpm init index.js: the main add-on code, that creates the butto...
...e "index.js" looks like this: var data = require("sdk/self").data; // construct a panel, loading its content from the "text-entry.html" // file in the "data" directory, and loading the "get-text.js" script // into it. var text_entry = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: data.url("text-entry.html"), contentscriptfile: data.url("get-text.js") }); // create a button require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "show-panel", label: "show panel", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png", "32": "./icon-32.png", "64": "./icon-64.png" }, onclick: handleclick }); // show the panel when the user clicks the button. function handleclick(state) { text_entry.show(); } // when the panel is displayed it generated an event called // "show": we will listen for that event and when i...
... ...

List Open Tabs - Archive of obsolete content
to follow this tutorial you'll need to have learned the basics of jpm. to list the open tabs, you can iterate over the tabs object itself. the following add-on adds an action button that logs the urls of open tabs when the user clicks it: require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "list-tabs", label: "list tabs", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: listtabs }); function listtabs() { var tabs = require("sdk/tabs"); for (let tab of tabs) console.log(tab.url); } note: to get this working, you will need to save an icon for the button to your add-on's "data" directory as "icon-16.png". you can download the icon here: . run the add-on, load a couple of tabs and click the button. you'll see output in the command line console that looks something like this: info: http:/...
...tput in the command line console that looks something like this: info: http://www.mozilla.org/about/ info: http://www.bbc.co.uk/ you don't get direct access to any content hosted in the tab. to access tab content, you need to attach a script to the tab using tab.attach(). this add-on attaches a script to all open tabs. ...
...he command line console that looks something like this: info: http://www.mozilla.org/about/ info: http://www.bbc.co.uk/ you don't get direct access to any content hosted in the tab. to access tab content, you need to attach a script to the tab using tab.attach(). this add-on attaches a script to all open tabs. ...

Localization - Archive of obsolete content
locale/ en-us.properties fr.properties "en-us.properties" contains this: hello_id= hello! "fr.properties" contains this: hello_id= bonjour ! now whenever your javascript or html asks the localization system for the translation of the hello_id identifier, it will get the correct translation for the current locale. using localized strings in html this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. to reference localized strings from html, add a data-l10n-id attribute to the html tag where you want the localized string to appear, and assign the identifier to it: <html> <body> <h1 data-l10n-id="hello_id"></h1> </body> </html> then you can use this html file to build your interface, for example inside a panel: var butt...
...vailable from firefox 29 onwards. ...
...from firefox 29 onwards. ...

Finding window handles - Archive of obsolete content
var gdk = ctypes.open('libgdk-x11-2.0.so.0'); // types let guint32 = ctypes.uint32_t; let gdkwindow = ctypes.structtype('gdkwindow'); // https://developer.gnome.org/gdk3/stable/gdk3-windows.html#gdk-window-focus var gdk_window_focus = gdk.declare('gdk_window_focus', ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, gdkwindow.ptr, guint32); // https://developer.gnome.org/gdk2/stable/gdk2-x-window-system-interaction.html#gdk-x11-get-server-time var gdk_x11_get_server_time = gdk.declare('gdk_x11_get_server_time', ctypes.default_abi, guint32, gdkwindow.ptr); var browserwindow_madeintogdkwinptr = gdkwindow.ptr(ctypes.uint64(gdkwindowptrstring)); var rez_gst = gdk_x11_get_server_time(browserwindow_madeintogdkwinptr); console.info('rez_gst:', rez_gst, uneval(rez_gst)); // return is a number of ms since the comp...
...i, ctypes.void_t, gtkwindow.ptr); //https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/gtkwindow.html#gtk-window-present-with-time var gtk_window_present_with_time = gtk.declare('gtk_window_present_with_time', ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, gtkwindow.ptr, guint32); // gdk_x11_get_server_time is needed for gtk_window_present_with_time // https://developer.gnome.org/gdk2/stable/gdk2-x-window-system-interaction.html#gdk-x11-get-server-time var gdk_x11_get_server_time = gdk.declare('gdk_x11_get_server_time', ctypes.default_abi, guint32, gdkwindow.ptr); var browserwindow_madeintogdkwinptr = gdkwindow.ptr(ctypes.uint64(gdkwindowptrstring)); var gptr = gpointer(); var rez_gwgud = gdk_window_get_user_data(browserwindow_madeintogdkwinptr, gptr.address()); console.info('rez_gwgud:', rez_gwgud, /*rez_gwgud.to...
... // types let guint32 = ctypes.uint32_t; let gdkwindow = ctypes.structtype('gdkwindow'); let gdkdrawable = ctypes.structtype('gdkdrawable'); let card32; if (/^(alpha|hppa|ia64|ppc64|s390|x86_64)-/.test(services.appinfo.xpcomabi)) { card32 = ctypes.unsigned_int; } else { card32 = ctypes.unsigned_long; } let xid = card32; //https://developer.gnome.org/gdk2/stable/gdk2-x-window-system-interaction.html#gdk-x11-drawable-get-xid var gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid = gdk.declare('gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid', ctypes.default_abi, xid, gdkdrawable.ptr); var browserwindow_madeintogdkwinptr = gdkwindow.ptr(ctypes.uint64(gdkwindowptrstring)); var browserwindow_madeintogdkdrawable = ctypes.cast(browserwindow_madeintogdkwinptr, gdkdrawable.ptr); var browserwindow_madeintoxid = gdk_x11_drawable_get_xid(brow...

Chapter 6: Firefox extensions and XUL applications - Archive of obsolete content
a + b; }, pop: function() { return this.stack.pop(); } } check for errors now you’re ready for your first test. when you run it, you should see a red bar, showing that it failed. implement in calc.js we need to flesh out calc.js. update it with the contents of listing 3. run test run the test again. you should see a green bar showing that the test succeeded. implement the subtraction operation now let’s add subtraction. create test case first, add the test case for the subtraction method. open test_calc.js and update it with the method in listing 4. implement in calc.js next we need to add the executable code. this will work much as it did for addition. update calc.js with the method in listing 5. run test if we run the test at this point, we’ll get a red bar. what...
...tempt to run with nothing in the stack—what result will you return then? try to keep in mind real-world circumstances while you’re working on this. ...
... mozilla cross-reference mozilla cross-re...

Chapter 3: Introduction to XUL—How to build a more intuitive UI - Archive of obsolete content
. this is used to allow the user to toggle the display of additional information. table 1: types of buttons that can be displayed in the dialog element additionally, there are two special button names, extra1 and extra2. the labels for these buttons are set using the buttonlabelextra1 and buttonlabelextra2 attributes on the root element, which take arbitrary strings as their values. the action taken when pressing one of these buttons is defined by an event handler with the name ondialog<button name>. if these event handlers are not defined, pressing either the accept button or cancel button will simply close that dialog. listing 8 shows a simple dialog example, and figure 5 shows its output. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/"?> <dialog...
...cting menu items much like dynamic html, event handlers are used to execute a command when a menu item is selected. to respond to mouse and keyboard inputs in html, the onclick event handler is typically used to respond to mouse clicks, and the onkeypress event handler for keyboard input. xul can also use these event handlers, but xul also offers the oncommand special event handler to deal with actions that often have specific meanings, such as selection by a left-click (or right-click on systems set up as left-handed) on the mouse or selection by the enter key. listing 10 shows an example of the oncommand event handler in use. apart from menuitem elements, it can be used with buttons and other input controls. <menuitem label="open project page" oncommand="loaduri(this.value)" value="ht...
...ext. if you want to insert long strings that automatically wrap to the window’s width, you can use the flex attribute as shown in listing 14, which will automatically expand it; in this case you don't set the value using the value attribute, instead you should place it in the contents of the element. figure 10 shows the output from this listing. <hbox> <label flex="1"> proceeding with this action will send your personal information to a server. are you sure you want to proceed? </label> </hbox> listing 14: handling long text in a label figure 10: output from listing 14 shortening labels between the label element and the label attribute on other xul elements, there can be a lot of labeled elements in xul. a common attribute that can be set on all of them is the crop attribute. by...

Drag and Drop JavaScript Wrapper - Archive of obsolete content
the buttonobserver and textobserver variables. the observer is declared in a script which you would include in the xul file using the script tag. the observer is an object which may have a number of properties, each set to a function which handles a particular aspect of drag and drop. five functions may be defined. you only have to define the ones that you need. ondragstart(event, transferdata, action) define this function to have something happen when a drag starts. it takes three arguments, the event object as was originally passed to the event handler, the data to drag and the type of drag action. this function should add the data to drag to the transferdata object. ondragover(event, flavor, session) this function should be defined when you want something to happen when an element is drag...
...me type, such as 'text/unicode'. within the ondragstart function, you specify what flavours are available for the item being dragged. to do this, add data and flavours to the transferdata object, which is the second argument to ondragstart. an example should help here. the ondragstart function adds data to the transferdata object. var textobserver = { ondragstart: function (event, transferdata, action) { var htmltext = "<strong>cabbage</strong>"; var plaintext = "cabbage"; transferdata.data = new transferdata(); transferdata.data.adddataforflavour("text/html",htmltext); transferdata.data.adddataforflavour("text/unicode",plaintext); } } here, an observer has been declared and stored in the variable textobserver. it has one property called ondragstart. (in javascript, pro...
...you can reuse the same observer for multiple elements. for an element that can start a drag, ondragstart is all that is necessary to implement. for an element that can be dropped on, the observer will need to implement at least the getsupportedflavours, ondragover and ondrop functions. some elements may be able to initiate a drag and accept a drop. in this case, the...

Supporting per-window private browsing - Archive of obsolete content
firefox 20 introduced per-window private browsing mode, in which private user data is stored and accessed concurrently with public user data from another window. detecting private browsing mode determining whether or not a given dom window is private is simple: import resource://gre/modules/privatebrowsingutils.jsm and use privatebrowsingutils.iswindowprivate(window). you can then take action based on this value, as any data or actions originating from this window should be considered private. try { // firefox 20+ components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/privatebrowsingutils.jsm"); if (!privatebrowsingutils.iswindowprivate(window)) { ... } } catch(e) { // pre firefox 20 (if you do not have access to a do...
...rivatebrowsingutils.jsm and use privatebrowsingutils.getprivacycontextfromwindow(win), passing a window object that is related to the content in question. as an example, if an add-on adds a context menu item that accesses an api that requires an nsiloadcontext, the most relevant window is the one that owns the element being targeted by the context menu (element.ownerdocument.defaultview). if some action triggered by a chrome element (such as a button) requires an api that takes a privacy context, the most relevant window is the one that contains the chrome element. in some cases, there is no logical window object to use (such as when data or an action originate from some other source than web content). in these cases, it is permissable to pass null as the argument instead of a real privacy conte...
...last private window is closed), observe the last-pb-context-exited notification. function pbobserver() { /* clear private data */ } var os = components.classes["@mozilla.org/observer-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiobserverservice); os.addobserver(pbobserver, "last-pb-context-exited", false); preventing a private session from ending if there are unfinished transactions involving private data, where the transactions will be terminated by the ending of a private session, an add-on can vote to prevent the session from ending (prompting the user is recommended). to do this, observe the last-pb-context-exiting notification and set the data field of the nsisupportsprbool subject to true. var os = components.classes["@mozilla.org/observer-service;1"] ...

Tamarin - Archive of obsolete content
see also the possible errata. ...
...he adobe® flash® player versions 9 and later. tamarin's jit-compiler, nanojit, is also used in tracemonkey ergo spidermonkey, which is mozilla’s javascript engine in firefox. tamarin is available under the mpl/gpl/lgpl tri-license. releases release tracking information on current, past, and upcoming releases of tamarin. documentation adobe actionscript virtual machine 2 (avm2) overview (pdf, 400k) the instructions, architecture, and file format supported by the avm2. see also the possible errata. tamarin build documentation how to get, build, and use tamarin. tamarin build system documentation documentation on how the tamarin build system works and how to modify. tamarin commit hook ins...
...o adapt source code to the changes. ...

Elements - Archive of obsolete content
g is attached and removed when the binding is detached. the handlers tag must be inside the binding tag. id - the id attribute is a document-unique identifier. ...
...he script inside the handler is executed when the event handler is matched. the handler tag must be inside the handlers tag. id - the id attribute is a document-unique identifier. event - the event attribute describes the specific event that this handler is listening for. its value can be any legal dom event name (including custom events created using the documentevent interface of the dom). action - the action attribute contains script that is invoked when the handler fires. the type attribute on the enclosing handlers element determines the language of the script. the handler script can also be specified as a child of the handler element. phase - this attribute specifies the phase of the event flow that this handler should monitor. the possible values are capturing, bubbling, and target.
...used with mouse handlers to specify how many times a button has been clicked. the event handler will only be matched if the value of the clickcount field in the dom mouse event object matches the value of the attribute. command - the id of a command to invoke when the event occurs. if used in a non-chrome document, the entire handler will be ignored. preventdefault - if set to true, the default action of the event is not performed. see also preventdefault method of the event object. resources <!entity % resources-content "(image?,stylesheet?)"> <!element resources %resources-content;> <!attlist property id id #implied > used for inclusion of image elements, to cache them for later use, and for inclusion of stylesheet elements. the resources tag must be us...

Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
event handlers are defined using handler elements. a handler specifies what event it is listening for using the event attribute. the handler contains script that is executed when an event flows to the object the handler is attached to and if that event matches all of the criteria specified by the handler. the most basic handler specifies the event to listen for and an action to take when the handler fires. this action can be specified either using an action attribute or by specifying the script as a child of the handler element. if both are specified, the attribute wins. in both cases the javascript body is compiled just before execution; code that does not depend on the context of the event should be factored into normal javascript file. (note that there is a possibility that this may change ...
... attribute wins. in both cases the javascript body is compiled just before execution; code that does not depend on the context of the event should be factored into normal javascript file. (note that there is a possibility that this may change in the future.) handlers are attached to the bound element, and they are registered by default for bubbling events. this means that <handler event="click" action="foo()"/> is analogous to onclick="foo()" defined on the bound element. the phase attribute specifies the phase of event flow that the handler is registered for. the default value is bubbling, which means that the event handler will fire during the bubbling phase. the other possible values are target, which means the handler will only fire if event.originaltarget is the same as the target to w...
...e values are target, which means the handler will only fire if event.originaltarget is the same as the target to which the handler is attached, and capturing, which indicates the handler should fire during the capturing phase of event flow. xbl event handlers always fire last, after all other event handlers at the same position in the event flow. since xbl handlers usually constitute the default actions for a widget, this allows authors in the bound document to write events that potentially suppress the default actions taken by the xbl handlers. within an xbl inheritance chain, event handlers always fire first on the derived binding and then on the base binding in the chain. a derived handler then has a way of preventing the event from flowing to its base binding handlers. mouse and key handl...

Deprecated and defunct markup - Archive of obsolete content
s review} the following xul tags and attribute should be considered deprecated, if not defunct. the list below may include a few elements which are actually in use, but at a deeper level in the code. even some of the information on the tags below may be out of date, but is provided here for historical reference and to help anyone who comes across them in old code or documentation. ...
...ecated, if not defunct. the list below may include a few elements which are actually in use, but at a deeper level in the code. even some of the information on the tags below may be out of date, but is provided here for historical reference and to help anyone who comes across them in old code or documentation. ...
...a few elements which are actually in use, but at a deeper level in the code. even some of the information on the tags below may be out of date, but is provided here for historical reference and to help anyone who comes across them in old code or documentation. ...

XUL Events - Archive of obsolete content
<menu> or a <menuitem> in no longer hovered or highlighted.popuphiddenthe popuphidden event is executed when a <menupopup>, <panel> or <tooltip> has become hidden.popuphidingthe popuphiding event is executed when a <menupopup>, <panel> or <tooltip> is about to be hidden.popupshowingthe popupshowing event is executed when a <menupopup>, <panel> or <tooltip> is about to become visible. the default action of the event can be prevented to prevent the popup to appear.popupshownthe popupshown event is executed when a <menupopup>, <panel> or <tooltip> has become visible.radiostatechangethe radiostatechange event is executed when the state of a <radio> element has changed.valuechangethe valuechange event is executed when the value of an element, <progress> for example, has changed. inherited do...
...vent is sent when a mouse button is pressed and released. you can determine which mouse button was clicked by retrieving the button property of the event object. this event is also sent when the user double-clicks with the mouse. the detail property specifies how many clicks occurred. you can also check for triple-clicks in a similar manner. you should not use this event in xul to respond to user actions; the command event should be used instead. attribute: onclick dblclick this event is like the click event except it is only sent when the user double clicks with the mouse. this is an alternative to checking the detail property in the click event. attribute: ondblclick ...
... this event occurs when a command update occurs on a <commandset> element. you would use this to update the disabled status of its commands. attribute: oncommandupdate contextmenu this event is sent to an element when the user requests to open the context menu for the element. the action to do this varies by platform, but it will typically be a right click. this handler is usually used to dynamically set the commands on a menu when the user requests to display it, or you can use popupshowing event. returning false from this event handler prevents the popup from appearing. attribute: oncontextmenu drag ...

OpenClose - Archive of obsolete content
eged content window (such as a web page) can only open a popup while its window is focused, and it is in the currently active tab. that means that a document in a background tab cannot open a menu or popup. closing menus menus will close automatically once the user has made a selection from the menu. when an menu item is selected, it fires a command event so that code may be used to perform an action. the user may cancel selecting a command from a menu by pressing the escape key. this will close a single menu, but if this menu has a parent menu, the parent menu will remain open. a user may also cancel selecting from a menu by clicking outside the menu. in this case, not only will that menu close, but all parent menus will close as well. a menu may be closed by a script by setting the open pr...
... open property is set to true, then the menu is open, otherwise the menu is closed. var open = somemenu.open; opening a popup for opening menupopups that use the menu tag, the button tag and the toolbarbutton tag, see opening menus above. popups attached using the popup attribute will be opened when the user clicks the mouse with the left mouse button. there isn't a means of replicating this action with the keyboard, so you should always provide an alternate means of accessing the functionality of the menu. this can be done by either placing alternate commands elsewhere in the user interface, or by providing a keyboard shortcut to open the menu. once the menu is open, the keyboard can be used to navigate and select items as usual. popups attached using the context attribute are opened when...
... you should always provide an alternate means of accessing the functionality of the menu. this can be done by either placing alternate commands elsewhere in the user interface, or by providing a keyboard shortcut to open the menu. once the menu is open, the keyboard can be used to navigate and select items as usual. popups attached using the context attribute are opened when the user performs an action that attempts to open a context menu. this action will vary on each platform, but it general it involves clicking on the element with the right mouse button. on macintosh systems with only one mouse button, a context menu may be opened by either holding down the mouse button or by pressing the control key and clicking the mouse button. on windows, the context menu can also be opened by pressing t...

Additional Template Attributes - Archive of obsolete content
rted into the root node, in this example the listbox, not inside the template. declaring the container and member variables normally, the container and member variables are determined by the template builder automatically. ...
...you might also use these attributes just to make the code clearer when using very complex queries. one possible advantage is when using the simple rdf query syntax where you don't specify variables; instead you use the special 'rdf:*' syntax for the member variable and the container is implied. ...
...lanet.com/rdf/myphotos"> <template container="?start" member="?photo"> <rule> <image uri="?photo" src="?photo"/> </rule> </template> </hbox> in this example, the ?photo variable can be used instead of 'rdf:*' (although you can use either even if you specify the member variable). this may make the code clearer as to its function. we could use the container variable ?start in the action body also. if you are using the simple syntax and want to use the container variable in the content, you must use the container attribute since there is no other way to refer to it. note also that a rule element is needed here, otherwise the builder will think the container and member attributes are conditions to check. « previousnext » ...

Bindings - Archive of obsolete content
ject="?title"/> <triple subject="?photo" predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/description" object="?description"/> </query> it works similarly to the previous triple. the ?photo variable is filled in with the known value and then the arc is looked up the datasource, filling in the value for the ?description variable. the ?description variable would then be used in the action body. let assume though, that we are only going to add a description to one of the photos in the datasource; the other two photos will not have a description. this may mean the description is not known, or that it wasn't filled in by the user. <rdf:description rdf:about="http://www.xulplanet.com/ndeakin/images/t/palace.jpg" dc:title="palace from above"/> dc...
... a triple that doesn't cause a result to be removed as a possible match. this is done with a binding element. this tag doesn't go in the query block but instead inside a rule element. the syntax is as follows: <template> <query> ... </query> <rule> <binding subject="?photo" predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/description" object="?description"/> <action> ... </action> </rule> </template> the description triple has been changed to a binding element, but the attributes are the same. this allows a match to occur even if the description is not specified. note that when bindings are used, the bindings and the action must be enclosed inside a rule element. the template builder examines bindings after the query has generated results. it ha...
...wn for each match, the datasource is examined for the description, and the value of the ?description variable is filled in. the effect is three matches, only one of which will display a description. the photos that don't have a description will be treated as if the description were blank. that is, the ?description variable will be replaced with an empty string when analyzing the attributes in the action body. here is this example. you can have more than one binding if you wish. the others will be evaluated in a similar way. for instance, the title triple could be moved to a binding such that it could be optional also. « previousnext » ...

Building Menus With Templates - Archive of obsolete content
s such as those with a type attribute set to menu. this allows for better performance as the entire content of a complex menu does not need to be created until the user needs to use the menu. it is very simple to create a menu using a template. here is an example using an xml source: <button type="menu" datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="person"/> <action> <menupopup> <menuitem uri="?" label="?name"/> </menupopup> </action> </template> </button> <button label="children" oncommand="alert(this.previoussibling.childnodes.length);"/> in this example, the datasources attribute has been placed on a menu-type button. the query generates a list of the person tags within the datasource and outputs the action body for each one. th...
...this causes the menupopup to only be created once. ...
...generated content does not get removed again when the menu is closed again; this extra feature of menus is only intended to be a performance enhancement to speed up the time it takes to display a window by avoiding extra generation that can be put off until later. you might be wondering why we couldn't just put the datasources attribute on the menupopup instead and not have a menupopup inside the action body. you can actually do this, however, you no longer receive the performance benefit as the entire content will be generated right away. the special feature of menus to not generate content immediately applies only to the menu itself. generating a recursive menu menus are often generated from a template recursively. when creating recursive menus, you will need to use multiple rules, since leaf ...

Multiple Rule Example - Archive of obsolete content
often this will be because a particular result has a property that others do not. for instance, in an earlier example, one of the photos had a description and the other photos did not. in this case, you might wish to display the photo with a description in a different manner. this is useful if you wish to hide any content that would be needed to display the description. the next example shows how we can do this. ...
... predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/title" object="?title"/> <triple subject="?photo" predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/description" object="?description"/> <triple subject="?photo" predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/date" object="?date"/> </conditions> <action> <hbox uri="?photo" class="box-padded"> <vbox> <label value="?title"/> <image src="?photo"/> </vbox> <groupbox> <caption label="photo details"/> <label value="?description"/> <label value="date: ?date"/> </groupbox> </hbox> </action> </rule> <rule> <conditions> ...
...escription"/> <label value="date: ?date"/> </groupbox> </hbox> </action> </rule> <rule> <conditions> <content uri="?start"/> <member container="?start" child="?photo"/> <triple subject="?photo" predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/title" object="?phototitle"/> </conditions> <action> <vbox uri="?photo" class="box-padded"> <label value="?phototitle"/> <image src="?photo"/> </vbox> </action> </rule> </template> </vbox> in this example, the first rule matches only those photos with title, description, and date properties. the second rule matches those photos with a title. if a photo did not have a title, it would not match any ru...

Recursive Generation - Archive of obsolete content
t is the generated element. ...
...ds/sample.rdf" ref="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/a"> <template> <query> <content uri="?start"/> <triple subject="?start" predicate="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/relateditem" object="?relateditem"/> </query> <action> <hbox uri="?relateditem"> <button label="?start"/> <button label="?relateditem"/> </hbox> </action> </template> <hbox id="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/b"> <button label="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/a"/> <button label="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/b"/> </hbox> <hbox id="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/c"> <button label="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/a"/> <button label="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/c"/> </hbox> <hbox id="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/d"> <button label...
... out of it, so the result is rejected. since there are no potential results, the builder doesn't generate anything. a similar situation will occur for item d. however, for item c, the triple does match an item, so the data will be added to the potential result: (?start = http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/c, ?relateditem = http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/d) a match has occured, so the content within the action body will be created and added inside item c. since the ?start variable points to item c and the ?relateditem variable points to d, the buttons will be created with these labels. if you look at the image of the example again, you will see that the buttons do have these labels. the resulting content for row c will look like this: <hbox id="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/c"> <button label="http://w...

XUL accessibility guidelines - Archive of obsolete content
ser-defined font and color settings. do this by changing system display settings to an accessible theme (such as the high-contrast theme on windows, available via left-alt + left-shift + printscreen). confirm that text is emphasized correctly and that color is not used as a sole means to convey meaning. ensure that when windows are resized, the application adjusts gracefully. human computer interaction as you use an application you expect a certain amount of control and feedback. provide users with clear instruction and feedback, and allow users to correct errors. some users with disabilities have difficulties with quick responses. allow users adequate time to perform tasks. instruction provide users with help documentation. even simple applications should include a help document or manual f...
... adjust a time limit or request more time. one of the miracles of modern technology is that it allows people with even the most severe physical limitations to use computers. some users use mouth sticks or movement detection devices such as eye tracking to type. this process can be slow. other users need time to cognitively process what is happening in the application. testing human computer interaction ensure that help documentation is up to date. verify that alerts are displayed through appropriate xul elements. ensure the user is informed of any user based errors and that instruction and opportunity for reperforming error causing actions is allowed. ensure that users have control of response time. media audio informative audio files such as podcasts can be made accessible by supplying a w...
...ained. color color alone is not used to convey meaning and sufficient contrast exists between font color and background color. color alone is used to convey meaning, or font and background color do not provide sufficient contrast. flex visual elements and containers resize gracefully. visual elements and containers do not resize gracefully. human computer interaction checkpoint pass fail instruction help documentation is provided including a description of keyboard shortcuts. help documentation is not provided or is incomplete. alerts alerts are displayed using the alert scripting function or the notificationbox element. alerts are conveyed visually or audibly, or use a method other than the alert scripting functi...

menubar - Archive of obsolete content
isplayed along the top of the screen, and all non-menu related elements inside the menubar will be ignored. to look native (at least on windows), the menubar element needs to be placed inside a toolbox element. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...op of the screen, and all non-menu related elements inside the menubar will be ignored. to look native (at least on windows), the menubar element needs to be placed inside a toolbox element. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...n-menu related elements inside the menubar will be ignored. to look native (at least on windows), the menubar element needs to be placed inside a toolbox element. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...

Using SOAP in XULRunner 1.9 - Archive of obsolete content
r ns = 'http://example.com/soap/namespace'; var method = 'foo'; var params = { 'foo': 'bar', 'baz': 'bang' }; var callback = function(obj) { components.utils.reporterror(obj.tosource()); }; soapclient.proxy = url; var body = new soapobject(method); body.ns = ns; for (var k in params) { body.appendchild(new soapobject(k).val(params[k])); } var req = new soaprequest(url, body); req.action = ns + '#' + method; soapclient.sendrequest(req, callback); diff between jqsoapclient.js and sasoapclient.js 42c42 < var jsout = $.xmltojson(xdata.responsexml); --- > var jsout = xmlobjectifier.xmltojson(xdata.responsexml); 46,60c46,62 < $.ajax({ < type: "post", < url: soapclient.proxy, < datatype: "xml", < processdata: false, < data: content, < complete...
... data: content, < complete: getresponse, < contenttype: soapclient.contenttype + "; charset=\"" + soapclient.charset + "\"", < beforesend: function(req) { < req.setrequestheader("method", "post"); < req.setrequestheader("content-length", soapclient.contentlength); < req.setrequestheader("soapserver", soapclient.soapserver); < req.setrequestheader("soapaction", soapreq.action); < } < }); --- > var xhr = new xmlhttprequest(); > xhr.mozbackgroundrequest = true; > xhr.open('post', soapclient.proxy, true); > xhr.onreadystatechange = function() { > if (4 != xhr.readystate) { return; } > getresponse(xhr); > }; > var headers = { > 'method': 'post', > 'content-type': soapclient.contenttype + '; charset="' + > soa...
...pen('post', soapclient.proxy, true); > xhr.onreadystatechange = function() { > if (4 != xhr.readystate) { return; } > getresponse(xhr); > }; > var headers = { > 'method': 'post', > 'content-type': soapclient.contenttype + '; charset="' + > soapclient.charset + '"', > 'content-length': soapclient.contentlength, > 'soapserver': soapclient.soapserver, > 'soapaction': soapreq.action > }; > for (var h in headers) { xhr.setrequestheader(h, headers[h]); } > xhr.send(content); ...

XForms Repeat Element - Archive of obsolete content
layout each generated control set is placed vertically. compact layout each generated control set is placed horizontally. occurs when the repeat element's appearance attribute has a value of compact. behaviour focusing a generated control may change the current index of the containing repeat element. the index is equal to the index of the control set that the focused control belongs to. actions you can use xforms action module elements to modify the nodeset that the repeat element is bound to. the most useful actions for altering the contents of a repeat are the insert (see the spec), delete (see the spec) and setindex (see the spec) elements. example <model> <instance> <my:lines> <my:line name="a"> <my:price>3.00</my:price> </my:line> <my:line name=...
...0</my:price> </my:line> <my:line name="b"> <my:price>32.25</my:price> </my:line> </my:lines> </instance> </model> <repeat id="lineset" nodeset="/my:lines/my:line"> <input ref="my:price"> <label>line item</label> </input> <input ref="@name"> <label>name</label> </input> </repeat> <trigger> <label>insert a new item after the current one</label> <action ev:event="domactivate"> <insert nodeset="/my:lines/my:line" at="index('lineset')" position="after"/> <setvalue ref="/my:lines/my:line[index('lineset')]/@name"/> <setvalue ref="/my:lines/my:line[index('lineset')]/price">0.00</setvalue> </action> </trigger> <trigger> <label>remove current item</label> <delete ev:event="domactivate" nodeset="/my:lines/my:line" ...
...a homogeneous collection. since html:table doesn't (and probably never will) allow xforms:repeat elements as children, another syntax is needed. to accommodate this, xforms 1.0 defines an alternative syntax that is functionally equivalent to the repeat element, using the following attributes: repeat-model repeat-bind repeat-nodeset repeat-startindex repeat-number additionally, when using xforms action setindex, its repeat attribute (which contains an idref) can point to any element carrying these repeat attributes. similarly, the index function can be used with the repeating structures created via these repeat-attributes. the id of the element that contains the repeat attributes can be used as the argument to index. note, we don't fully support attribute-based repeats. there are a number of er...

RDF in Mozilla FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
ly arranged because the eventual intent is to introduce templates using the extended form -- which in many ways is conceptually simpler, even if more verbose -- and then treat the "simple" form as a shorthand for the extended form.) what can i build with a xul template? you can build any kind of content using a xul template. you may use any kind of tag (including html, or arbitrary xml) in the <action> section of a <rule>. when should i use a xul template? one alternative to using rdf and xul templates is to use the w3c dom apis to build up and manipulate a xul (or html) content model. there are times, however, when doing so may be inconvenient: there are several "views" of the data. for example, mozilla mail/news reveals the folder hierarchy in the toolbar, the "folder pane", in several ...
... although it's possible to create a xul template with an "implicit" set of datasources by specifying the datasources attribute, there are often times when you won't know the datasource that you want to add until after the xul is loaded. for example, your xul may need compute the datasources that it wants to display in an onload handler. or, it may need to add a datasource later based on some user action. here's a simple example that illustrates how to do this. let's start with the following xul. <window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gat...re.is.only.xul"> ... <tree id="my-tree" datasources="rdf:null"> ... </tree> ... </window> assuming that we've aquired a datasource somehow (e.g., like this), the following sample code illustrates how to add that datasource to the templ...
...n change anything about a template using the w3c dom apis. the only caveat is that you must call rebuild() before the changes you've made will take effect (just as you must if you add a datasource to the xul template). how do i insert plaintext from a template? to insert plaintext in a template, use the <text> element. <template> <rule> <query>...</query> <binding>...</binding> <action> <text value="?some-variable" /> </action> </rule> </template> the above template will create a content model that runs a series of text nodes together. troubleshooting tricks and tips from the field. my rdf/xml file won't load. the most common cause for rdf/xml not to load from a web server is incorrect mime type. make sure your server is delivering the file as text/xml (recomm...

Anatomy of a video game - Game development
modern game development arena understand what is required when building a game and how web standards like javascript lend themselves as tools. experienced game programmers who are new to web development could also benefit, too. present, accept, interpret, calculate, repeat the goal of every video game is to present the user(s) with a situation, accept their input, interpret those signals into actions, and calculate a new situation resulting from those acts. games are constantly looping through these stages, over and over, until some end condition occurs (such as winning, losing, or exiting to go to bed). not surprisingly, this pattern corresponds to how a game engine is programmed. the specifics depend on the game. some games drive this cycle by user input. imagine that you are developing ...
...rprisingly, this pattern corresponds to how a game engine is programmed. the specifics depend on the game. some games drive this cycle by user input. imagine that you are developing a "find the differences between these two similar pictures"-type game. these games present two images to the user; they accept their click (or touch); they interpret the input as a success, failure, pause, menu interaction, etc.; finally, they calculate an updated scene resulting from that input. the game loop is advanced by the user's input and sleeps until they provide it. this is more of a turn-based approach that doesn't demand a constant update every frame, only when the player reacts. other games demand control over each of the smallest possible individual timeslices. the same principles as above apply with ...
...pace, which we call stopmain, that contains the id returned from our main loop's most recent call to requestanimationframe(). at any point, we can stop the main loop by telling the browser to cancel the request that corresponds to our token. window.cancelanimationframe( mygame.stopmain ); the key to programming a main loop, in javascript, is to attach it to whatever event should be driving your action and pay attention to how the different systems involved interplay. you may have multiple components driven by multiple different types of events. this feels like unnecessary complexity but it might just be good optimization (not necessarily, of course). the problem is that you are not programming a typical main loop. in javascript, you are using the browser's main loop and you are trying to do so...

Implementing controls using the Gamepad API - Game development
using the gamepad api. you have to shoot down the food, but once again you also have to find the type of food the fridge wants to eat at each point, or else you'll lose energy. the game encapsulates two totally different types of "change" — good food vs. bad food, and mobile vs. desktop. demo the full version of the hungry fridge game was built first, and then to showcase the gamepad api in action and show the javascript source code, a simple demo was created. it's part of the gamepad api content kit available on github where you can dive deep into the code and study exactly how it works. the code explained below is from the full version of the hungry fridge game, but it's almost identical to the one from the demo — the only difference is that the full version uses the turbo variable to...
...xpecting will be the same button you'll actually get. next, we set up two event listeners to get the data: window.addeventlistener("gamepadconnected", gamepadapi.connect); window.addeventlistener("gamepaddisconnected", gamepadapi.disconnect); due to security policy, you have to interact with the controller first while the page is visible for the event to fire. if the api worked without any interaction from the user it could be used to fingerprint them without their knowledge. both functions are fairly simple: connect: function(evt) { gamepadapi.controller = evt.gamepad; gamepadapi.turbo = true; console.log('gamepad connected.'); }, the connect() function takes the event as a parameter and assigns the gamepad object to the gamepadapi.controller variable. we are using only one gamepad f...
...the newpress boolean variable will indicate whether there's a new press of a button or not. next, we loop through the array of pressed buttons — if the given button is the same as the one we're looking for, the newpress variable is set to true. to check if the press is a new one, so the player is not holding the key, we loop through the cache...

CSS values and units - Learn web development
possible values. numbers, lengths, and percentages there are various numeric data types that you might find yourself using in css. the following are all classed as numeric: data type description <integer> an <integer> is a whole number such as 1024 or -55. <number> a <number> represents a decimal number — it may or may not have a decimal point with a fractional component, for example 0.255, 128, or -1.2. <dimension> a <dimension> is a <number> with a unit attached to it, for example 45deg, 5s, or 10px. <dimension> is an umbrella category that includes the <length>, <angle>, <time>, and <resolution> types. <percentage> a <percentage> represents a fraction of some other value, for example 50%. percentage values are always relativ...
...h will remain the same no matter what else changes. the second box has a width set in vw (viewport width) units. this value is relative to the viewport width, and so 10vw is 10 percent of the width of the viewport. if you change the width of your browser window, the size of the box should change, however this example is embedded into the page using an <iframe>, so this won't work. to see this in action you'll have to try the example after opening it in its own browser tab. the third box uses em units. these are relative to the font size. i've set a font size of 1em on the containing <div>, which has a class of .wrapper. change this value to 1.5em and you will see that the font size of all the elements increases, but only the last item will get wider, as the width is relative to that font size.
... at is the group of values known as functions. in programming, a function is a reusable section of code that can be run multiple times to complete a repetitive task with minimum effort on the part of both the developer and the computer. functions are usually associated with languages like javascript, python, or c++, but they do exist in css too, as property values. we've already seen functions in action in the colors section — rgb(), hsl(), etc. the value used to return an image from a file — url() — is also a function. a value that behaves more like something you might find in a traditional programming language is the calc() css function. this function gives you the ability to do simple calculations inside your css. it's particularly useful if you want to work out values that you can't d...

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
) * 13; console.log(posx); } else { posx += 2; } this is the code that calculates how to update the position in each animation frame. the method you use to throttle your animation will depend on your particular code. for instance, in the earlier spinner example, you could make it appear to move slower by only increasing rotatecount by one on each frame, instead of two. active learning: a reaction game for the final section of this article, you'll create a 2-player reaction game. the game will have two players, one of whom controls the game using the a key, and the other with the l key. when the start button is pressed, a spinner like the one we saw earlier is displayed for a random amount of time between 5 and 10 seconds. after that time, a message will appear saying "players go!!" — ...
...the players that they can now press their button to win. attach a keydown event listener to the document. when any button is pressed down, the keyhandler() function is run. inside keyhandler(), the code includes the event object as a parameter (represented by e) — its key property contains the key that was just pressed, and you can use this to respond to specific key presses with specific actions. set the variable isover to false, so we can track whether the correct keys were pressed for player 1 or 2 to win. we don't want the game ending when a wrong key was pressed. log e.key to the console, which is a useful way of finding out the key value of different keys you are pressing. when e.key is "a", display a message to say that player 1 won, and when e.key is "l", display a messa...
...eeventlistener() so that once the winning press has happened, no more keyboard input is possible to mess up the final game result. you also use settimeout() to call reset() after 5 seconds — as explained earlier, this function resets the game back to its original state so that a new game can be started. that's it—you're all done! note: if you get stuck, check out our version of the reaction game (see the source code also). conclusion so that's it — all the essentials of async loops and intervals covered in one article. you'll find these methods useful in a lot of situations, but take care not to overuse them! because they still run on the main thread, heavy and intensive callbacks (especially those that manipulate the dom) can really slow down a page if you're not careful. ...

Introduction to web APIs - Learn web development
in greater detail) are: apis for manipulating documents loaded into the browser. the most obvious example is the dom (document object model) api, which allows you to manipulate html and css — creating, removing and changing html, dynamically applying new styles to your page, etc. every time you see a popup window appear on a page or some new content displayed, for example, that's the dom in action. find out more about these types of api in manipulating documents. apis that fetch data from the server to update small sections of a webpage on their own are very commonly used. this seemingly small detail has had a huge impact on the performance and behaviour of sites — if you just need to update a stock listing or list of available new stories, doing it instantly without having to reload th...
... they use events to handle changes in state we already discussed events earlier on in the course in our introduction to events article, which looks in detail at what client-side web events are and how they are used in your code. if you are not already familiar with how client-side web api events work, you should go and read this article fir...
... the first five lines specify the location of the resource we want to fetch, create a new instance of a request object using the xmlhttprequest() constructor, open an http get request to retrieve the specified resource, specify that the response should be sent in json format, then send the request. the onload handler function then specifies what we d...

Basic math in JavaScript — numbers and operators - Learn web development
actually defined as a string. you can test this by typing in the following: typeof mynumber; to fix the calculation, you can do this: number(mynumber) + 3; arithmetic operators arithmetic operators are the basic operators that we use to do sums in javascript: operator name purpose example + addition adds two numbers together. 6 + 9 - subtraction subtracts the right number from the left. 20 - 15 * multiplication multiplies two numbers together. 3 * 7 / division divides the left number by the right. 10 / 5 % remainder (sometimes called modulo) returns the remainder left over after you've divided the left number into a number of integer portions equal to the right number. ...
...but there are some more complex types, which provide useful shortcuts to keep your code neater and more efficient. ...
...hange the line that calculates y so the box is 75px high, but the 75 is calculated using the numbers 25 and 3 and an arithmetic operator. change the line that calculates x so the box is 250px wide, but the 250 is calculated using two numbers and the remainder (modulo) operator. change the line that calculates y so the box is 150px high, but the 150 is calculated using three numbers and the subtraction and division operators. change the line that calculates x so the box is 200px wide, but the 200 is calculated using the number 4 and an assignment operator. change the line that calculates y so the box is 200px high, but the 200 is calculated using the numbers 50 and 3, the multiplication operator, and the addition assignment operator. don't worry if you totally mess the code up. you can alwa...

Website security - Learn web development
name = 'a\';drop table users; select * from userinfo where \'t\' = \'t'; web frameworks will often take care of the character escaping for you. django, for example, ensures that any user-data passed to querysets (model queries) is escaped. note: this section draws heavily on the information in wikipedia here. cross-site request forgery (csrf) csrf attacks allow a malicious user to execute actions using the credentials of another user without that user’s knowledge or consent. this type of attack is best explained by example. john is a malicious user who knows that a particular site allows logged-in users to send money to a specified account using an http post request that includes the account name and an amount of money. john constructs a form that includes his bank details and an amou...
...ed account using an http post request that includes the account name and an amount of money. john constructs a form that includes his bank details and an amount of money as hidden fields, and emails it to other site users (with the submit button disguised as a link to a "get rich quick" site). if a user clicks the submit button, an http post request will be sent to the server containing the transaction details and any client-side cookies that the browser associated with the site (adding associated site cookies to requests is normal browser behavior). the server will check the cookies, and use them to determine whether or not the user is logged in and has permission to make the transaction. the result is that any user who clicks the submit button while they are logged in to the trading site wil...
...john gets rich. note: the trick here is that john doesn't need to have access to the user's cookies (or access credentials). ...

Ember Interactivity: Footer functionality, conditional rendering - Learn web development
...
... however, if you try to click the "clear completed" button now, it won't appear to do anything, because there is currently no way to "complete" a todo. we need to wire up the todo.hbs template to the service, so that checking the relevant checkbox changes the state of each todo. we'll do that next. the todo/todos plural problem the above is fine, but we have another sma...
...ted todomvc/app/components/todo.js file and update the contents to look like so, to give the todo component access to the service: import component from '@glimmer/component'; import { inject as service } from '@ember/service'; export default class todocomponent extends component { @service('todo-data') todos; } next, go back again to our todo-data.js service file and add the following action just below the previous ones, which will allow us to toggle a completion state for each todo: @action togglecompletion(todo) { todo.iscompleted = !todo.iscompleted; } updating the template to show completed state finally, we will edit the todo.hbs template such that the checkbox's value is now bound to the iscompleted property on the todo, and so that on change, the togglecompletion()...

Adding a new todo form: Vue events, methods, and models - Learn web development
component. when referenced, methods are fully run, so it's not a good idea to use them to display information inside the template. for displaying data that comes from calculations, you should use a computed property, which we'll cover later. in this component, we need to add an onsubmit() method to a methods property inside the todoform component object. we'll use this to handle the submit action. add this like so: export default { methods: { onsubmit() { console.log('form submitted') } } } next we need to bind the method to our <form> element's submit event handler. much like how vue uses the v-bind syntax for binding attributes, vue has a special directive for event handling: v-on. the v-on directive works via the v-on:event="method" syntax. and...
...he submit handler to your <form> element like so: <form @submit="onsubmit"> when you run this, the app still posts the data to the server, causing a refresh. since we're doing all of our processing on the client, there's no server to handle the postback. we also lose all local state on page refresh. to prevent the browser from posting to the server, we need to stop the event’s default action from bubbling up through the page (event.preventdefault(), in vanilla javascript). vue has a special syntax called event modifiers that can handle this for us right in our template. modifiers are appended to the end of an event with a dot like so: @event.modifier. here is a list of event modifiers: .stop: stops the event from propagating. equivalent to event.stoppropagation() in regular...
...e button event. .right: only triggers the handler via the right mouse button event. .middle: only triggers the handler via the middle mouse button event. .passive: equivalent to using the { passive: true } parameter when creating an event listener in vanilla javascript using addeventlistener(). in this case, we need to use the .prevent handler to stop the browser’s default submit action. add .prevent to the @submit handler in your template like so: <form @submit.prevent="onsubmit"> if you try submitting the form now, you'll notice that the page doesn't reload. if you open the console, you can see the results of the console.log() we added inside our onsubmit() method. binding data to inputs with v-model next up, we need a way to get the value from the form's <input> so w...

Package management basics - Learn web development
g choice of tooling, probably the most important lesson is to learn what the tool you select is capable of. a rough guide to package manager clients this tutorial installed the parcel package using npm, but as mentioned earlier on there are some alternatives and it's worth at least knowing they exist and having some vague idea of the common commands across the tools. you've already seen some in action, but lets look at the others. the list will grow over time, but at time of writing, the following main package managers are available: npm at npmjs.org pnpm at pnpm.js.org yarn at yarnpkg.com npm and pnpm are similar from a command line point of view — in fact pnpm aims to have full parity over the argument options that npm offers. it differs in that it uses a different method for downl...
...an be a significant amount of time wasted on waiting for dependencies to install (and copy to the computer). note: the npm package manager is not required to install packages from the npm registry, even though they share the same name. pnpm and yarn can consume the same package.json format as npm, and can install any package from the npm and other package registries. let’s review the common actions you’ll want to perform with package managers. initialise a new project npm init yarn init as shown above, this will prompt and walk you through a series of questions to describe your project (name, license, description and so on) then generate a package.json for you that contains meta information about your project and its dependencies. installing dependencies npm install date-fns yarn ad...
...kage managers. initialise a new project npm init yarn init as shown above, this will prompt and walk you through a series of questions to describe your project (name, license, description and so on) then generate a package.json for you that contains meta information about your project and its dependencies. installing dependencies npm install date-fns yarn add date-fns we also saw install in action above. this would directly add the date-fns package to the working directory in a sub-directory called node_modules, along with date-fns’s own dependencies. by default this command will install the latest version of date-fns, but you can control this too. you can ask for date-fns@1, which gives you the latest 1.x version (which is 1.30.1). or you could try date-fns@^2.3.0, which means the late...

Accessibility/LiveRegionDevGuide
web page mutation events, such as adding to a list, trigger both an object changed and a text changed event. both events should not be acted upon or double announcements would result. instead, all text changed events should be examined for the presence of an embed character. if one is present, the text changed event should be discarded because an object changed event will follow. filtering user actions this paragraph describes object properties and event naming schemes that are used to help an at determine if an event is an actual live region event or is the result of user action. filtering for performance the most significant difference between at-spi and iaccessible2 is that at-spi is an inter-process communication service while iaccessible2 runs in process. as a result, care must be ta...
...performance the most significant difference between at-spi and iaccessible2 is that at-spi is an inter-process communication service while iaccessible2 runs in process. as a result, care must be taken in an at-spi based application to minimize performance degradation by only acting on events that are truly live regions. these "non-live" events may be events originating from the chrome, user interaction in the chrome or document, document loading events, or real live region events from hidden tabs. with the goal of eliminating the "non-live" events, some sort of event filtering logic must be employed. the following is a list of potential filtering techniques: the "event-from-input" object attribute can be used to filter events that were triggered by user action. the ":system" (or lack thereof...
...ributes associated with a live region event. the following are guidelines on how to implement each container-live this property determines the interruption policy or politeness level for the event and can have values of "off", "polite", "assertive" and "rude". this property, along with an event's time stamp, determine the priority of a message within the priority queue. the following describes actions that should be taken for an event with the given politeness level: off: no action should be taken. the event should be filtered out as early as possible to prevent performance degradation. polite: a message should be derived from the event and added to the queue. assertive: the queue should be purged of 'polite' messages and the new message should be added to the queue. speak should not be i...

Accessibility information for UI designers and developers
best avoided for this, as they are often too low in contrast. it is more helpful to describe what an input element is for in text just above or underneath the input. error recovery when you detect users provide unexpected input, explain what is wrong and, if possible, how to correct it. this is specifically important in these cases: the user input is about legal commitments or financial transactions it updates or removes the user's data in a system when recording tests responses in those cases, ensure users can change submissions, automatically check for errors. or provide an opportunity to review the input before submitting it. use default controls controls that are built into browsers come with a lot of accessibility for free. for example, the select element displays an ideal mobile...
...example, the select element displays an ideal mobile interface on mobile operating systems like android and ios. on desktop with a keyboard, it lets people type a character, say ‘k’, to jump directly to options starting with ‘k’. it is recommended to use native controls, visibly or under the hood. links vs buttons to keep your interface in line with user expectations, use links for interactions that go somewhere (on the current page or another page) and buttons for interactions that do something (like submit a form or open an overlay). links can be styled as buttons and vice versa, but designers are advised to avoid this where possible. motion on pages with transitions and animations, note that some users could experience distraction, dizziness or nausea. pages with a parallax effec...
...here possible. motion on pages with transitions and animations, note that some users could experience distraction, dizziness or nausea. pages with a parallax effect can particularly cause troubles. to help these users, you could offer a setting to turn off animations, or wrap the css in the prefers-reduce-motion media query. ...

Software accessibility: Where are we today?
software vendors created products and software which helped people who could not perform one of the four basic tasks to use common computer applications. ...
...eased the employment and personal fulfillment opportunities of hundreds of thousands of persons with disabilities, and the importance of their work cannot be diminished. however, all these solutions fell short of providing people with disabilities with a working environment which was completely accessible and usable by them. this is due to a simple problem of context - the idea that a user's interaction with a computer is governed by the situation in which this interaction takes place. when the user types something on the keyboard, or when an application displays text or images on the screen, the exact meaning of these actions is determined by the context in which they take place. for example, one application might display the image of a light bulb to indicate that it is processing a task, while...
...at it is processing a task, while another might display it as an indicator that it has completed processing a task. without the application somehow notifying a blind person about the meaning of the light bulb image, the blind person is unable to understand what the application is attempting to convey. similarly, voice recognition software often needs information about the context of a user's interaction, in order to make sense of what the user is speaking. this context problem still plagues modern accessibility aids and solutions. the most recent noteable attempt at solving this problem was put forth by microsoft in 1997, and is called microsoft active accessibility (msaa). realizing that complete accessibility was not possible without cooperation between applications and accessibility aids such...

Eclipse CDT Manual Setup
t "workspace default" to "doxygen". select "c/c++ > editor > content assist" and set the auto-activation delay to 0 so that autocomplete suggestions don't seem to be laggy. (sadly, there is no auto-activation option to activate autocomplete suggestion., so as soon as you type any alphabetical character that may begin with a symbol name like there is in other ides.) select "c/c++ > editor > save actions" and deselect "ensure newline at the end of file". select "c/c++ > editor > scalability" and set "enable scalability mode when the number of lines in the file is more than:" to something larger, like 100000. select "run/debug > console" and deselect "limit console output". if you want to increase the text size in the editor, select "general > appearance > colors and fonts", select "basic > te...
...and", you must change the current builder by clicking on "tool chain editor" (in c/c++ build) and choosing another builder (e.g., "gnu make builder"). if you will not be using eclipse for debugging, select "c/c++ build > settings" on the left, select the "binary parsers" tab, and make sure that all the parsers are deselected. this prevents the (useless if not debugging) "searching for binaries" action from constantly interrupting everything. if you will be using eclipse for debugging, select "c/c++ general > paths and symbols" and select the "output location" tab. you should now add the folder containing your firefox binary (note on mac this is inside the .app - so "{your-obj-dir}/dist/nightlydebug.app/contents/macos/" - and since the ui will only allow you to select to the 'dist' folder, you...
...te so that the just-print-mozilla-build.py script runs quickly. as explained in the code assistance section above, to provide good code assistance eclipse cdt needs to collect build information for the source files by processing a build log from a full, clean build made using -j1 -w. since such a non-parallel, full build would take a very long time, we're going to cheat and set eclipse's "build" action to run jwatt's just-print-mozilla-build.py script instead. this script will complete in about 30 seconds on a warm tree (files cached in ram) if your object directory is up to date, although eclipse will take several minutes to process the "build output" that it produces. download just-print-mozilla-build.py and change its permissions to make it executable ('chmod a+x just-print-mozilla-build.py...

Error codes returned by Mozilla APIs
not support the desired feature. ns_error_no_interface (0x80004002) an attempt was made to call queryinterface to retrieve an interface which an object does not support. ns_error_null_pointer (0x80004003) an error occurred because a value was set to null when this was not expected. ns_error_abort (0x80004004) this error indicates that an operation failed and the caller should abort whatever action is being performed. this typically will occur if an operation could not complete properly. ns_error_failure (0x80004005) this is the most general of all the errors and occurs for all errors for which a more specific error code does not apply. ns_error_unexpected (0x8000ffff) an operation did not complete due to a condition which was not expected. this error occurred rather than continuing. n...
...ror_dom_file_not_found_err (0x80650000) file was not found. ns_error_dom_file_not_readable_err (0x80650001) file could not be read. network errors the following errors can occur when creating connections over the network, or when reading or writing data. ns_binding_failed (0x804b0001) ns_binding_aborted (0x804b0002) the asynchronous request failed because it was aborted by some user action. ns_binding_redirected (0x804b0003) the asynchronous request has been "redirected" to a different async request. (for example, an http redirect occurred). this error code is used with load groups to notify the load group observer when a request in the load group is redirected to another request. ns_binding_retargeted (0x804b0004) the asynchronous request has been "retargeted" to a different "...
...804b000a) the uri is malformed. ns_error_already_connected (0x804b000b) the connection is already established. xxx currently unused - consider removing. ns_error_not_connected (0x804b000c) the connection does not exist. xxx currently unused - consider removing. ns_error_connection_refused (0x804b000d) ns_error_net_timeout (0x804b000e) ns_error_in_progress (0x804b000f) the requested action could not be completed while the object is busy. implementations of nsichannel.asyncopen() will commonly return this error if the channel has already been opened (and has not yet been closed). ns_error_offline (0x804b0010) ns_error_no_content (0x804b0011) returned from nsichannel.asyncopen() to indicate that ondataavailable will not be called because there is no content available. this is u...

MathML Demo: <mo> - operator, fence, separator, or accent
⁢ m ] + ( m ⁢ m ) + { m ⁢ m } + ⟨ m ⁢ m ⟩ + | m ⁢ m | ⁢ m ⁢ m m ⁢ [ m ⁢ m ⁢ m ] ⁢ ( m ⁢ m ) ⁢ { m ⁢ m } ⁢ ⟨ m ⁢ m ⟩ ⁢ | m ⁢ m | ⁢ m ⁢ m in latex, all fencing symbols are symmetric - they have equal extent above and below the math axis of the run of math in which they occur directly. fences that enclose fractions illustrate the symmetry issue as seen below. ( 1 2 3 4 5 ) + 1 given the symmetric restriction on fences, it is very difficult for latex to produce the product of a fenced row vector and a fenced column vector as shown below. [ a b c d ] ⁢ [ a b c d ] we want the row vector to typeset at the same level as the top row of the colum...
...er fences, | 1 + | 2 + | 3 + | 4 + | . | + 5 | + 6 | + 7 | + 8 | . here's the same expression in a display | 1 + | 2 + | 3 + | 4 + | . | + 5 | + 6 | + 7 | + 8 | the size ratio is 3.0 : 2.4 : 1.8 : 1.2. ...
...same expression in a display. ...

Mozilla DOM Hacking Guide
perty() member function. getproperty() is a function used by xpconnect when we are setting an unknown property on the object (window, in our case). in getproperty(), we check if the property being set is "location". if that is the case, we call nsidomlocation::sethref(). in fact, when setting window.location, we really set window.location.href. this is all possible thanks to the magic of the interaction between xpconnect and the dom. the second example is the history object. other browsers allow the history object to be used like an array, e.g. history[1]. the behavior "act as an array" cannot be reflected in the idl itself. fortunately, xpconnect provides us with a way to make our class available as an array in javascript. i'm talking about the "scriptable flags". the nsixpcscriptable interfac...
...p me! nsdomclassinfo::init() this method is to be called only once. its purpose is, well, to initialize... it does a lot of different things: fill the blanks in the sclassinfodata array, initialize the sxpconnect and ssecman data members, create a new javascript context, define the jsstring data members, and register class names and class prototypes. finally it sets sisinitialized to true. the actions that concern the dom are described below. first, the call to callgetservice() initializes sxpconnect. then the script security manager (ssecman) is initialized. getsafejscontext() grabs us a cool js context to run our javascript code in. the part about componentregistrar is designed to allow external modules (in this case xpath) to be included in domclassinfo and as such benefit from the javasc...
... behavior of "setting the location property on the window object". the default behavior would be that xpconnect expects a nsidomlocation object. however it would be passed a js string. a bad conversion exception would be thrown. before we start looking at the implementation of the nsixpcscriptable interface, the implementor needs the following information: which dom object is concerned what action does he want to override what should happen for our example, it is the window object. the action is setting a property. what should happen is that setting .location should set .location.href. with that information in hand, we can start coding. what there is to do locate the dom object classinfo data in the sclassinfodata array. in our example, it is the window object. the three parameters ...

AsyncTestUtils extended framework
asynctestutils.js: core async testing logic. dependent on loghelper.js so it can log what test it is on, etc. loghelper.js: this allows rich logging via logsploder. if you aren't using logsploder, then this just makes your tests fail if errors get logged to the error console (like you see if you go to the "tools | error console" menu). ...
... messageinjection.js: all the logic for injecting messages into folders via local / imap and then doing further folder-level manipulations. ...
... messageinjection.js: all the logic for injecting messages into folders via local / imap and then doing further folder-level manipulations. ...

Introduction to NSPR
he host operating systems supported by nspr differ widely in the mechanisms they use to support thread priorities. in general, an nspr thread of higher priority has a statistically better chance of running relative to threads of lower priority. however, because of the multiple strategies to provide execution vehicles for threads on various host platforms, priorities are not a clearly defined abstraction in nspr. at best they are intended to specify a preference with respect to the amount of cpu time that a higher-priority thread might expect relative to a lower-priority thread. this preference is still subject to resource availability, and must not be used in place of proper synchronization. for more information on thread synchronization, see nspr thread synchronization. the issue is further mu...
...n the same thread. it will not be a thread of lower priority. some operating systems cannot be made preemptable (for example, mac os and win 16). this puts them at some risk in supporting arbitrary code, even if the code is interpreted (java). other systems are not thread-aware, and their runtime libraries not thread-safe (most versions of unix). these systems can support local level thread abstractions that can be made preemptable, but run the risk of library corruption (libc). still other operating systems have a native notion of threads, and their libraries are thread-aware and support locking. however, if local threads are also present, and they are preemptable, they are subject to deadlock. at this time, the only safe solutions are to turn off preemption (a runtime decision) or to preempt ...
... attribute of the condition, the program must test that itself. since this testing involves the monitored data, it must be done from within the monitor. the wait operation atomically exits the monitor and blocks the calling thread in a waiting condition state. when the thread is resumed after the wait, it will have reentered the monitor, making operations on the data safe. there is a subtle interaction between the thread(s) waiting on a condition and those notifying it. the notification must take place within a monitor--the same monitor that protects the data being manipulated by the notifier. in pseudocode, the sequence looks like this: enter(monitor); ... manipulate the monitored data notify(condition); exit(monitor); notifications to a condition do not accumulate. nor is it required that ...

An overview of NSS Internals
ps a predefined set of ca certificates. this set, including their trust assignments, is provided by nss as a software module, called ckbi (“built-in root certificates”), which also implements the pkcs#11 interface. on an organizational level the contents of the set are managed according to the mozilla ca policy. on a technical level the set is a binary software module. a cryptographic transaction, such as encryption or decryption related to a data exchange, usually involves working with the x.509 certs of your communication partners (peer). it's also required that you safely keep your own secret keys that belong to your own certificates. you might want to protect the storage of your secret keys with pbe. you might decide to modify the default trust provided by nss. all of this requires st...
... key pair. the usual approach is to create a certificate signing request (csr) as soon as an application is done with the creation step, which will have created a handle to the key pair, and which can be used for the necessary related operations, like producing a proof-of-ownership of the private key, which is usually required when submitting the public key with a csr to a ca. the usual follow up action is receiving a signed certificate from a ca. (however, it's also possible to use nss functionality to create a self-signed certificate, which, however, usually won't be trusted by other parties.) once received, it's sufficient to tell nss to import such a new certificate into the nss database, and nss will automatically perform a lookup of the embedded public key, be able to find the associated p...
...sing the asn.1 parser(s), a template definition is passed to the parser, which will analyze the asn.1 data stream accordingly. the templates are usually closely aligned to definitions found in rfc documents. a data block described as der is usually in asn.1 format. you must know which data you are expecting, and use the correct template for parsing, based on the context of your software's interaction. data described as pem is a base64 encoded presentation of der, usually wrapped between human readable begin/end lines. nss prefers the binary presentation, but is often capable to use base64 or ascii presentations, especially when importing data from files. a recent development adds support for loading external pem files that contain private keys, in a software library called nss-pem, which is s...

Necko Architecture
w to interpret the protocol that the handler registered for. however, a protocol handler implementation also might "cache" the underlying transports so channels it creates can reuse them later. the channel does the true work of protocol interpretation and data movement (if any). ...
...the ondataavailable() notification provides a chance for the nsistreamlistener to actually retrieve data that the channel has acquired. ...
... initiate an asynchronous transfer, you receive callbacks that notify you when things are happening. in the case of an asynchronous read... when you receive the ondataavailable() callback, you are handed an nsiinputsteam which you can read the data from (you will more than likely need to be able to handle multiple ondataavailable() callbacks, buffering the data you receive as necessary). the transaction is not complete until you receive an "stopped" notification. transports underlying i/o functionality has been consolidated into "transports." there is a transport for each type of i/o. necko implements a file transport and a socket transport that the protocol implementations (channels) use to actually move bytes to and from. how do i add my own protocol handler? adding your own protocol han...

Rhino Debugger
ovides an editable command line for you to enter javascript code and view system output. the console window maintains a history of the commands you have entered. you may move backward and forward through the history list by pressing the up/down arrow keys on the keyboard. opening scripts you may select the file->open menu item on the menu bar to load javascript scripts contained in files. this action will display a file-selection dialog box prompting you for the location of a script to load. the selected file will be compiled and displayed in a new window. running scripts you may select the file->run menu item on the menu bar to execute javascript scripts contained in files. this action will display a file-selection dialog box prompting you for the location of a script to execute. the load...
... to reflect the names and values of the variables visible at that scope. setting and clearing breakpoints the main desktop of the debugger contains file windows which display the contents of each script you are debugging. you may set a breakpoint in a script by doing one of the following: place the cursor on the line at which you want to set a breakpoint and right-click with the mouse. this action will display a pop-up menu. select the set breakpoint menu item. simply single-click on the line number of the line at which you want to set a breakpoint. if the selected line contains executable code a red dot will appear next to the line number and a breakpoint will be set at that location. you may clear breakpoint in a script by doing one of the following: place the cursor on the...
...click on the line number of the line at which you want to set a breakpoint. if the selected line contains executable code a red dot will appear next to the line number and a breakpoint will be set at that location. you may clear breakpoint in a script by doing one of the following: place the cursor on the line at which you want to clear a breakpoint and right-click with the mouse. this action will display a pop-up menu. select the clear breakpoint menu item. simply single-click on the red dot or the line number of the line at which you want to clear a breakpoint. the red dot will disappear and the breakpoint at that location will be cleared. viewing variables the lower-left (dockable) pane in the debugger main window contains a tab-pane with two tabs, labeled "this" and "l...

TPS Password Lists
. optional. used for passwords in form fields. realm: the http realm for the password. optional. used for http authentication passwords. username: required. password: required. usernamefield: the username field for a form password. optional. ...
...s. realm: the http realm for the password. optional. used for http authentication passwords. username: required. password: required. usernamefield: the username field for a form password. optional. passwordfield: the password field for a form password. ...
...http authentication passwords. username: required. password: required. usernamefield: the username field for a form password. optional. passwordfield: the password field for a form password. optional. ...

An Overview of XPCOM
hout breaking or having to recreate the application. using xpcom, developers create components that can be reused in different applications or that can be replaced to change the functionality of existing applications. xpcom not only supports component software development, it also provides much of the functionality that a development platform provides, such as: component management file abstraction object message passing memory management we will discuss the above items in detail in the coming chapters, but for now, it can be useful to think of xpcom as a platform for component development, in which features such as those listed above are provided. gecko although it is in some ways structurally similar to microsoft com, xpcom is designed to be used principally at the application level...
...omponent guarantees that the interfaces it provides will be immutable - that they will provide the same access to the same methods across different versions of the component - establishing a contract with the software clients that use it. in this respect, interface-based programming is often referred to as programming by contract. interfaces and encapsulation between component boundaries, abstraction is crucial for software maintainability and reusability. consider, for example, a class that isn't well encapsulated. using a freely available public initialization method, as the example below suggests, can cause problems. someclass class initialization class someclass { public: // constructor someclass(); // virtual destructor virtual ~someclass(); // init method v...
... diverged. providing this single point of access to functionality is what the singleton design pattern is for, and what services do in an application (and in a development environment like xpcom). in xpcom, in addition to the component support and management, there are a number of services that help the developer write cross platform components. these services include a cross platform file abstraction which provides uniform and powerful access to files, directory services which maintain the location of application- and system-specific locations, memory management to ensure everyone uses the same memory allocator, and an event notification system that allows passing of simple messages. the tutorial will show each of these component and services in use, and the xpcom api reference has a complete...

nsIDOMEvent
void stopimmediatepropagation(); void stoppropagation(); attributes attribute type description bubbles boolean used to indicate whether or not an event is a bubbling event. if the event can bubble the value is true, else the value is false. read only. cancelable boolean used to indicate whether or not an event can have its default action prevented. if the default action can be prevented the value is true, else the value is false. read only. currenttarget nsidomeventtarget used to indicate the eventtarget whose eventlisteners are currently being processed. this is particularly useful during capturing and bubbling. read only. defaultprevented boolean used to indicate whether preventdefault() has been c...
...wer, or mixed case version of the string "dom". this prefix is reserved for future dom event sets. it is also strongly recommended that third parties adding their own events use their own prefix to avoid confusion and lessen the probability of conflicts with other new events. canbubblearg specifies whether or not the event can bubble. cancelablearg specifies whether or not the event's default action can be prevented. violates the xpcom interface guidelines isdispatchstopped() boolean isdispatchstopped(); parameters none. return value preventbubble() note: use stoppropagation() instead. void preventbubble(); parameters none. preventcapture() note: use stoppropagation() instead. void preventcapture(); parameters none. preventdefault() if an event is cancelabl...
...spatchstopped(); parameters none. return value preventbubble() note: use stoppropagation() instead. void preventbubble(); parameters none. preventcapture() note: use stoppropagation() instead. void preventcapture(); parameters none. preventdefault() if an event is cancelable, the preventdefault method is used to signify that the event is to be canceled, meaning any default action normally taken by the implementation as a result of the event will not occur. if, during any stage of event flow, the preventdefault method is called the event is canceled. any default action associated with the event will not occur. calling this method for a non-cancelable event has no effect. once preventdefault has been called it will remain in effect throughout the remainder of the event's pr...

nsINavBookmarkObserver
be removed. aitemtype the type of the item that is about to be removed; this is one of the nsinavbookmarksservice.type constants. aparentid the id of the folder containing the item. aguid the unique id associated with the item. aparentguid the unique id associated with the item's parent. onbeginupdatebatch() this method notifies this observer that a batch transaction has started. other notifications will be sent during the batch change, but the observer is guaranteed that onendupdatebatch() will be called at the completion of changes. during a batch the observer should do its best to reduce the work done to handle notifications, since multiple changes are going to happen in a short timeframe. void onbeginupdatebatch(); parameters none. onendupdatebatch() thi...
...ing the batch change, but the observer is guaranteed that onendupdatebatch() will be called at the completion of changes. during a batch the observer should do its best to reduce the work done to handle notifications, since multiple changes are going to happen in a short timeframe. void onbeginupdatebatch(); parameters none. onendupdatebatch() this method notifies this observer that a batch transaction has ended. void onendupdatebatch(); parameters none. onfolderadded() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) notify this observer that a bookmark folder has been added. void onfolderadded( in print64 folder, in print64 parent, in print32 index ); parameters folder the id of the folder that was added. parent the id of the folder's parent. index ...
...ong avisitid, in prtime atime, in unsigned long atransitiontype, in nsiuri auri, in long long aparentid, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid ); parameters aitemid the id of the bookmark that was visited. avisitid the id of the item visit. atime the time of the visit. atransitiontype the transition for the visit. see nsinavbookmarksservice.transaction constants for a list of possible values. auri the nsiuri for this bookmark. aparentid the id of the folder containing the item. aguid the unique id associated with the item. aparentguid the unique id associated with the item's parent. onseparatoradded() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) notify this observer that a separator has bee...

nsINavHistoryObserver
you can still access the database in this situation but be careful (of what?). ...
...you can still access the database in this situation but be careful (of what?). ...
...you can still access the database in this situation but be careful (of what?). ...

Index
ichard h. pizzarro <rhp@netscape.com> contents 37 mail event system mozilla mail requires an event system to notify different subsystems that data has changed. this document describes the system that events are passed amongst the mail objects. 38 mailnews filters mailnews, thunderbird mailnews filters consist of a set of search terms, and a set of filter actions. filter execution is done by evaluating the search terms using the core mailnews/base/search code, and then applying the filter hits when the search terms match. for new incoming messages, the protocol specific object that handles new messages calls nsimsgfilterlist::applyfilterstohdr and passes itself in as nsimsgfilterhitnotify interface to handle filter hits. e.g., imap, pop3. 39 m...
...on 5: xul extensions, thunderbird thunderbird's user interface is written in xul and javascript. xul is an xml grammar that provides user interface widgets like buttons, menus, toolbars, trees etc. we add widgets by inserting new xul dom elements into the application window and modify them using scripts and attaching event handlers. while xul provides the elements of the user interface, actions are written in javascript. 79 building a thunderbird extension 6: adding javascript in this step we will create a small piece of javascript code that inserts the current date into our statusbar widget. the statusbar is usually displayed at the bottom of the thunderbird window. depending on the installed theme the result will look something like this: 80 building ...
...mn thunderbird the article "creating a custom column" will get you well on the road to creating your own columns and populating them with custom data. the customdbheaders preference article provides information on a preference setting that exposes custom header data for use in a custom column within thunderbird's main view. 102 detect opening folder thunderbird some actions require execution every time you open a folder (for example, registering a custom column handler. to do this you need to capture the select event of the folder [[xul:tree|tree]] whose id is (conveniently) foldertree like so: 103 filter incoming mail filter, incoming, mails, thunderbird to filter incoming mail, the first step is to detect new messages inconming. the, you've g...

Introduction to DOM Inspector - Firefox Developer Tools
d, a browser pane at the bottom of the dom inspector window will open up, displaying the web page. this allows you to use the dom inspector without having to use a separate browser window, or without embedding a browser in your application at all. if you find that the browser pane takes up too much space, you may close it, but you will not be able to observe any of the visual consequences of your actions. using the dom inspector once you've opened the document for the page or chrome you are interested in, you'll see that it loads the dom nodes viewer in the document pane and the dom node viewer in the object pane. in the dom nodes viewer, there should be a structured, hierarchical view of the dom. by clicking around in the document pane, you'll see that the viewers are linked; whenever you sel...
...e sheets viewer, the css rules viewer lists all recognized rules from that style sheet in order. properties may be also be edited. rules applying to pseudo-elements do not appear. the javascript object viewer gives a hierarchical tree of the object pane's subject. the javascript object viewer also allows javascript to be evaluated by selecting the appropriate menuitem in the context menu. ...
...n is the ability is the ability the dom inspector gives you to dynamically update information reflected in the dom about web pages, user interface, and other elements. note that when the dom inspector displays information about a particular node or subtree, it presents individual nodes and their values (in the dom, attributes are subnodes of elements, typically) in an active list. you can perform actions on the individual items in this list from the context menu and the edit menu, both of which contain menutimes that allow you edit the values of those attributes. this interactivity allows you to shrink and grow element size, change icons, and do other layout-tweaking updates—all without actually changing the dom as it is defined in the file on disk. loving the inspector the dom inspector ...

DOMException - Web APIs
_clone_err) encodingerror the encoding or decoding operation failed (no legacy code value and constant name). notreadableerror the input/output read operation failed (no legacy code value and constant name). unknownerror the operation failed for an unknown transient reason (e.g. out of memory) (no legacy code value and constant name). constrainterror a mutation operation in a transaction failed because a constraint was not satisfied (no legacy code value and constant name). dataerror provided data is inadequate (no legacy code value and constant name). transactioninactiveerror a request was placed against a transaction that is currently not active or is finished (no legacy code value and constant name). readonlyerror the mutating operation was attempted in a "readonly...
... versionerror an attempt was made to open a database using a lower version than the existing version (no legacy code value and constant name). ...
... ...

Element: copy event - Web APIs
however, the handler cannot read the clipboard data. it's possible to construct and dispatch a synthetic copy event, but this will not affect the system clipboard. ...
... however, the handler cannot read the clipboard data. it's possible to construct and dispatch a synthetic copy event, but this will not affect the system clipboard. ...
... however, the handler cannot read the clipboard data. it's possible to construct and dispatch a synthetic copy event, but this will not affect the system clipboard. ...

HTMLDialogElement - Web APIs
amily="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmldialogelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmldialogelement.open a boolean reflecting the open html attribute, indicating whether the dialog is available for interaction. ...
... events close fired when the dialog is closed. also available via the onclose property. ...
... events close fired when the dialog is closed. also available via the onclose property. ...

HTMLInputElement - Web APIs
size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmlinputelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties properties related to the parent form form read only htmlformelement object: returns a reference to the parent <form> element. formaction string: returns / sets the element's formaction attribute, containing the uri of a program that processes information submitted by the element. this overrides the action attribute of the parent form. formenctype string: returns / sets the element's formenctype attribute, containing the type of content that is used to submit the form to the server. this overrides the enctype attribu...
... the element's name attribute, containing a name that identifies the element when submitting the form. type string: returns / sets the element's type attribute, indicating the type of control to display. see type attribute of <input> for possible values. disabled boolean: returns / sets the element's disabled attribute, indicating that the control is not available for interaction. the input values will not be submitted with the form. see also readonly autofocus boolean: returns / sets the element's autofocus attribute, which specifies that a form control should have input focus when the page loads, unless the user overrides it, for example by typing in a different control. only one form element in a document can have the autofocus attribute. it cannot be appli...
... standard html5the definition of 'htmlinputelement' in that specification. recommendation technically, the tabindex and accesskey properties, as well as the blur(), click(), and focus() methods, are now defined on htmlelement. the following properties are now obsolete: align and usemap. the following properties have been added: autocomplete, autofocus, dirname, files, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, indeterminate, labels, list, max, min, multiple, pattern, placeholder, required, selectiondirection, selectionend, selectionstart, step, validationmessage, validity, valueasdate, valueasnumber, width, and willvalidate. the following methods have been added: checkvalidity(), setcustomvalidity(), setselectionrange(), stepup(), and ste...

IDBCursor.request - Web APIs
the idbrequest used to obtain the cursor. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var request = cursor.request; value an idbrequest object instance. examples when you open a cursor, the request property is then available on that cursor object, to tell you what request object the cursor originated from. ...
...sed to obtain the cursor. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var request = cursor.request; value an idbrequest object instance. examples when you open a cursor, the request property is then available on that cursor object, to tell you what request object the cursor originated from. ...
...b workers. syntax var request = cursor.request; value an idbrequest object instance. examples when you open a cursor, the request property is then available on that cursor object, to tell you what request object the cursor originated from. ...

IDBDatabase: abort event - Web APIs
the abort event is fired on idbdatabase when a transaction is aborted and bubbles up to the connection object. bubbles yes cancelable no interface event event handler property onabort examples this example opens a database (creating the database if it does not exist), then opens a transaction, adds a listener to the abort event, then aborts the transaction to trigger the event. // open the database const dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open('todolist', 4); dbopenrequest.onupgradeneeded = (event) => { const db = event.target.result; // create an objectstore for this database const objectstore = db.createobjectstore('todolist', { keypath: 'tasktitle' }); // define what data items the objectstore will contain objectstore.creat...
...e }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = (event) => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; db.addeventlistener('abort', () => { console.log('transaction aborted'); }); // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); // abort the transaction transaction.abort(); }; the same example, but assigning the event handler to the onabort property: // open the database const dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open('todolist', 4); dbopenrequest.onupgradeneeded = (even...
..., { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('minutes', 'minutes', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('day', 'day', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('month', 'month', { unique: false }); objectstore.createindex('year', 'year', { unique: false }); }; dbopenrequest.onsuccess = (event) => { const db = dbopenrequest.result; db.onabort = () => { console.log('transaction aborted'); }; // open a read/write db transaction, ready for adding the data const transaction = db.transaction(['todolist'], 'readwrite'); // abort the transaction transaction.abort(); }; ...

IDBDatabase.close() - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax idbdatabase.close(); example // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); // opening a database. ...
... note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax idbdatabase.close(); example // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); // opening a database. ...
... note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax idbdatabase.close(); example // let us open our database var dbopenrequest = window.indexeddb.open("todolist", 4); // opening a database. ...

IDBDatabaseException - Web APIs
he condition. message domstring error message describing the exception raised. constants note: do not rely on the numeric values of the constants, which might change as the specifications continue to change. use the constant names instead. constant value description abort_err 8 a request was aborted, for example, through a call to idbtransaction.abort. constraint_err 4 a mutation operation in the transaction failed because a constraint was not satisfied. for example, an object, such as an object store or index, already exists and a request attempted to create a new one. data_err 5 data provided to an operation does not meet requirements. non_transient_err 2 an operation was not allowed on an o...
...lowed on an object. unless the cause of the error is corrected, retrying the same operation would result in failure. not_allowed_err 6 an operation was called on an object where it is not allowed or at a time when it is not allowed. it also occurs if a request is made on a source object that has been deleted or removed. more specific variants of this error includes: transaction_inactive_err and read_only_err. not_found_err 3 the operation failed because the requested database object could not be found; for example, an object store did not exist but was being opened. quota_err 11 either there's not enough remaining storage space or the storage quota was reached and the user declined to give more space to the database. read_only_...
... the operation failed because the requested database object could not be found; for example, an object store did not exist but was being opened. quota_err 11 either there's not enough remaining storage space or the storage quota was reached and the user declined to give more space to the database. read_only_err 9 a mutation operation was attempted in a read_only transaction. timeout_err 10 a lock for the transaction could not be obtained in a reasonable time. transaction_inactive_err 7 a request was made against a transaction that is either not currently active or is already finished. unknown_err 1 the operation failed for reasons unrelated to the database itself, and it is not covered by any other error code--for example...

IDBLocaleAwareKeyRange - Web APIs
n the locale, so for example in lithuanian y is sorted between i and k. the only difference between idbkeyrange and idblocaleawarekeyrange is that the latter doesn’t do the aforementioned check. developers should always use idblocaleawarekeyrange when dealing with locale-aware indexes. ...
...for example in lithuanian y is sorted between i and k. the only difference between idbkeyrange and idblocaleawarekeyrange is that the latter doesn’t do the aforementioned check. developers should always use idblocaleawarekeyrange when dealing with locale-aware indexes. ...
... only difference between idbkeyrange and idblocaleawarekeyrange is that the latter doesn’t do the aforementioned check. developers should always use idblocaleawarekeyrange when dealing with locale-aware indexes. ...

IDBObjectStore.getKey() - Web APIs
re is available in web workers. syntax var request = objectstore.getkey(key); parameters key the key or key range that identifies the record to be retrieved. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. ...
...st = objectstore.getkey(key); parameters key the key or key range that identifies the record to be retrieved. return value an idbrequest object on which subsequent events related to this operation are fired. exceptions this method may raise a domexception of one of the following types: exception description transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. ...
... transactioninactiveerror this idbobjectstore's transaction is inactive. dataerror the key or key range provided contains an invalid key. invalidstateerror the idbobjectstore has been deleted or removed. ...

IDBRequest.error - Web APIs
te: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var myerror = request.error; value a domerror containing the relevant error. in chrome 48+/firefox 58+ this property returns a domexception because domerror has been removed from the dom standard. the following error codes are returned under certain conditions: error explanation aborterror if you abort the transaction, then all requests still in progress receive this error. constrainterror if you insert data that doesn't conform to a constraint. it's an exception type for creating stores and indexes. you get this error, for example, if you try to add a new key that already exists in the record. quotaexceedederror if you run out of disk quota and the user declined to grant you more space...
...m the idbobjectstore (made available as objectstoretitlerequest.result), updates one property of the record, and then puts the updated record back into the object store. also included at the bottom is an onerror function that reports what the error was if the request fails. ...
...jectstoretitlerequest.result), updates one property of the record, and then puts the updated record back into the object store. also included at the bottom is an onerror function that reports what the error was if the request fails. ...

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
ng this api lets everything get streamlined by the browser to reduce the impact on performance substantially. let's get started! site structure: the html the site's structure is not too complicated. we'll be using css grid to style and lay out the site, so we can be pretty straightforward here: <div class="wrapper"> <header> <h1>a fake blog</h1> <h2>showing intersection observer in action!</h2> </header> <aside> <nav> <ul> <li><a href="#link1">a link</a></li> <li><a href="#link2">another link</a></li> <li><a href="#link3">one more link</a></li> </ul> </nav> </aside> <main> </main> </div> this is the framework for the entire site. at the top is the site's header region, contained within a <header> block. below that, we define...
... 0.0; if it is, that means the element has become totally obscured. if that's the case, and the ad has been visible for at least a minute total, we call a function we'll create called replacead() to replace the existing ad with a new one. this way, the user sees a variety of ads over time, but the ads are only replaced while they can't be seen, resulting in a smooth experience. handling periodic actions our interval handler, handlerefreshinterval(), is called about once per second courtesy of the call to setinterval() made in the startup() function described above. its main job is to update the timers every second and schedule a redraw to update the timers we'll be drawing within each ad. function handlerefreshinterval() { let redrawlist = []; visibleads.foreach(function(adbox) { let...
...e push the ad onto the redrawlist so we know it needs to be updated during the next animation frame. finally, if there's at least one element to redraw, we use requestanimationframe() to schedule a function that will redraw each element in the redrawlist during the next animation frame. updating an ad's visibility timer previously (see handling document visibility changes and handling periodic actions), we've seen that when we need to update an ad's "total visible time" counter, we call a function named updateadtimer() to do so. this function takes as an input an ad's htmldivelement object. here it is: function updateadtimer(adbox) { let laststarted = adbox.dataset.lastviewstarted; let currenttime = performance.now(); if (laststarted) { let diff = currenttime - laststarted; a...

MSSiteModeEvent - Web APIs
explorer and microsoft edge. dom information inheritance hierarchy event mssitemodeevent methods method description initevent initializes a new generic event that the createevent method created. *note that as of microsoft edge, the createevent()/initevent() constructor pattern for synthetic events is deprecated. preventdefault cancels the default action of an event. stopimmediatepropagation prevents any further propagation of an event. stoppropagation prevents propagation of an event beyond the current target. properties property description actionurl gets the url of a jump list item that is removed. *this property is not supported for windows store apps using javascript. bubbl...
...s not supported for windows store apps using javascript. bubbles gets a value that indicates whether an event propagates up from the event target. buttonid gets the thumbnail toolbar button id that is clicked. *this property is not supported for windows store apps using javascript. cancelable gets a value that indicates whether you can cancel an event's default action. cancelbubble gets or sets a value that indicates whether an event should be stopped from propagating up from the current target. currenttarget gets the event target that is currently being processed. defaultprevented gets a value that indicates whether the default action should be canceled. eventphase gets the event phase that is being evaluated. ...
...tched to. compare to target. target gets the element that is the target of the event. timestamp gets the time, in milliseconds, when an event occurred. ...

MediaMetadata.MediaMetadata() - Web APIs
the metadata parameters are as follows: title: the title of the media to be played. artist: the name of the artist, group, creator, etc. of the media to be played. album: the name of the album, or collection, containing the media to be played. artwork: an array of images associated with the playing media. ...
...ay of images associated with the playing media. ...
... following example creates a new media session and assigns action handlers to it: if ('mediasession' in navigator){ navigator.mediasession.metadata = new mediametadata({ title: "podcast episode title", artist: "podcast host", album: "podcast name", artwork: [{src: "podcast.jpg"}] }); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('play', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('pause', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('seekbackward', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('seekforward', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('previoustrack', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('nexttrack', function() {}); } specifications specification status comment me...

MediaSession.metadata - Web APIs
d by the browser to the device for presentation in any standard media control user interface the device might offer. syntax var mediametadata = navigator.mediasession.metadata; navigator.mediasession.metadata = mediametadata; value an instance of mediametadata containing information about the media currently being played. ...
... information about the media currently being played. ...
... following example creates a new media session and assigns action handlers to it: if ('mediasession' in navigator){ navigator.mediasession.metadata = new mediametadata({ title: "podcast episode title", artist: "podcast host", album: "podcast name", artwork: [{src: "podcast.jpg"}] }); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('play', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('pause', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('seekbackward', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('seekforward', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('previoustrack', function() {}); navigator.mediasession.setactionhandler('nexttrack', function() {}); } specifications specification status comment me...

Notification - Web APIs
object itself. notification.permission read only a string representing the current permission to display notifications. possible values are: denied — the user refuses to have notifications displayed. granted — the user accepts having notifications displayed. default — the user choice is unknown and therefore the browser will act as if the value were denied. notification.maxactions read only instance properties these properties are available only on instances of the notification object. notification.actions read only the actions array of the notification as specified in the constructor's options parameter. notification.badge read only the url of the image used to represent the notification when there is not enough space to display the notification itself. noti...
...e image used as an icon of the notification as specified in the constructor's options parameter. notification.image read only the url of an image to be displayed as part of the notification, as specified in the constructor's options parameter. notification.renotify read only specifies whether the user should be notified after a new notification replaces an old one. notification.requireinteraction read only a boolean indicating that a notification should remain active until the user clicks or dismisses it, rather than closing automatically. notification.silent read only specifies whether the notification should be silent — i.e., no sounds or vibrations should be issued, regardless of the device settings. notification.timestamp read only specifies the time at which a notification ...
...fication = new notification("hi there!"); } }); } // at last, if the user has denied notifications, and you // want to be respectful there is no need to bother them any more. } we no longer show a live sample on this page, as chrome and firefox no longer allow notification permissions to be requested from cross-origin <iframe>s, with other browsers to follow. to see a example in action, check out our to-do list example (also see the app running live.) note: in the above example we spawn notifications in response to a user gesture (clicking a button). this is not only best practice — you should not be spamming users with notifications they didn't agree to — but going forward browsers will explicitly disallow notifications not triggered in response to a user gesture. firefo...

PaymentRequest.show() - Web APIs
the paymentrequest interface's show() method instructs the user agent to begin the process of showing and handling the user interface for the payment request to the user. for security reasons, the paymentrequest.show() method can't just be initiated at any time. it may only be called while handling events that represent user interactions, such as click, keyup, or the like. only one payment request can be in the process of being handled at once, across all documents. once one paymentrequest's show() method has been called, any other call to show() will by rejected with an aborterror until the returned promise has been concluded, either by being fulfilled with a paymentresponse indicating the results of the payment request, or by being rejected with an error. note: in reality, despi...
...me payment has already been shown for this request (its state is interactive because it is being shown already). notsupportederror the promise rejects with a notsupportederror if the user agent does not support the payment methods specified when the paymentrequest constructor was called. securityerror the promise rejects with a securityerror if the call to show() was not in response to a user action, such as a click or keyup event. other reasons a securityerror may be thrown are at the discretion of the user agent, and may include situations such as too many calls to show() being made in a short time or show() being called while payment requests are blocked by parental controls. usage notes the most common patterns for using show() involve either the async/await syntax or the use of show(...
...mises for more information if you need more information about working with promises. examples in the following example, a paymentrequest object is instantiated before the show() method is called. this method triggers the user agent's built-in process for retrieving payment information from the user. the show() method returns a promise that resolves to a paymentresponse object when the user interaction is complete. the developer then uses the information in the paymentresponse object to format and send payment data to the server. you should send the payment information to the server asynchronously so that the final call to paymentresponse.complete() can indicate the success or failure of the payment. button.onclick = async function handlepurchase() { // initialization of paymentrequest argum...

Pinch zoom gestures - Web APIs
ave = pointerup_handler; } pointer down the pointerdown event is fired when a pointer (mouse, pen/stylus or touch point on a touchscreen) makes contact with the contact surface. in this application, the event's state must be cached in case this down event is part of a two-pointer pinch/zoom gesture. function pointerdown_handler(ev) { // the pointerdown event signals the start of a touch interaction. // this event is cached to support 2-finger gestures evcache.push(ev); log("pointerdown", ev); } pointer move the pointermove event handler detects if a user is invoking a two-pointer pinch/zoom gesture. if two pointers are down, and the distance between the pointers is increasing (signifying a pinch out or zoom in), the element's background color is changed to pink, and if the distance be...
...r = "1px solid black"; // if the number of pointers down is less than two then reset diff tracker if (evcache.length < 2) { prevdiff = -1; } } application ui the application uses a <div> element for the touch area and provides buttons to enable logging and to clear the log. ...
... diff tracker if (evcache.length < 2) { prevdiff = -1; } } application ui the application uses a <div> element for the touch area and provides buttons to enable logging and to clear the log. to prevent the browser's default touch behavior from overriding this application's pointer handling, the touch-action property is applied to the <body> element. ...

RTCIceCandidate.usernameFragment - Web APIs
this value is specified when creating the rtcicecandidate by setting the corresponding usernamefragment value in the rtcicecandidateinit object when creating a new candidate with new rtcicecandidate(). note that 24 bits of the username fragment are required to be randomized by the browser. see randomization below for details. ...
...cicecandidate() with a string parameter containing the candidate m-line text, the value of usernamefragment is extracted from the m-line. syntax var ufrag = rtcicecandidate.usernamefragment; value a domstring containing the username fragment (usually referred to in shorthand as "ufrag" or "ice-ufrag") that, along with the ice password ("ice-pwd"), uniquely identifies a single ongoing ice interaction, including for any communication with the stun server. the string may be up to 256 characters long, and has no default value. randomization at least 24 bits of the text in the ufrag are required to be randomly selected by the ice layer at the beginning of the ice session. the specifics for which bits are random and what the remainder of the ufrag text are are left up to the browser implementati...
...bit 4 of each character is randomly selected between 0 and 1. another example: it might take a user-defined string and append three 8-bit random bytes to the end. or perhaps every character is entirely random. usage notes ice uses the usernamefragment and password to ensure message integrity. this avoids crosstalk among multiple ongoing ice sessions, but, more importantly, helps secure ice transactions (and all of webrtc by extension) against attacks that might try to inject themselves into an ice exchange. note: there is no api to obtain the ice password, for what should be fairly obvious security reasons. the usernamefragment and password both change every time an ice restart occurs. example although the webrtc infrastructure will filter out obsolete candidates for you after an ice res...

RTCRtpSender.getParameters() - Web APIs
the rtcrtpsender interface returns an rtcrtpsendparameters object describing the current configuration for the encoding and transmission of media on the sender's track. syntax var rtpsendparameters = rtpsender.getparameters() parameters none. return value an rtcrtpsendparameters object indicating the current configuration of the sender. ...
...erface returns an rtcrtpsendparameters object describing the current configuration for the encoding and transmission of media on the sender's track. syntax var rtpsendparameters = rtpsender.getparameters() parameters none. return value an rtcrtpsendparameters object indicating the current configuration of the sender. ...
...value an rtcrtpsendparameters object indicating the current configuration of the sender. examples this example gets the sender's current transaction id; the transaction id uniquely identifies the current set of parameters, to ensure that calls to setparameters() are always handled in the correct order, avoiding inadvertently overwriting parameters with older parameters. function getsendertransactionid(sender) { let parameters = sender.getparameters(); return parameters.transactionid; } specifications specification status comment webrtc 1.0: real-time communication between browsersthe definition of 'getparameters()' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

SVGGraphicsElement: copy event - Web APIs
however, the handler cannot read the clipboard data. it's possible to construct and dispatch a synthetic copy event, but this will not affect the system clipboard. ...
... however, the handler cannot read the clipboard data. it's possible to construct and dispatch a synthetic copy event, but this will not affect the system clipboard. ...
... however, the handler cannot read the clipboard data. it's possible to construct and dispatch a synthetic copy event, but this will not affect the system clipboard. ...

ServiceWorkerRegistration.showNotification() - Web APIs
erviceworkerregistration interface creates a notification on an active service worker. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax ​serviceworkerregistration.shownotification(title, [options]); parameters title the title that must be shown within the notification options optional an object that allows configuring the notification. it can have the following properties: actions: an array of actions to display in the notification. the members of the array should be an object literal. it may contain the following values: action: a domstring identifying a user action to be displayed on the notification. title: a domstring containing action text to be shown to the user. icon: a usvstring containing the url of an icon to display with the action. appro...
... badge: a usvstring containing the url of an image to represent the notification when there is not enough space to display the notification itself such as for example, the android notification bar. ...
... an image to be displayed in the notification. lang: specify the lang used within the notification. this string must be a valid bcp 47 language tag. renotify: a boolean that indicates whether to suppress vibrations and audible alerts when reusing a tag value. if options’s renotify is true and options’s tag is the empty string a typeerror will be thrown. the default is false. requireinteraction: indicates that on devices with sufficiently large screens, a notification should remain active until the user clicks or dismisses it. if this value is absent or false, the desktop version of chrome will auto-minimize notifications after approximately twenty seconds. the default value is false. silent: when set indicates that no sounds or vibrations should be made. if options’s silent is true...

Supporting both TouchEvent and MouseEvent - Web APIs
's web content is designed only to work with mouse input. consequently, even if a browser supports touch, the browser must still emulate mouse events so content that assumes mouse-only input will work as is without direct modification. ideally, a touch-based application does not need to explicitly address mouse input. ...
...if a browser supports touch, the browser must still emulate mouse events so content that assumes mouse-only input will work as is without direct modification. ideally, a touch-based application does not need to explicitly address mouse input. however, because the browser must emulate mouse events, there may be some interaction issues that need to be handled. below are some details about the interaction and the ramifications for application developers. event firing the touch events standard defines a few browser requirements regarding touch and mouse interaction (see the interaction with mouse events and click section for details), noting the browser may fire both touch events and mouse events in response to the same user input. this section describes the requirement that may affect an applica...
...reventdefault(); } event order although the specific ordering of touch and mouse events is implementation-defined, the standard indicates the following order is typical: for single input: touchstart zero or more touchmove events, depending on movement of the finger(s) touchend mousemove mousedown mouseup click if the touchstart, touchmove or touchend event is canceled during an interaction, no mouse or click events will be fired, and the resulting sequence of events would just be: touchstart zero or more touchmove events, depending on movement of the finger(s) touchend community touch events community group mail list w3c #touchevents irc channel related topics and resources touch events overview using touch events touch and mouse (together again for the first tim...

Using Touch Events - Web APIs
or the application can use interpreted mouse events for the application input. a disadvantage to using mouse events is that they do not support concurrent user input, whereas touch events support multiple simultaneous inputs (possibly at different locations on the touch surface), thus enhancing user experiences. the touch events interfaces support application specific single and multi-touch interactions such as a two-finger gesture. a multi-touch interaction starts when a finger (or stylus) first touches the contact surface. other fingers may subsequently touch the surface and optionally move across the touch surface. the interaction ends when the fingers are removed from the surface. during this interaction, an application receives touch events during the start, move, and end phases. the appli...
...vent, it is a list of the touch points that have changed since the last event. for the touchend event, it is a list of the touch points that have been removed from the surface (that is, the set of touch points corresponding to fingers no longer touching the surface). together, these interfaces define a relatively low-level set of features, yet they support many kinds of touch-based interaction, including the familiar multi-touch gestures such as multi-finger swipe, rotation, pinch and zoom. from interfaces to gestures an application may consider different factors when defining the semantics of a gesture. for instance, the distance a touch point traveled from its starting location to its location when the touch ended. another potential factor is time; for example, the time elapsed bet...
...c manner. if an application supports two-finger swipe for any two touch points, it will use the changedtouches list in the touchmove event handler to determine if two touch points had moved and then implement the semantics of that gesture in an application-specific manner. browsers typically dispatch emulated mouse and click events when there is only a single active touch point. multi-touch interactions involving two or more active touch points will usually only generate touch events. to prevent the emulated mouse events from being sent, use the preventdefault() method in the touch event handlers. for more information about the interaction between mouse and touch events, see supporting both touchevent and mouseevent. basic steps this section contains a basic usage of using the above interface...

WebGL by example - Web APIs
examples by topic the examples are sorted in order of increasing difficulty. but rather than just presenting them in a single long list, they are additionally divided into topics. ...
..., because more advanced examples could not repeat comments about parts of the code that were previously explained. getting to know the rendering context detect webgl this example demonstrates how to detect a webgl rendering context and reports the result to the user. clearing with colors how to clear the rendering context with a solid color. clearing by clicking how to combine user interaction with graphics operations. clearing the rendering context with a random color when the user clicks. simple color animation a very basic color animation, done by clearing the webgl drawing buffer with a different random color every second. color masking modifying random colors by applying color masking and thus limiting the range of displayed colors to specific shades. basic scissoring how to...
...the browser window. boilerplate 1 the example describes repeated pieces of code that will be hidden from now on, as well as defining a javascript utility function to make webgl initialization easier. scissor animation some animation fun with scissoring and clearing operations. raining rectangles a simple game that demonstrates clearing with solid colors, scissoring, animation, and user interaction. shader programming basics hello glsl a very basic shader program that draws a solid color square. hello vertex attributes combining shader programming and user interaction through vertex attributes. textures from code a simple demonstration of procedural texturing with fragment shaders. miscellaneous advanced examples video textures this example demonstrates how to use video ...

Web Authentication API - Web APIs
nresponse interface). note most javascript programmers that are creating an application will only really care about steps 1 and 5 where the create() function is called and subsequently returns; however, steps 2, 3, and 4 are essential to understanding the processing that takes place in the browser and authenticator and what the resulting data means. figure 1 - a diagram showing the sequence of actions for a web authentication registration and the essential data associated with each action. the registration steps are: application requests registration - the application makes the initial registration request. the protocol and format of this request is outside of the scope of the web authentication api. server sends challenge, user info, and relying party info - the server sends a challenge...
...will store the new public key associated with the user's account for future use -- that is, whenever the user desires to use the public key for authentication. authentication after a user has registered with web authentication, they can subsequently authenticate (a.k.a. - login or sign-in) with the service. the authentication flow looks similar to the registration flow, and the illustration of actions in figure 2 may be recognizable as being similar to the illustration of registration actions in figure 1. the primary differences between registration and authentication are that: 1) authentication doesn't require user or relying party information; and 2) authentication creates an assertion using the previously generated key pair for the service rather than creating an attestation with the key p...
...into all the options and features of the web authentication api. the specific options for authenticating can be found in the publickeycredentialrequestoptions dictionary, and the resulting data can be found in the publickeycredential interface (where publickeycredential.response is the authenticatorassertionresponse interface) . figure 2 - similar to figure 1, a diagram showing the sequence of actions for a web authentication and the essential data associated with each action. application requests authentication - the application makes the initial authentication request. the protocol and format of this request is outside of the scope of the web authentication api. server sends challenge - the server sends a challenge to the javascript program. the protocol for communicating with the serve...

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
running worker from the main thread, you can do so by calling the worker's terminate method: myworker.terminate(); the worker thread is killed immediately. handling errors when a runtime error occurs in the worker, its onerror event handler is called. it receives an event named error which implements the errorevent interface. the event doesn't bubble and is cancelable; to prevent the default action from taking place, the worker can call the error event's preventdefault() method. the error event has the following three fields that are of interest: message a human-readable error message. filename the name of the script file in which the error occurred. lineno the line number of the script file on which the error occurred. spawning subworkers workers may spawn more workers if the...
... other types of worker in addition to dedicated and shared web workers, there are other types of worker available: serviceworkers essentially act as proxy servers that sit between web applications, and the browser and network (when available). they are intended to (amongst other things) enable the creation of effective offline experiences, intercepting network requests and taking appropriate action based on whether the network is available and updated assets reside on the server. they will also allow access to push notifications and background sync apis. chrome workers are a firefox-only type of worker that you can use if you are developing add-ons and want to use workers in extensions and have access to js-ctypes in your worker. see chromeworker for more details. audio worklet provide th...
...orker, including: navigator xmlhttprequest array, date, math, and string windowtimers.settimeout and windowtimers.setinterval the main thing you can't do in a worker is directly affect the parent page. this includes manipulating the dom and using that page's objects. you have to do it indirectly, by sending a message back to the main script via dedicatedworkerglobalscope.postmessage, then actioning the changes from there. note: for a complete list of functions available to workers, see functions and interfaces available to workers. specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'web workers' in that specification. living standard ...

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.setInterval() - Web APIs
non metus. proin mattis lobortis lobortis. quisque accumsan faucibus erat, vel varius tortor ultricies ac. lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. sed nec libero nunc. nullam tortor nunc, elementum a consectetur et, ultrices eu orci. lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. pellentesque a nisl eu sem vehicula egestas.</p> </div> </body> </html> view this demo in action. see also: clearinterval(). callback arguments as previously discussed, internet explorer versions 9 and below do not support the passing of arguments to the callback function in either settimeout() or setinterval(). the following ie-specific code demonstrates a method for overcoming this limitation. to use, simply add the following code to the top of your script. /*\ |*| |*| ie-specific pol...
...cal this allowing us to write setinterval( () => this.mymethod) if we're inside myarray method. minidaemon - a framework for managing timers in pages requiring many timers, it can often be difficult to keep track of all of the running timer events. one approach to solving this problem is to store information about the state of a timer in an object. following is a minimal example of such an abstraction. the constructor architecture explicitly avoids the use of closures. it also offers an alternative way to pass the this object to the callback function (see the "this" problem for details). the following code is also available on github. for a more complex but still modular version of it (daemon) see javascript daemons management. this more complex version is nothing but a big and scalable colle...
...you can cancel the interval using windoworworkerglobalscope.clearinterval(). if you wish to have your function called once after the specified delay, use windoworworkerglobalscope.settimeout(). delay restrictions it's possible for intervals to be nested;...

WritableStreamDefaultController.error() - Web APIs
return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to error is not a writablestream. ...
... return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to error is not a writablestream. ...
... return value undefined. exceptions typeerror the stream you are trying to error is not a writablestream. ...

XRPose.transform - Web APIs
ed object by passing the event frame's pose into a function called findtargetusingray(), then dispatches the event differently depending on the user's handedness; this is done by comparing the value of the xrinputsource property handedness to a value in the variable user.handedness. if the source is a controller in the user's primary hand, a function is called on the targeted object called primaryaction(); otherwise, it calls the targeted object's offhandaction() function. xrsession.addeventlistener("select", event => { let source = event.inputsource; let frame = event.frame; let targetraypose = frame.getpose(source.targetrayspace, myrefspace); let targetobject = findtargetusingray(targetray.transform.matrix); if (source.targetraymode == "tracked-pointer") { if (source.handedness...
... working draft initial definition. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

XRSession.onsqueeze - Web APIs
to learn more about how to use and handle webxr controller inputs, see inputs and input sources. syntax xrsession.onsqueeze = squeezehandlerfunction; value a function to be invoked whenever the xrsession receives a squeeze event. ...
... to learn more about how to use and handle webxr controller inputs, see inputs and input sources. syntax xrsession.onsqueeze = squeezehandlerfunction; value a function to be invoked whenever the xrsession receives a squeeze event. ...
...off-hand (that is, the hand that isn't their dominant hand). this is determined by comparing the input source's handedness against the value of a handedness property on a user object we've established previously. xrsession.onsqueeze = event => { if (event.inputsource.handedness != user.handedness) { handleoffhandsqueeze(event.inputsource, event.frame); } }; finishing an ongoing squeeze action this example exapnds somewhat on the previous example by demonstrating a way to implement the ability for the user to drop an object that was previously picked up by the user.. this is just a snippet of code, but should establish the general idea. after checking that the event occurred on the user's dominant hand, the pose's target ray is obtained. then we pass the currently held object and the...

Web APIs
changeevent headers history hkdfparams hmacimportparams hmackeygenparams i idbcursor idbcursorsync idbcursorwithvalue idbdatabase idbdatabaseexception idbdatabasesync idbenvironment idbenvironmentsync idbfactory idbfactorysync idbindex idbindexsync idbkeyrange idblocaleawarekeyrange idbmutablefile idbobjectstore idbobjectstoresync idbopendbrequest idbrequest idbtransaction idbtransactionsync idbversionchangeevent idbversionchangerequest iirfilternode idledeadline imagebitmap imagebitmaprenderingcontext imagecapture imagedata index inputdevicecapabilities inputevent installevent installtrigger intersectionobserver intersectionobserverentry interventionreportbody k keyboard keyboardevent keyboardlayoutmap keyframeeffect keyframeeffectoptions ...
...nfiguration mediadeviceinfo mediadevices mediaelementaudiosourcenode mediaencodingconfiguration mediaerror mediaimage mediakeymessageevent mediakeysession mediakeystatusmap mediakeysystemaccess mediakeysystemconfiguration mediakeys medialist mediametadata mediapositionstate mediaquerylist mediaquerylistevent mediaquerylistlistener mediarecorder mediarecordererrorevent mediasession mediasessionactiondetails mediasettingsrange mediasource mediastream mediastreamaudiodestinationnode mediastreamaudiosourcenode mediastreamaudiosourceoptions mediastreamconstraints mediastreamevent mediastreamtrack mediastreamtrackaudiosourcenode mediastreamtrackaudiosourceoptions mediastreamtrackevent mediatrackconstraints mediatracksettings mediatracksupportedconstraints merchantvalidationevent messagechann...
...nobserver mutationobserverinit mutationrecord n ndefmessage ndefreader ndefreadingevent ndefrecord ndefwriter namelist namednodemap navigationpreloadmanager navigator navigatorconcurrenthardware navigatorid navigatorlanguage navigatoronline navigatorplugins navigatorstorage networkinformation node nodefilter nodeiterator nodelist nondocumenttypechildnode notation notification notificationaction notificationevent notifyaudioavailableevent o oes_element_index_uint oes_fbo_render_mipmap oes_standard_derivatives oes_texture_float oes_texture_float_linear oes_texture_half_float oes_texture_half_float_linear oes_vertex_array_object ovr_multiview2 offlineaudiocompletionevent offlineaudiocontext offscreencanvas orientationsensor oscillatornode overconstrainederror p pagetransitioneven...

ARIA: document role - Accessibility
d properties aria-expanded include with a value of true or false if the document element is collapsible, to indicate if the document is currently expanded or collapsed. other values include the default undefined which means the document is not collapsible. tabindex="0" used to make it focusable so the assistive technology user can tab to it and start reading right away. keyboard interactions the element should be made focusable by setting the tabindex="0" attribute / value pair on it. this way, the user can tab to it, reading mode is invoked automatically, and the content can be read right away. required javascript features none, except as required by any attributes. for example, if the document is collapsible, then the state and the value of aria-expanded must be maintained. ex...
...o it, reading mode is invoked automatically, and the content can be read right away. required javascript features none, except as required by any attributes. for example, if the document is collapsible, then the state and the value of aria-expanded must be maintained. examples an example is gmail and the single conversation view. gmail is a web application. when in gmail, most user agent interactions are usurped by the application. however, when the keyboard focus is set on the starting heading on a single conversation that contains the subject of the conversation, the screen reader user can use the reading mode commands to read through the messages, expand or collapse them, and manipulate them. once focus returns to the message list either by activating the back button or pressing an asocia...
...er, when the keyboard focus is set on the starting heading on a single conversation that contains the subject of the conversation, the screen reader user can use the reading mode commands to read through the messages, expand or collapse them, and manipulate them. once focus returns to the message list either by activating the back button or pressing an asociated keystroke, direct application interaction mode is invoked again, and the user can move to a different conversation in the list with the arrow keys. best practices always make sure an item with the document role is focusable, by setting the tabindex attribute with a value of 0. that will also include it in the tab order. added benefits the document role is an easy way to indirectly control assistive technology behavior by unambiguousl...

ARIA: listbox role - Accessibility
the accessibility api conventions.) aria-roledescription a human-readable string value which more clearly identifies the role of the listbox. screen readers will often read this value to the user after reading the label (if there is one), in place of saying "listbox". (for further details and a full list of aria states and properties see the aria listbox (role) documentation.) keyboard interactions when a single-select listbox receives focus: if none of the options are selected before the listbox receives focus, the first option receives focus. optionally, the first option may be automatically selected. if an option is selected before the listbox receives focus, focus is set on the selected option. when a multi-select listbox receives focus: if none of the options are sel...
.... type-ahead is recommended for all listboxes, especially those with more than seven options: type a character: focus moves to the next item with a name that starts with the typed character. type multiple characters in rapid succession: focus moves to the next item with a name that starts with the string of characters typed. multiple selection: authors may implement either of two interaction models to support multiple selection: a recommended model that does not require the user to hold a modifier key, such as shift or control, while navigating the list or an alternative model that does require modifier keys to be held while navigating in order to avoid losing selection states. recommended selection model -- holding modifier keys is not necessary: space: changes the selecti...
...e user just interacted with, even if they toggled the option to be unselected. the first rule of aria use is you can use a native feature with the semantics and behavior you require already built in, instead of re-purposing an element and adding an aria role, state or property to make it accessible, then do so. the <select> element with descendant <option> elements handles all the needed interactions natively. examples example 1: a single select listbox that uses aria-activedescendant the snippet below shows how the listbox role is added directly into the html source code. <p id="listbox1label" role="label">select a color:</p> <div role="listbox" tabindex="0" id="listbox1" aria-labelledby="listbox1label" onclick="return listitemclick(event);" onkeydown="return listitemkeyevent(even...

Web applications and ARIA FAQ - Accessibility
here's the markup for a progress bar widget: <div id="percent-loaded" role="progressbar" aria-valuenow="75" aria-valuemin="0" aria-valuemax="100" /> this progress bar is built using a <div>, which is not very descriptive. unfortunately, there isn't a more semantic tag available to developers in html 4, so we need to include aria roles and properties. these are specified by adding attrib...
...t officially part of the html 4 or xhtml 4 specifications. as a result, pages that include aria may not validate using tools such as the w3c's markup validator. the first potential solution to this problem is to avoid placing aria roles and states in your markup directly. instead, use javascript to dynamically add aria to your page, as shown in the answer to can you show me an example of aria in action? above. your page will still be theoretically invalid, but it will correctly pass all static validation checks. another alternative is to use the html5 doctype, which includes built-in support for aria. the w3c's html5 validator will even find invalid uses of aria in html5 pages for you. how does html5 relate to aria? html5 introduces a number of useful new semantic tags to html. a few of thes...
...enabled elements to the assistive technology api as if they were native widgets. as a result, the user potentially gets a more consistent user experience, where dynamic javascript-driven widgets on the web are comparable to their equivalents on the desktop. how do i test my use of aria? are there any tools available for free? several inspecting and debugging tools exist to help you test aria in action: object inspector on windows accessibility inspector on os x accprobe on linux firebug's dom inspector the accessibility inspector for firebug the audits tab in chrome devtools there are several free or open source screen readers that can be used to do hands-on testing with aria. they include: orca for linux nvda for windows voiceover is built into os x when you're testing with a...

Accessibility: What users can do to browse more safely - Accessibility
this article discusses making web content accessible for those with vestibular disorders, and those who support them, by taking advantage of personalization and accessibility settings built into the operating systems. taking advantage of personalization settings can help prevent exposure to content leading to seizures and / or other physical reactions. personalization and accessibility settings from the article, "understanding success criterion 2.3.1: three flashes or below threshold" "flashing can be caused by the display, the computer rendering the image or by the content being rendered. the author has no control of the first two. they can be addressed by the design and speed of the display and computer" hardware and operating systems on many computers offer control that is not af...
...essibility settings for apple (image source: developers.google.com from thomas steiner's article "move ya! or maybe, don't, if the user prefers-reduced-motion!"). this will not work on animated gifs; the source of the animation is self-contained within a gif and is not affected by these settings. use reader mode on browsers enable content blockers; gets rid of ads, reduces and/or removes distractions enables text-to-speech in certain browsers, enable fonts by choice enable page zoom turn off animated gifs in the browser browsers offer much power to their users; it's just a matter of knowing where to go. using firefox as an example, it explains that by changing the value the image.animation_mode from "normal" to "none", all animated images will be blocked. to reverse it, you will have t...
...izure-y". most operating systems have a way to let the user make an adjustment on the workstation. in the screenshot below, you can see an example of windows 10 accessibility settings allowing for color filters to be selected. grayscale is enabled when the color filters button is toggled "on" see also accessibilty accessibility learning path web accessibility for seizures and physical reactions color blindness discussion: "what is the “grayscale” setting for in accessibility options?" contributors many, many thanks to eric eggert from knowbility; for his discussions and huge help on this topic. ...

Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
etc. [important] get_acchelp: get context sensitive help for the iaccessible. get_acchelptopic: we don't use this, it's only if the windows help system is used. get_acckeyboardshortcut: what is the keyboard shortcut for this iaccessible (underlined alt+combo mnemonic) get_accfocus: which child is focused? [important] get_accselection: which children of this item are selected? get_accdefaultaction: get a description or name of the default action for this component, such as "jump" for links. accselect: select the item associated with this iaccessible. [important] acclocation: get the x,y coordinates, and the height and width of this iaccessible node. [important] accnavigate: navigate to the first/last child, previous/next sibling, up, down, left or right from this iaccessible. [important...
...d with this iaccessible. [important] acclocation: get the x,y coordinates, and the height and width of this iaccessible node. [important] accnavigate: navigate to the first/last child, previous/next sibling, up, down, left or right from this iaccessible. [important, but no need to implement up/down/left/right] acchittest: find out what iaccessible exists and a specific coordinate. accdodefaultaction: perform the action described by get_accdefaultaction. put_accname: change the name. put_accvalue: change the value. msaa events cheat sheet for information on what each event does, see the msdn event constants page. check with your assistive technology partners to find out what events you need to support. there's a very good chance they won't ask for more than the events marked [important...
... check with your assistive technology partners to find out what states you need to support. there's a very good chance they won't ask for more than the states marked [important]: state_unavailable [important] state_selected [important]...

Color picker tool - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
pickertool() { /*========== get dom element by id ==========*/ function getelembyid(id) { return document.getelementbyid(id); } function allowdropevent(e) { e.preventdefault(); } /*========== make an element resizable relative to it's parent ==========*/ var uicomponent = (function uicomponent() { function makeresizable(elem, axis) { var valuex = 0; var valuey = 0; var action = 0; var resizestart = function resizestart(e) { e.stoppropagation(); e.preventdefault(); if (e.button !== 0) return; valuex = e.clientx - elem.clientwidth; valuey = e.clienty - elem.clientheight; document.body.setattribute('data-resize', axis); document.addeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.addeventlistener('mouseup', resizeend); }; ...
...(e) { e.stoppropagation(); e.preventdefault(); if (e.button !== 0) return; valuex = e.clientx - elem.clientwidth; valuey = e.clienty - elem.clientheight; document.body.setattribute('data-resize', axis); document.addeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.addeventlistener('mouseup', resizeend); }; var mousemove = function mousemove(e) { if (action >= 0) elem.style.width = e.clientx - valuex + 'px'; if (action <= 0) elem.style.height = e.clienty - valuey + 'px'; }; var resizeend = function resizeend(e) { if (e.button !== 0) return; document.body.removeattribute('data-resize', axis); document.removeeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.removeeventlistener('mouseup', resizeend); }; v...
...ienty - valuey + 'px'; }; var resizeend = function resizeend(e) { if (e.button !== 0) return; document.body.removeattribute('data-resize', axis); document.removeeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.removeeventlistener('mouseup', resizeend); }; var handle = document.createelement('div'); handle.classname = 'resize-handle'; if (axis === 'width') action = 1; else if (axis === 'height') action = -1; else axis = 'both'; handle.classname = 'resize-handle'; handle.setattribute('data-resize', axis); handle.addeventlistener('mousedown', resizestart); elem.appendchild(handle); }; /*========== make an element draggable relative to it's parent ==========*/ var makedraggable = function makedraggable(elem, endfunction) { var ...

OpenType font features guide - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
these are all referred to as opentype features, and are made available to use on the web via specific properties and a low-level control property — font-feature-settings. ...
...ures to turn them on or off in a given text block. why you would use them? given that these features take a bit of work to discover and use, it may seem a fair question to ask why one would bother to use them. the answer lies in the specific features that will make a site more useful, readable, and polished: ligatures like 'ff' or 'fi' make letter spacing and reading more even and smooth. fractions can make home improvement and recipe sites much easier to read and understand. numerals within paragraphs of text set as 'oldstyle' sit more comfortably between lower-case letters, and likewise setting them as 'tabular numbers' will make them line up better when setting a list of costs in a table say. 'lining' figures on the other hand sit more uniformly on their own or in front of capitalized ...
...esigned to be used inline with copy so the numerals visually blend with the surrounding glyphs in a similar fashion to small caps. there is also the notion of spacing. proportional spacing is the normal setting, whereas tabular spacing lines up numerals evenly regardless of character width, making it more appropriate for lining up tables of numbers in financial tables. there are two types of fractions supported through this property: diagonal slashed fractions. vertically stacked fractions. ordinals are also supported (such as '1st' or '3rd'), as is a slashed zero if present in the font. lining and oldstyle figures fractions, ordinals, and slashed zero east asian (font-variant-east-asian) this allows access to various alternate forms of glyphs within a font. the example below sh...

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
callback : null; endfunc = endfunc || function(e) {}; var resizestart = function resizestart(e) { e.stoppropagation(); e.preventdefault(); if (e.button !== 0) return; valuex = e.clientx - elem.clientwidth; valuey = e.clienty - elem.clientheight; document.body.setattribute('data-resize', axis); docum...
...(e) { e.stoppropagation(); e.preventdefault(); if (e.button !== 0) return; valuex = e.clientx - elem.clientwidth; valuey = e.clienty - elem.clientheight; document.body.setattribute('data-resize', axis); document.addeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.addeventlistener('mouseup', resizeend); }; var mousemove = function mousemove(e) { if (action >= 0) elem.style.width = e.clientx - valuex + 'px'; if (action <= 0) elem.style.height = e.clienty - valuey + 'px'; if (callback) callback(); }; var resizeend = function resizeend(e) { if (e.button !== 0) return; document.body.removeattribute('data-resize', axis); document.removeeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.removeeventlistener...
...back(); }; var resizeend = function resizeend(e) { if (e.button !== 0) return; document.body.removeattribute('data-resize', axis); document.removeeventlistener('mousemove', mousemove); document.removeeventlistener('mouseup', resizeend); endfunc(); }; var handle = document.createelement('div'); handle.classname = 'resize-handle'; if (axis === 'width') action = 1; else if (axis === 'height') action = -1; else axis = 'both'; handle.classname = 'resize-handle'; handle.setattribute('data-resize', axis); handle.addeventlistener('mousedown', resizestart); elem.appendchild(handle); }; return { makeresizable : makeresizable }; })(); /** * gradient point */ var gradientpoint = function gradientpoint(axis) { var point = ...

font-variant - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
, styleset(), character-variant(), swash(), ornaments(), annotation() specifies the keywords and functions related to the font-variant-alternates longhand property. small-caps, all-small-caps, petite-caps, all-petite-caps, unicase, titling-caps specifies the keywords and functions related to the font-variant-caps longhand property. <numeric-figure-values>, <numeric-spacing-values>, <numeric-fraction-values>, ordinal, slashed-zero specifies the keywords related to the font-variant-numeric longhand property. the possible values are: lining-nums, oldstyle-nums, proportional-nums, tabular-nums, diagonal-fractions, stacked-fractions, ordinal, and slashed-zero. <east-asian-variant-values>, <east-asian-width-values>, ruby specifies the keywords related to the font-variant-east-asian longhand pr...
...> | stylistic( <feature-value-name> ) | historical-forms | styleset( <feature-value-name># ) | character-variant( <feature-value-name># ) | swash( <feature-value-name> ) | ornaments( <feature-value-name> ) | annotation( <feature-value-name> ) | [ small-caps | all-small-caps | petite-caps | all-petite-caps | unicase | titling-caps ] | <numeric-figure-values> | <numeric-spacing-values> | <numeric-fraction-values> | ordinal | slashed-zero | <east-asian-variant-values> | <east-asian-width-values> | ruby ]where <common-lig-values> = [ common-ligatures | no-common-ligatures ]<discretionary-lig-values> = [ discretionary-ligatures | no-discretionary-ligatures ]<historical-lig-values> = [ historical-ligatures | no-historical-ligatures ]<contextual-alt-values> = [ contextual | no-contextual ]<feature-valu...
...mon-ligatures ]<discretionary-lig-values> = [ discretionary-ligatures | no-discretionary-ligatures ]<historical-lig-values> = [ historical-ligatures | no-historical-ligatures ]<contextual-alt-values> = [ contextual | no-contextual ]<feature-value-name> = <custom-ident><numeric-figure-values> = [ lining-nums | oldstyle-nums ]<numeric-spacing-values> = [ proportional-nums | tabular-nums ]<numeric-fraction-values> = [ diagonal-fractions | stacked-fractions ]<east-asian-variant-values> = [ jis78 | jis83 | jis90 | jis04 | simplified | traditional ]<east-asian-width-values> = [ full-width | proportional-width ] examples setting the small-caps font variant html <p class="normal">firefox rocks!</p> <p class="small">firefox rocks!</p> css p.normal { font-variant: normal; } p.small { font-varia...

Event developer guide - Developer guides
r, to the change in device vertical orientation. the window in which the browser is displayed can trigger events; for example, change size if the user maximizes the window or otherwise changes it. the process loading of a web page can trigger events in response to the completion of different steps in the downloading, parsing, and rendering of the web page for display to the user. ...
...played can trigger events; for example, change size if the user maximizes the window or otherwise changes it. the process loading of a web page can trigger events in response to the completion of different steps in the downloading, parsing, and rendering of the web page for display to the user. the user interaction with the web page contents can trigger events. ...
... parsing, and rendering of the web page for display to the user. the user interaction with the web page contents can trigger events. the events triggered by user interaction evolved during the early years of browser design and include a complicated system defining the sequence in which events will be called and the manner in which that sequence can be controlled. the different types of user interaction-driven events include: the original 'click' event, mouse events, mouse gesture events, and both touch events and the earlier mozilla experimental touch events, now deprecated. the modification of the web page in structure or content might trigger some events, as explained in the mutation events page, but the use of these events has been deprecated in favour of the lighter mutation observe...

HTML attribute reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
vior in various ways to meet the criteria the users want. attribute list attribute name elements description accept <form>, <input> list of types the server accepts, typically a file type. accept-charset <form> list of supported charsets. accesskey global attribute keyboard shortcut to activate or add focus to the element. action <form> the uri of a program that processes the information submitted via the form. align <applet>, <caption>, <col>, <colgroup>, <hr>, <iframe>, <img>, <table>, <tbody>, <td>, <tfoot> , <th>, <thead>, <tr> specifies the horizontal alignment of the element. allow <iframe> specifies a feature-policy for the iframe. alt <applet>, <area>, <img>, <input>...
...ading a resource. draggable global attribute defines whether the element can be dragged. dropzone global attribute indicates that the element accepts the dropping of content onto it. enctype <form> defines the content type of the form data when the method is post. enterkeyhint <textarea>, contenteditable the enterkeyhint specifies what action label (or icon) to present for the enter key on virtual keyboards. the attribute can be used with form controls (such as the value of textarea elements), or in elements in an editing host (e.g., using contenteditable attribute). for <label>, <output> describes elements which belongs to this one. form <button>, <fieldset>, <input>, <keygen>, <label>, <meter>, <object>, <...
...s (such as the value of textarea elements), or in elements in an editing host (e.g., using contenteditable attribute). for <label>, <output> describes elements which belongs to this one. form <button>, <fieldset>, <input>, <keygen>, <label>, <meter>, <object>, <output>, <progress>, <select>, <textarea> indicates the form that is the owner of the element. formaction <input>, <button> indicates the action of the element, overriding the action defined in the <form>. formenctype <button>, <input> if the button/input is a submit button (type="submit"), this attribute sets the encoding type to use during form submission. if this attribute is specified, it overrides the enctype attribute of the button's form owner. formmethod <butt...

<button>: The Button element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ment to associate the button with (its form owner). the value of this attribute must be the id of a <form> in the same document. (if this attribute is not set, the <button> is associated with its ancestor <form> element, if any.) this attribute lets you associate <button> elements to <form>s anywhere in the document, not just inside a <form>. it can also override an ancestor <form> element. formaction html5 the url that processes the information submitted by the button. overrides the action attribute of the button's form owner. does nothing if there is no form owner. formenctype html5 if the button is a submit button (it's inside/associated with a <form> and doesn't have type="button"), specifies how to encode the form data that is submitted. possible values: application/x-www-form-urle...
...ton (it's inside/associated with a <form> and doesn't have type="button"), this attribute specifies the http method used to submit the form. possible values: post: the data from the form are included in the body of the http request when sent to the server. use when the form contains information that shouldn’t be public, like login credentials. get: the form data are appended to the form's action url, with a ? as a separator, and the resulting url is sent to the server. use this method when the form has no side effects, like search forms. if specified, this attribute overrides the method attribute of the button's form owner. formnovalidate html5 if the button is a submit button, this boolean attribute specifies that the form is not to be validated when it is submitted. if this att...
... no default behavior, and does nothing when pressed by default. it can have client-side scripts listen to the element's events, which are triggered when the events occur. value defines the value associated with the button’s name when it’s submitted with the form data. this value is passed to the server in params when the form is submitted. notes a submit button with the attribute formaction set, but without an associated form does nothing. you have to set a form owner, either by wrapping it in a <form> or set the attribute form to the id of the form. <button> elements are much easier to style than <input> elements. you can add inner html content (think <i>, <br>, or even <img>), and use ::after and ::before pseudo-elements for complex rendering. if your buttons are not for submitt...

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ing within a control, if the user agent's preferences override the setting. non-standard attributes the following non-standard attributes are also available on some browsers. as a general rule, you should avoid using them unless it can't be helped. attribute description autocorrect a string indicating whether or not autocorrect is on or off. safari only. mozactionhint a string indicating the type of action that will be taken when the user presses the enter or return key while editing the field; this is used to determine an appropriate label for that key on a virtual keyboard. firefox for android only. autocorrect a safari extension, the autocorrect attribute is a string which indicates whether or not to activate automatic correction while the...
...for android only. autocorrect a safari extension, the autocorrect attribute is a string which indicates whether or not to activate automatic correction while the user is editing this field. permitted values are: on enable automatic correction of typos, as well as processing of text substitutions if any are configured. off disable automatic correction and text substitutions. mozactionhint a mozilla extension, supported by firefox for android, which provides a hint as to what sort of action will be taken if the user presses the enter or return key while editing the field. this information is used to decide what kind of label to use on the enter key on the virtual keyboard. note: this has been standardized as the global attribute enterkeyhint, but is not yet widely impleme...
... url which actually exists, corresponds to the user of the site, or is acceptable in any other way. it simply ensures that the value of the field is properly formatted to be a url. note: it's also crucial to remember that a user can tinker with your html behind the scenes, so your site must not use this validation for any security purposes. you must verify the url on the server-side of any transaction in which the provided text may have any security implications of any kind. a simple url input currently, all browsers which implement this element implement it as a standard text input field with basic validation features. in its most basic form, a url input can be implemented like this: <input id="myurl" name="myurl" type="url"> notice that it's considered valid when empty and when a sing...

<menu> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ivated through another element. this might be as a button menu referenced by a menu attribute of a <button> element, or as context menu for an element with a contextmenu attribute. this value is the default if the attribute is missing and the parent element is also a <menu> element. toolbar: indicates the toolbar state, which represents a toolbar consisting of a series of commands for user interaction. this might be in the form of an unordered list of <li> elements, or, if the element has no <li> element children, flow content describing available commands. this value is the default if the attribute is missing. usage notes the <menu> and <ul> elements both represent an unordered list of items. the key difference is that <ul> primarily contains items for display, whilst <menu> is intende...
...but reintroduced in html5.1 and the html living standard. this document describes the current firefox implementation. type 'list' is likely to change to 'toolbar' according to html5.1. examples context menu html <!-- a <div> element with a context menu --> <div contextmenu="popup-menu"> right-click to see the adjusted context menu </div> <menu type="context" id="popup-menu"> <menuitem>action</menuitem> <menuitem>another action</menuitem> <hr/> <menuitem>separated action</menuitem> </menu> css div { width: 300px; height: 80px; background-color: lightgreen; } result menu button menu buttons haven't been implemented in any known browsers yet. the type attribute on the <menu> element is now obsolete. <menuitem> element is obsolete. html <!-- a button, which di...
...: 80px; background-color: lightgreen; } result menu button menu buttons haven't been implemented in any known browsers yet. the type attribute on the <menu> element is now obsolete. <menuitem> element is obsolete. html <!-- a button, which displays a menu when clicked. --> <button type="menu" menu="popup-menu"> dropdown </button> <menu type="context" id="popup-menu"> <menuitem>action</menuitem> <menuitem>another action</menuitem> <hr/> <menuitem>separated action</menuitem> </menu> result toolbar toolbar menus haven't been implemented in any known browsers yet. html <!-- a context menu for a simple editor, - containing two menu buttons. --> <menu type="toolbar"> <li> <button type="menu" menu="file-menu">file</button> <menu type="context" id="file-m...

contextmenu - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
html5 now allows us to customize this menu. here are some implementation examples, including nested menus. ...
...abel="facebook" onclick="shareviafacebook()"></menuitem> </menu> </menu> <ol> <li> anywhere in the example you can share the page on twitter and facebook using the share menu from your context menu. ...
...f the text by using the "increase/decrease font" actions from your context menu </li> <menu type="context" id="changefont"> <menuitem label="increase font" onclick="incfont()"></menuitem> <menuitem label="decrease font" onclick="decfont()"></menuitem> </menu> <li contextmenu="changeimage" id="changeimage"> on the image below, you can fire the "change image" action in your context menu.<br /> <img src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/a2/b601bdfc0c.png" contextmenu="changeimage" id="promobutton" /> <menu type="context" id="changeimage"> <menuitem label="change image" onclick="changeimage()"></menuitem> </menu> </li> </ol> </body> javascript function shareviatwitter() { window.open("https://twitter.co...

HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ents of type="date" create input fields that let the user enter a date, either with a textbox that validates the input or a special date picker interface. 123 <input type="datetime"> element, html, html forms, input, input element, input type, obsolete, reference, datetime the html <input type="datetime"> was a control for entering a date and time (hour, minute, second, and fraction of a second) as well as a timezone. this feature has been removed from whatwg html, and is no longer supported in browsers. 124 <input type="datetime-local"> date, date and time, element, form input, html, html forms, input, input element, input type, reference, time, datetime-local <input> elements of type datetime-local create input controls that let the user easily enter b...
...lement indicates a suggested color that user agents should use to customize the display of the page or of the surrounding user interface. if specified, the content attribute must contain a valid css <color>. 160 <meter>: the html meter element element, html, html forms, html5, reference, web the html <meter> element represents either a scalar value within a known range or a fractional value. 161 <multicol>: the html multi-column layout element (obsolete) element, html, non-standard, obsolete, reference, multicol the html multi-column layout element (<multicol>) was an experimental element designed to allow multi-column layouts and must not be used. 162 <nav>: the navigation section element element, html, html sections, links, navigation, r...
...oup>, or a <datalist> element. as such, <option> can represent menu items in popups and other lists of items in an html document. 172 <output>: the output element element, html, html forms, html5, html:flow content, reference, web the html output element (<output>) is a container element into which a site or app can inject the results of a calculation or the outcome of a user action. 173 <p>: the paragraph element element, html, html grouping content, reference, web the html <p> element represents a paragraph. 174 <param>: the object parameter element element, html, html embedded content, reference, web the html <param> element defines parameters for an <object> element. 175 <picture>: the picture element element, grap...

Content-Security-Policy - HTTP
in a document's <base> element. plugin-types restricts the set of plugins that can be embedded into a document by limiting the types of resources which can be loaded. sandbox enables a sandbox for the requested resource similar to the <iframe> sandbox attribute. navigation directives navigation directives govern to which locations a user can navigate or submit a form, for example. ...
... reporting directives reporting directives control the reporting process of csp violations. see also the content-security-policy-report-only header. report-uri instructs the user agent to report attempts to violate the content security policy. ...
...-src. deprecates report-uri in favor if report-to. mixed content candidate recommendation adds block-all-mixed-content. subresource integrity recommendation adds require-sri-for. upgrade insecure requests candidate recommendation adds upgrade-insecure-requests. content security policy level 2 recommendation adds base-uri, child-src, form-action, frame-ancestors, plugin-types, referrer, and report-uri. deprecates frame-src. content security policy 1.0 obsolete defines connect-src, default-src, font-src, frame-src, img-src, media-src, object-src, report-uri, sandbox, script-src, and style-src. ...

Index - HTTP
the clear-site-data header clears browsing data (cookies, storage, cache) associated with the requesting website. it allows web developers to have more control over the data stored locally by a browser for their origins. 21 connection http, headers, reference, web the connection general header controls whether or not the network connection stays open after the current transaction finishes. if the value sent is keep-alive, the connection is persistent and not closed, allowing for subsequent requests to the same server to be done. 22 content-disposition http, reference, header in a multipart/form-data body, the http content-disposition general header is a header that can be used on the subpart of a multipart body to give information about the field it a...
...k for the other csp fetch directives. for each of the following directives that are absent, the user agent will look for the default-src directive and will use this value for it: 34 csp: font-src csp, directive, http, reference, security the http content-security-policy (csp) font-src directive specifies valid sources for fonts loaded using @font-face. 35 csp: form-action csp, directive, http, security the http content-security-policy (csp) form-action directive restricts the urls which can be used as the target of a form submissions from a given context. 36 csp: frame-ancestors csp, directive, http, security the http content-security-policy (csp) frame-ancestors directive specifies valid parents that may embed a page using <frame>, ...
... content-security-policy require-sri-for directive instructs the client to require the use of subresource integrity for scripts or styles on the page. 46 csp: sandbox csp, directive, http, security the http content-security-policy (csp) sandbox directive enables a sandbox for the requested resource similar to the <iframe> sandbox attribute. it applies restrictions to a page's actions including preventing popups, preventing the execution of plugins and scripts, and enforcing a same-origin policy. 47 csp: script-src csp, directive, http, reference, security the http content-security-policy (csp) script-src directive specifies valid sources for javascript. this includes not only urls loaded directly into <script> elements, but also things like inline script...

Network Error Logging - HTTP
of the policy, in seconds (in a similar way to e.g. hsts policies are time-restricted). the referenced reporting group should have a lifetime at least as long as the nel policy. include_subdomains if true, the policy applies to all subdomains under the origin that the policy header is set. the reporting group should also be set to include subdomains, if this option is to be enabled. success_fraction floating point value between 0 and 1 which specifies the proportion of successful network requests to report. defaults to 0, so that no successful network requests will be reported if the key is not present in the json payload. failure_fraction floating point value between 0 and 1 which specifies the proportion of failed network requests to report. defaults to 1, so that all failed network req...
...e reporting api payload is shown. the top-level "body" key contains the network error report. http 400 (bad request) response { "age": 20, "type": "network-error", "url": "https://example.com/previous-page", "body": { "elapsed_time": 338, "method": "post", "phase": "application", "protocol": "http/1.1", "referrer": "https://example.com/previous-page", "sampling_fraction": 1, "server_ip": "137.205.28.66", "status_code": 400, "type": "http.error", "url": "https://example.com/bad-request" } } dns name not resolved note that the phase is set to dns in this report and no server_ip is available to include. { "age": 20, "type": "network-error", "url": "https://example.com/previous-page", "body": { "elapsed_time": 18, "method": "pos...
.../bad-request" } } dns name not resolved note that the phase is set to dns in this report and no server_ip is available to include. ...

A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
t. also, watch out for stuff like: 0.1 + 0.2 == 0.30000000000000004; in practice, integer values are treated as 32-bit ints, and some implementations even store it that way until they are asked to perform an instruction that's valid on a number but not on a 32-bit integer. this can be important for bit-wise operations. the standard arithmetic operators are supported, including addition, subtraction, modulus (or remainder) arithmetic, and so forth. there's also a built-in object that we did not mention earlier called math that provides advanced mathematical functions and constants: math.sin(3.5); var circumference = 2 * math.pi * r; you can convert a string to an integer using the built-in parseint() function. this takes the base for the conversion as an optional second argument, which yo...
...this is very rarely what you want — in fact it's worth specifically labeling deliberate fallthrough with a comment if you really meant it to aid debugging: switch (a) { case 1: // fallthrough ca...
...ctions — which leads to code that is hard to maintain. nested functions can share variables in their parent, so you can use that mechanism to couple functions together when it makes sense without polluting your global namespace — "local globals" if you like. this technique should be used with caution, but it's a useful ability to have. closures this leads us to one of the most powerful abstractions that javascript has to offer — but also the most potentially confusing. what does this do? function makeadder(a) { return function(b) { return a + b; }; } var add5 = makeadder(5); var add20 = makeadder(20); add5(6); // ? add20(7); // ? the name of the makeadder() function should give it away: it creates new 'adder' functions, each of which, when called with one argument, adds it to ...

Using Promises - JavaScript
ng(newresult)) .then(finalresult => { console.log(`got the final result: ${finalresult}`); }) .catch(failurecallback); important: always return results, otherwise callbacks won't catch the result of a previous promise (with arrow functions () => x is short for () => { return x; }). chaining after a catch it's possible to chain after a failure, i.e. a catch, which is useful to accomplish new actions even after an action failed in the chain. read the following example: new promise((resolve, reject) => { console.log('initial'); resolve(); }) .then(() => { throw new error('something failed'); console.log('do this'); }) .catch(() => { console.error('do that'); }) .then(() => { console.log('do this, no matter what happened before'); }); this will output the following...
... ideally, of course, you should examine the rejected promises to make sure none of them are actual code bugs before just discarding these events. creating a promise around an old callback api a promise can be created from scratch using its constructor. th...
...e this: window.addeventlistener("unhandledrejection", event => { /* you might start here by adding code to examine the promise specified by event.promise and the reason in event.reason */ event.preventdefault(); }, false); by calling the event's preventdefault() method, you tell the javascript runtime not to do its default action when rejected promises go unhandled. that default action usually involves logging the error to console, and this is indeed the case for node. ideally, of course, you should examine the rejected promises to make sure none of them are actual code bugs before just discarding these events. creating a promise around an old callback api a promise can be created from scratch using its constructor. this should be needed only to wrap old apis. in an ideal w...

Intl.DateTimeFormat.prototype.formatToParts() - JavaScript
. the structure the formattoparts() method returns, looks like this: [ { type: 'day', value: '17' }, { type: 'weekday', value: 'monday' } ] possible types are the following: day the string used for the day, for example "17". dayperiod the string used for the day period, for example, "am", "pm", "in the morning", or "noon" era the string used for the era, for example "bc" or "ad". fractionalsecond the string used for the fractional seconds, for example "0" or "00" or "000". hour the string used for the hour, for example "3" or "03". literal the string used for separating date and time values, for example "/", ",", "o'clock", "de", etc. minute the string used for the minute, for example "00". month the string used for the month, for example "12". relatedyear the string u...
...fill for this feature is available in the proposal repository. examples datetimeformat outputs localized, opaque strings that cannot be manipulated directly: var date = date.utc(2012, 11, 17, 3, 0, 42); var formatter = new intl.datetimeformat('en-us', { weekday: 'long', year: 'numeric', month: 'numeric', day: 'numeric', hour: 'numeric', minute: 'numeric', second: 'numeric', fractionalseconddigits: 3, hour12: true, timezone: 'utc' }); formatter.format(date); // "monday, 12/17/2012, 3:00:42.000 am" however, in many user interfaces there is a desire to customize the formatting of this string. the formattoparts method enables locale-aware formatting of strings produced by datetimeformat formatters by providing you the string in parts: formatter.formattoparts(date); // r...
...for example by using array.prototype.map(), arrow functions, a switch statement, template literals, and array.prototype.reduce(). var datestring = formatter.formattoparts(da...

Intl.NumberFormat.prototype.resolvedOptions() - JavaScript
in as a default. usegrouping the values provided for these properties in the options argument or filled in as defaults. currency currencydisplay the values provided for these properties in the options argument or filled in as defaults. these properties are only present if style is "currency". only one of the following two groups of properties is included: minimumintegerdigits minimumfractiondigits maximumfractiondigits the values provided for these properties in the options argument or filled in as defaults. these properties are present only if neither minimumsignificantdigits nor maximumsignificantdigits was provided in the options argument. minimumsignificantdigits maximumsignificantdigits the values provided for these properties in the options argument or filled in as default...
... ...
... ...

Number.prototype.toExponential() - JavaScript
the toexponential() method returns a string representing the number object in exponential notation. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.toexponential([fractiondigits]) parameters fractiondigits optional. an integer specifying the number of digits after the decimal point. defaults to as many digits as necessary to specify the number. return value a string representing the given number object in exponential notation with one digit before the decimal point, rounded to fractiondigits digits after the decimal point. exceptions rangeerror if fractiondigits is too small or too large. v...
...e digit before the decimal point, rounded to fractiondigits digits after the decimal point. exceptions rangeerror if fractiondigits is too small or too large. values between 0 and 20, inclusive, will not cause a rangeerror. implementations are allowed to support larger and smaller values as well. typeerror if this method is invoked on an object that is not a number. description if the fractiondigits argument is omitted, the number of digits after the decimal point defaults to the number of digits necessary to represent the value uniquely. if you use the toexponential() method for a numeric literal and the numeric literal has no exponent and no decimal point, leave whitespace(s) before the dot that precedes the method call to prevent the dot from being interpreted as a decimal point. ...
...er the decimal point defaults to the number of digits necessary to represent the value uniquely. if you use the toexponential() method for a numeric literal and the numeric literal has no exponent and no decimal point, leave whitespace(s) before the dot that precedes the method call to prevent the dot from being interpreted as a decimal point. if a number has more digits than requested by the fractiondigits parameter, the number is rounded to the nearest number represented by fractiondigits digits. see the discussion of rounding in the description of the tofixed() method, which also applies to toexponential(). examples using toexponential var numobj = 77.1234; console.log(numobj.toexponential()); // logs 7.71234e+1 console.log(numobj.toexponential(4)); // logs 7.7123e+1 console.log(numobj...

Performance fundamentals - Web Performance
speech. in return, they perceive outputs through sight, touch, and hearing. performance is the quality of system outputs in response to user inputs. all other things being equal, code optimized for some target besides user-perceived performance (hereafter upp) loses when competing against code optimized for upp. users prefer, say, a responsive, smooth app that only processes 1,000 database transactions per second, over a choppy, unresponsive app that processes 100,000,000 per second. of course, it's by no means pointless to optimize other metrics, but real upp targets come first. the next few subsections point out and discuss essential performance metrics. responsiveness responsiveness simply means how fast the system provides outputs (possibly multiple ones) in response to user inputs. for...
...no means pointless to optimize other metrics, but real upp targets come first. the next few subsections point out and discuss essential performance metrics. responsiveness responsiveness simply means how fast the system provides outputs (possibly multiple ones) in response to user inputs. for example, when a user taps the screen, they expect the pixels to change in a certain way. for this interaction, the responsiveness metric is the time elapsed between the tap and the pixel change. responsiveness sometimes involves multiple stages of feedback. application launch is one particularly important case discussed in more detail below. responsiveness is important simply because people get frustrated and angry when they're ignored. your app is ignoring the user every second that it fails to respon...
...er task is operating). this will save battery life and prevent users from cursing your name into the night sky. make events immediate as old-school, accessibility-aware web developers we love click events since they also support keyboard input. on mobile devices, these are too slow. you should use touchstart and touchend instead. the reason is that these don’t have a delay that makes the interaction with the app appear sluggish. if you test for touch support first, you don’t sacrifice accessibility, either. for example, the financial times uses a library called fastclick for that purpose, which is available for you to use. keep your interface simple one big performance issue we found in html5 apps was that moving lots of dom elements around makes everything sluggish — especially when t...

Example - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
nd above. </p> <div> (c) 2006 <a id='emailme' href='#'>nick johnson</a> <script type='text/javascript'> <![cdata[ // foil spam bots var email = '@riovia.net'; email ='nick' + email; document.getelementbyid('emailme').href = 'mailto:'+email; ]]> </script> this software is free for you to use in any way whatsoever, and comes with no warranty at all. ...
...id('emailme').href = 'mailto:'+email; ]]> </script> this software is free for you to use in any way whatsoever, and comes with no warranty at all. </div> <form action="" onsubmit="return false;"> <p> <label>number of motes:</label> <input id='num_motes' value='5'/> <br/> <label>max. velocity:</label> <input id='max_velocity' value='15'/> <br/> <label>attraction to cursor:</label> <input id='attract_cursor' value='6'/> <br/> <label>repulsion from peers:</label> <input id='repel_peer' value='5'/> <br/> </p> </form> <script type='text/javascript'> <![cdata[ // array of motes var motes; // get the display element. function display() { return document.getelementbyid('display'); } // determine dimensions of the ...
...imit // on mote position. mote.prototype.capposition = function() { var dims = dimensions(); if( this.x < 0 ) this.x = 0; else if( this.x >= dims[0] ) this.x = dims[0]-1; if( this.y < 0 ) this.y = 0; else if( this.y >= dims[1] ) this.y = dims[1]-1; } // mote::move() -- move a mote, update the screen. mote.prototype.move = function() { // apply attraction to cursor. var attract = parseint( document.getelementbyid('attract_cursor').value ); var cursor = cursor(); this.applyforce(cursor, attract); // apply repulsion from average mote position. var repel = parseint( document.getelementbyid('repel_peer').value ); var average = averagemoteposition(); this.applyforce(average, -repel); // add some randomness to the velocity. ...

Caching compiled WebAssembly modules - WebAssembly
webassembly.module indexeddb serialization support is being removed from browsers; see bug 1469395 and this spec issue. caching is useful for improving the performance of an app — we can store compiled webassembly modules on the client so they don't have to be downloaded and compiled every time. this article explains the best practices around this. caching via indexeddb indexeddb is a transactional database system that allows you to store and retrieve structured data on the client-side. it is ideal for persisting assets locally for the saved state of an application, including text, blobs, and any other type of cloneable object. this includes compiled wasm modules (webassembly.module javascript objects). setting up a caching library because indexeddb is a somewhat old-fashioned api, we ...
...torename) }; }); } looking up modules in the database our next function — lookupindatabase() — provides a simple promise-based operation for looking up the given url in the object store we created above. it resolves with the stored compiled module, or rejects with an error. ...
...vent => { if (request.result) resolve(request.result); else reject(`module ${url} was not found in wasm cache`); } }); } storing and instantiating modules next, we define a function storeindatabase() that fires off an async operation to store a given wasm module in a given database. ...

Communicating using "port" - Archive of obsolete content
a a content script: panel.port.on("mymessage", function handlemymessage(mymessagepayload) { // handle the message }); port.removelistener() you can use port.on() to listen for messages. to stop listening for a particular message, use port.removelistener(). this takes the same two parameters as port.on(): the name of the message, and the name of the listener function. this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. for example, here's an add-on that creates a page-worker and a button. the page-worker loads http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chalk alongside a content script "listener.js". the button sends the content script a message called "get-first-para" when it is clicked: pageworker = require("sdk/page-worker").page({ contentscriptfile: require...
...ker and a button. the page-worker loads http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chalk alongside a content script "listener.js". the button sends the content script a message called "get-first-para" when it is clicked: pageworker = require("sdk/page-worker").page({ contentscriptfile: require("sdk/self").data.url("listener.js"), contenturl: "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chalk" }); require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "get-first-para", label: "get-first-para", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: function() { console.log("sending 'get-first-para'"); pageworker.port.emit("get-first-para"); } }); the content script "listener.js" listens for "get-first-para". when it receives this message, the script logs the first paragraph of the document and then calls removelistener() to st...

Content Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
rker you can use to communicate with the content script(s) you attached. ...
...ript(s) you attached. ...

page-mod - Archive of obsolete content
to block certain content, to change the font style, or to display the document's dom structure. using the attach method of the tab object, you can attach a set of content scripts to a particular tab. the scripts are executed immediately. ...
... certain content, to change the font style, or to display the document's dom structure. using the attach method of the tab object, you can attach a set of content scripts to a particular tab. the scripts are executed immediately. ...

passwords - Archive of obsolete content
ms to authenticate its users, then the corresponding credential is an html form credential. it contains the following properties: username the username. password the password. url the url for the web service which requires the credential. you should omit anything after the hostname and (optional) port. formsubmiturl the value of the form's "action" attribute. you should omit anything after the hostname and (optional) port. if the form doesn't contain an "action" attribute, this property should match the url property. usernamefield the value of the "name" attribute for the form's username field. passwordfield the value of the "name" attribute for the form's password field. so: given a form at http://www.exampl...
...the hostname and (optional) port. if the form doesn't contain an "action" attribute, this property should match the url property. usernamefield the value of the "name" attribute for the form's username field. passwordfield the value of the "name" attribute for the form's password field. ...

ui/button/toggle - Archive of obsolete content
toggle buttons have two extra features: they emit a change event when clicked, as well as a click event. ...
...toggle buttons have two extra features: they emit a change event when clicked, as well as a click event. ...

Overview - Archive of obsolete content
deprecated in firefox 29 and removed in firefox 38. warning: this tutorial relies on the since-removed widget api and no longer works with firefox. the widget api is deprecated from firefox 29 onwards. please see the ui module for replacements. in particular, for a simple button, try the action button or toggle button apis, and for a more complex widget try the toolbar or sidebar apis. ...
...onwards. please see the ui module for replacements. in particular, for a simple button, try the action button or toggle button apis, and for a more complex widget try the toolbar or sidebar apis. the annotator uses content scripts to build user interfaces, get user input, and examine the dom of pages loaded by the user. meanwhile the main module contains the application logic and mediates interactions between the different sdk objects. we could represent the basic interactions between the main module and the various content scripts like this: user interface the annotator's main user interface consists of a widget and three panels. the widget is used to switch the annotator on and off, and to display a list of all the stored annotations. the annotation-editor panel enables the user to...

Creating Reusable Modules - Archive of obsolete content
ilters(nsifilepicker.filterall | nsifilepicker.filtertext); var rv = fp.show(); if (rv == nsifilepicker.returnok || rv == nsifilepicker.returnreplace) { var file = fp.file; // get the path as string. note that you usually won't // need to work with the string paths. var path = fp.file.path; // work with returned nsilocalfile... } return path; } require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "show-panel", label: "show panel", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png" }, onclick: function() { console.log(md5file(promptforfile())); } }); this works , but index.js is now getting longer and its logic is harder to understand. let's factor the file picker and hashing code into separate modules. creating separate modules filepicker.js first create a new fil...
...back var hash = ch.finish(false); // convert the binary hash data to a hex string. var s = array.from(hash, (c, i) => tohexstring(hash.charcodeat(i))).join(""); return s; } exports.hashfile = md5file; index.js finally, update index.js to import these two new modules and use them: var filepicker = require("./filepicker.js"); var md5 = require("./md5.js"); require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "show-panel", label: "show panel", icon: { "16": "./icon-16.png" }, onclick: function() { console.log(md5.hashfile(filepicker.promptforfile())); } }); distributing modules with jpm, we use npm as the package manager for sdk modules that don't ship inside firefox. module developers can publish sdk modules to npm, and add-on developers can install them fro...

Miscellaneous - Archive of obsolete content
if set, you will receive dommousescroll events. 1 scroll by page. 2 move around in the history. if set, you will not receive dommousescroll events. 3 change text size. if set, you will not ...
...usescroll", function scroll(event){ //event.detail is positive for a downward scroll, negative for an upward scroll alert("scrolling " + event.detail + " lines"); }, false); </script> if you do not receive a dommousescroll event while holding any of the modifier keys (ctrl,shift,alt,meta) you should check the mousewheel.withcontrolkey.action and related preferences. the meaning of the action preference is shown in the following table mousewheel.withxxxkey.action result 0 scroll by lines. if set, you will receive dommousescroll events. 1 scroll by page. 2 move around in the history. if set, you will not receive dommousescroll events. 3 change text size. if set, you will not receive dommousescroll events. you can liste...

Communication between HTML and your extension - Archive of obsolete content
communication between an html page and and extension after building a sample extension by reading carefully and following the complete instructions for building an extension i was able to get an extension that could display something on the status bar. what i wanted to do was have an extension "look" for something on an html page and if it found that something perform some operation on the found thing and then update the status bar with the results of the operation. ...
...ustom components and their specific component behavior rather than trying to impose some kind of messaging on existing components. next i started investigating events, there are only a handful of events and the w3c documentation is pretty complete. the basic problem with the event model is probably due to what i was trying to do. in my html i have an input element in a form. i set the onblur action to a little javascript function that performed a standard ajax request to get a result. the onreadystatechange was set to another little javascript function that would update a specific element on the html page with the result. the result of the ajax request was the something that i wanted the extension to find. there were only a handful of events that seemed relevant (load, change, dominsertnode...

Displaying web content in an extension without security issues - Archive of obsolete content
javascript and plugins. ...
...and scripts won’t run anyway when inserted v...

Observer Notifications - Archive of obsolete content
to create an observer, you need to implement the nsiobserver interface. ...
...to create an observer, you need to implement the nsiobserver interface. the interface has only one method observe() which takes three parameters. ...

User Notifications and Alerts - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » it is often the case that extensions need to notify users about important events, often requiring some response. using modal dialogs and alerts is usually a bad idea. they interrupt the user's workflow, demanding immediate action before anything else can be done. users will find them annoying and probably will learn to dismiss them as quickly as possible without even reading what they have to say. or they will just get rid of your add-on. this section lists a few alternatives that give you the possibility of notifying the user and requesting action without being too annoying. the notificationbox element you have probably seen these before. the "remember password" prompt is the one that shows up the most often. they are thin boxes that appear from beneath the tab list ...
...will be clicked. also, clicking on any of your custom buttons will cause the notification to be immediately closed, so you should only use notification boxes for single-step processes. the alerts service this is a very good option when you want to alert users about events without requiring input from them. alerts are displayed in an os-specific way, so their look is native. you can associate an action to the user clicking on the alert. another advantage is that you use an xpcom service to do this (nsialertsservice), so you can easily trigger alerts from chrome and non-chrome code. on the other hand, alerts are displayed only temporarily using the alerts service is similar to using notification boxes: let alertsservice = cc["@mozilla.org/alerts-service;1"].getservice(ci.nsialertsservice);...

Inner-browsing extending the browser navigation paradigm - Archive of obsolete content
approach the seamlessness and usability of good application user interfaces. recently, however, modern browsers and enriched web standards have begun to make new navigational and presentational models possible. one such model is inner-browsing, which is our name for a model in which all navigation occurs within a single page, as in a typical application interface. the single-page context and abstraction of data from the presentation can give your web applications new continuity, precision and control. this model is also interesting because is optimized to access contextual data instead reloading full web pages. this article discusses the concept of inner-browsing and possible approaches for its implementation. it also provides two implementation examples using the model. the first one looks like...
...mponent. data loader component this component uses xmlhttprequest to load the xml data that represents the article headlines. xmlhttprequest interface returns the dom for the document that was passed. var x = new xmlremoterequest(); doc=x.getremotedocument(loaddata); note: the above code snippet shows an object being instanciated based on a class named xmlremoterequest. this class is just an abstraction layer that encapsulates the xmlhttprequest interface, and provides cross-browser support for recent ie versions and gecko-based browsers. the following xml datasources are used in this sample: http://web.archive.org/web/20090624020048/http://devedge-temp.mozilla.org/central/dom/catalog-new_en.xml http://web.archive.org/web/20090218052509/http://devedge-temp.mozilla.org/central/xml/catalog-new_en.

MMgc - Archive of obsolete content
lizedobject will mmgc know that you want finalization behavior on your class. it's best to avoid finalizers if you can, since finalization behavior can be unpredictable and nondeterministic, and also slows down the gc since the finalizers need to be invoked. finalizer access rules finalizers are very restricted in the set of objects they may access. ...
...re time we spend out of the marking phase the better performance will be overall applications that have low or steady state memory requirements shouldn't suffer any marking penalty the first thing to determine is when we decide to start marking. currently we make the decision on when to do a collection based on how much memory has been allocated since the last collection, if its over a certain fraction of the the total heap size we do a collection and if its not we expand. similarly we can base the decision on when to start marking when we've consumed a certain portion of the heap since the last collection, call this the isd (incremental start divisor). so if we go with an isd of 4 we start marking when a quarter of the heap is left and an isd of 1 means we're always marking. now that we know w...

Notes on HTML Reflow - Archive of obsolete content
ich corresponds to the <html> element of the html document. reflow proceeds recursively through some or all of the frame hierarchy, computing geometric information for each frame object that requires it. reflow may have the side-effect of creating new continuation frames, for example, for a text frame when the text must be wrapped. some reflows are immediate in response to user or script actions; for example, resizing the window or changing the document's default font. these are dispatched directly from the presentation shell (e.g., nsipresshell::stylechangereflow), and affect the entire frame tree. other reflows are incremental and are dealt with asynchronously; for example, when content streams in from the network. incremental reflows are queued by the presentation shell for ...
...e block frame iterates through the dirty lineboxes), and reflows the dirty child frames. isn't information lost if a reflowdirty incremental reflow coalesces different kinds of incremental reflows (e.g., a contentchanged with a stylechanged)? no, because these kinds of reflows aren't coalesced; instead, they're directly enqueued to the presentation shell's reflow queue. html and xul interaction as mentioned above, html and xul have fundamentally different layout models, the former being a flow-based model, and the latter being a constraint based model. these differences are mediated by two adapter classes: nsboxframe and nsboxtoblockadaptor. nsboxframe nsboxframe is an html frame that "wraps" a xul box. its purpose is to convert html reflows their box analog. nsboxtoblockadaptor nsboxto...

Drag and Drop Example - Archive of obsolete content
s a made-up attribute. xul doesn't handle it and just ignores it, but we can still retrieve it with the dom's getattribute function. we need this so that we know what type of element to create when dragging. next, we'll define the two listener objects. first, the listobserver which needs a function to handle the start of the drag. var listobserver = { ondragstart: function (event, transferdata, action) { var txt = event.target.getattribute("elem"); transferdata.data = new transferdata(); transferdata.data.adddataforflavour("text/unicode", txt); } } one function has been defined, ondragstart, which will be called by the nsdraganddrop object when necessary. the function adds the data to be dragged to the transfer object. the elem attribute is retrieved from the target of the drag ...
...nsdraganddrop.startdrag(event, listobserver)"/> <button label="check box" elem="checkbox" ondraggesture="nsdraganddrop.startdrag(event, listobserver)"/> <button label="text box" elem="textbox" ondraggesture="nsdraganddrop.startdrag(event, listobserver)"/> </vbox> </window> var listobserver = { ondragstart: function (event, transferdata, action) { var txt = event.target.getattribute("elem"); transferdata.data = new transferdata(); transferdata.data.adddataforflavour("text/unicode", txt); } }; var boardobserver = { getsupportedflavours : function () { var flavours = new flavourset(); flavours.appendflavour("text/unicode"); return flavours; }, ondragover: function (event, flavour, session) {}, ondrop: ...

Firefox Sync - Archive of obsolete content
p protocol. clients communicate through it. firefox home an ios application that functions as a sync client. mozilla server instance an instance of the server deployed and maintained by mozilla. if you use sync in your browser, this is what it talks to by default. specifications there are numerous specifications concerning sync. these include: an http api for client-server interaction storage formats used by the the clients cryptographic model for encrypting client data the definitive source for these specifications is http://docs.services.mozilla.com/. running a server it is possible to run your own sync server instance. full instructions are available at http://docs.services.mozilla.com/howtos/run-sync.html. getting involved and status for information on the current devel...
...ting involved and status for information on the current development status of sync including how to get involved, see https://wiki.mozilla.org/services/sync. related info javascript client api (useful for interacting with sync from mozilla applications, including developing extensions against sync) syncing custom preferences (useful for extension developers) code snippets (demonstrates common actions with the javascript api) ...

HTTP Class Overview - Archive of obsolete content
n overview of the classes used by the mozilla http implementation. it's meant as a guide to developers wishing to understand or extend the mozilla http implementation. ...
...handler manages preferences owns the authentication cache holds references to frequently used services nshttpchannel implements nsihttpchannel talks to the cache initiates http transactions processes http response codes intercepts progress notifications nshttpconnection implements nsistreamlistener & nsistreamprovider talks to the socket transport service feeds data to its transaction object routes progress notifications nshttpconnectioninfo identifies a connection nshttptransaction implements nsirequest encapsulates a http request and response parses incoming data nshttpchunkeddecoder owned by a transaction strips chunked transfer encoding nshttprequesthead owns a nshttpheaderarray knows how to fill a request buffer nshttpresponsehead owns a nsht...

Mozilla Application Framework in Detail - Archive of obsolete content
rt for common protocols (http, ftp, file, etc.) and a way to plug in custom protocol handlers. necko also provides an abstract "file descriptor" interface for low-level data access. necko features include support for asynchronous i/o, a generic disk and memory cache service, asynchronous caching dns resolution, web proxies, and https. the following architectural diagram depicts necko and its interaction with subsystems: necko is powerful, stable and robust, with current development focused on performance and standards-compliance. it has gone through extensive field testing and revision to maximize web site compatibility. xpcom, the cross platform component object model the cross platform component object model (xpcom) is one of the main things that makes the mozilla application environment an ...
...ld testing and revision to maximize web site compatibility. xpcom, the cross platform component object model the cross platform component object model (xpcom) is one of the main things that makes the mozilla application environment an actual framework. it is a development environment that provides the following features for the cross-platform software developer: component management file abstraction object message passing memory management this component object model makes virtually all of the functionality of gecko available as a series of components, or reusable cross-platform libraries, that can be accessed from the browser or scripted from any mozilla application. applications that want to access the various mozilla xpcom libraries (networking, security, dom, etc.) use a special layer...

Abc Assembler Tests - Archive of obsolete content
it is possible to write tests using the abc assembler. the assembler code can be found in /utils/abcasm. tests can be found in /test/acceptance/abcasm and end with the .abs extension. the tests are run using the same runtests.py script that is used for the actionscript tests. when run, the assembler tests include the abcasm/abs_helper.as file which defines the following functions: start(summary:string):void - start a new test section described by summary end():void - test section finished compare_stricteq(name:string, expected:*, actual:*):void - compare the results of a testcase where name is the testcase name compare_typeerror(name:string, expected:*, actual:*):void - special function for comparing typeerrors (runtimeerrors) - will only compare the first 22 chars of expected a...
...cted:*, actual:*):void - compare the results of a testcase where name is the testcase name compare_typeerror(name:string, expected:*, actual:*):void - special function for comparing typeerrors (runtimeerrors) - will only compare the first 22 chars of expected and actual so that test can be run in release and releasedebugger configurations. compare_numbereq(name:string, expected:*, actual:*, fractiondigits:int=-1):void - compare 2 numbers up to fractiondigits this is to be used for high precision numbers that may vary slightly due to platform differences. sample abcasm test /* ***** begin license block ***** * version: mpl 1.1/gpl 2.0/lgpl 2.1 * * the contents of this file are subject to the mozilla public license version * 1.1 (the "license"); you may not use this file except in ...

Install Wizards (aka: Stub Installers) - Archive of obsolete content
ing: the content of this article may be out of date. see bundles for the current documentation. what do we mean by installer package? an installer package is an archive file (called xpi--pronounced "zippies"--because of its .xpi extensions) in phil katz zip format. it contains some files to be installed and the install script, usually named install.js, which contains javascript directives for actions to take during an install including adding files and directories, removing old or obsolete files and directories, executing command line tools, etc. to learn more about the xpinstall and installer packages please refer to the annotated browser xpi installer and the xpinstall api reference. what do we mean by engine code? the xpinstall engine processes installer packages by reading instructio...
...moving old or obsolete files and directories, executing command line tools, etc. to learn more about the xpinstall and installer packages please refer to the annotated browser xpi installer and the xpinstall api reference. what do we mean by engine code? the xpinstall engine processes installer packages by reading instructions from their install scripts to extract files and take other install actions. the same xpinstall engine is used by the browser and the stub installers on all platforms. the xpinstall engine source resides at: <http://lxr.mozilla.org/seamonkey/sou...xpinstall/src/> what do we mean by stub installer? the install wizards used to install mozilla are lightweight stubs targeted to be around 200 kb disk footprint. users download the stub installers, choose which packages to ...

A XUL Bestiary - Archive of obsolete content
and its children, the popup and menuitems. events events are also a source of confusion for many less-hardened developers. in fact, i'm not sure i understand them adequately myself, but here goes a simple explanation of events and of how they are used, basically, in a event-based interface like those created in xul. events are messages that are sent from an object when that object performs some action. for example, a document fires, or raises, the "load" event when it is loaded into a browser. the "click" event is fired by a button when it is clicked. if you don't do anything about these events, then you probably never know about them. documents will load, buttons will be clicked, and links will be hovered over, and events will be raised for all these actions behind closed doors. if, however,...
... by a button when it is clicked. if you don't do anything about these events, then you probably never know about them. documents will load, buttons will be clicked, and links will be hovered over, and events will be raised for all these actions behind closed doors. if, however, you write event handlers inside event listeners, as we will describe shortly, you can use these events to set off other actions. this using of events to prompt other, more explicit actions is loosely what is meant by an event model. where, exactly, are these events fired? fired at whom? events that are fired by an object "bubble up" the hierarchical model that is the dom (or the aom) node by node. these events can be "handled" at any point in that hierarchy -- including in the same node in which they were raised. if no ...

popupshowing - Archive of obsolete content
type read only domstring the type of event. bubbles read only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. ...
... type read only domstring the type of event. bubbles read only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. ...

MenuItems - Archive of obsolete content
</script> ... <menuitem label="show toolbar" accesskey="t" type="checkbox" oncommand="changetoolbarstate();"/> in this example, we show the toolbar when the menuitem is checked and hide the toolbar otherwise. there may be times when you do not want the checkbox state to be updated automatically when the menuitem is activated. this can be useful if there's a possibility that whatever action is carried out could fail. one possibility is to simply reverse the checkbox state again. as this can be more complicated, it is also possible to use the autocheck attribute to disable this behavior. when the autocheck attribute is set to false, the checkbox state is not updated automatically, and you must write code to adjust the state yourself. <script> function changetoolbarstate(event) { i...
...you can also set the autocheck attribute on a radio menuitem to disable the automatic adjustment of the checked state. this needs to be set on each radio menuitem. disabling a menuitem to have an item initially disabled, set the disabled attribute to true as in the following example: <menuitem label="undo" accesskey="u" disabled="true"/> when disabled, the item will appear greyed out and the action associated with the item cannot be carried out. the command event will not fire when an item is disabled. to disable a menuitem that doesn't apply, set the disabled property to true. to renable the item again, set the disabled property to false again. you may wish to change the disabled state in a popupshowing event handler. for more information about the popupshowing event, see the popupshowing ...

Menus - Archive of obsolete content
to set the label and an access key for the item. <menuitem label="open" accesskey="o"/> the access key will only function while the menu it is contained within is open, so access keys only need to be unique within that menu. when the item is clicked with the mouse or the access key is pressed while the menu is open, the command event is fired at the menuitem. this is the manner in which an action can be associated with the menuitem. for instance, the action associated with a open menuitem might be to open a file picker to select a file to open. in this example, a command event listener is attached to the item using the oncommand attribute. here, it just displays an alert message. <menuitem label="open" accesskey="o" oncommand="alert('open a file!');"/> another way to associate an actio...
...y. <command id="cmd_open" oncommand="alert('open a file!');"/> ... <menuitem label="open" accesskey="o" command="cmd_open"/> the command attribute should be set to the id of a command element within the same document, in this case 'cmd_open'. the command event will be fired on the command element instead of the menuitem. this is useful when you wish to have several elements performing the same action, for example a menuitem on a menubar, a context menu, and a toolbar button, because you can place the code to execute only once on the command and hook each element up to the command. menuitems also support displaying shortcuts associated with the menuitem, as well as icons beside the label. for details about adding shortcut keys to menus, see adding shortcut keys to menu items. for details abou...

PopupEvents - Archive of obsolete content
n item from the menu, or it may be because the popup was closed by clicking elsewhere. popuphidden this event is fired on a menupopup, panel or tooltip once it has been hidden. the popupshowing event just before a popup is about to be displayed, a popupshowing event will fired on the popup. this will occur regardless of how the popup is opened, either from user interaction or from a script calling the openpopup or openpopupatscreen methods. the typical usage of a listener of the popupshowing event is to adjust the content of the popup based on context. for instance, right clicking on an image might display items on a context menu pertaining to images, whereas clicking on a link would display only those items pertaining to links. within the listener for the popupsho...
...ng of a menupopup when a user has made a selection from a menu, as it is already too late to do so. in this situation the command event has already been sent to the selected menuitem and the operation already carried out. this is one special case in which the popuphiding event is fired after the popup has been removed from the screen. the reason for this is if, as is quite common, the menu item's action is to open a modal dialog. here, the menu would need to be removed first, before the dialog can be opened. otherwise, the user would have a menu for a parent window that is no longer active. so instead, the popup is removed first. note that this means that the popuphiding event doesn't fire until after the modal dialog has been closed. there are situations when the popuphiding event will not fire...

Attribute Substitution - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » so far, attribute replacement in an action body has been used to replace an entire attribute with the value of a variable. however, you may also replace only part of attribute's value, or use multiple variables in one attribute. for instance, to include a prefix before a variable value, you can use: <label value="my name is ?name"/> the effect will be that the ?name part of the attribute will be replaced by the value of the variable ?name. for instance, if the value of ?name is 'jake', then the attribute value will be 'my name is jake'. ...
...is ?name"/> the effect will be that the ?name part of the attribute will be replaced by the value of the variable ?name. for instance, if the value of ?name is 'jake', then the attribute value will be 'my name is jake'. you can include multiple variables in one attribute if desired: <label value="my name is ?name and my age is ?age"/> this technique will work for any variable replacement in the action body, except for the uri attribute since that wouldn't be meaningful. note that variable names must have a space after them as this is how the end of variable is determined. that is '?name?age' is considered to be a single variable with that name, not two variables together. to use two variables, place a space between them. it is sometimes useful though, to concatenate two values together without...

Building Hierarchical Trees - Archive of obsolete content
e displayed at the first level. the individual people are displayed at the next level of the tree as the builder recurses. in this example, we only need to use one rule. ...
...urces="people2.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml" rows="10" flags="dont-build-content"> <treecols> <treecol id="name" primary="true" label="name" flex="1"/> </treecols> <template> <query expr="*"/> <action> <treechildren> <treeitem uri="?"> <treerow> <treecell label="?name"/> </treerow> </treeitem> </treechildren> </action> </template> </tree> « previousnext » ...

Namespaces - Archive of obsolete content
<listbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template xmlns:ns="www.example.com/people"> <query expr="ns:person"/> <rule ns:gender="male"> ...
... <person name="cleopatra" gender="female"/> <person name="julius caesar" gender="male"/> <person name="ferdinand magellan" gender="male"/> <person name="laura secord" gender="female"/> </people> <listbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template xmlns:ns="www.example.com/people"> <query expr="ns:person"/> <action> <listitem uri="?" label="?ns:name"/> </action> </template> </listbox> once added to the template element the namespaces can then be referenced inside temple rule elements too, this works both in rdf and xml templates. <listbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template xmlns:ns="www.example.com/people"> <query expr="ns:person"/> <rule ns:gender="male"> <label uri="?" label="?ns:name"/> </action> </tem...

Special Condition Tests - Archive of obsolete content
that must match for the outer iteration is the root element, the one with the datasources attribute on it. for inner iterations, it will be the element with the uri attribute from the previous iteration. here is a previous example, rewritten to use the parent matching syntax: <vbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="*"/> <rule parent="vbox"> <action> <groupbox uri="?"> <caption label="?name"/> </groupbox> </action> </rule> <rule> <action> <label uri="?" value="?name"/> </action> </rule> </template> </vbox> previously, an assign element was used to assign the tagname of the result to a variable, which was then compared in a rule condition. the code above accomplishes the same ...
...e example using the extended template syntax: <vbox datasources="template-guide-streets.rdf" ref="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/myneighbourhood"> <template> <query> <content uri="?start"/> <member container="?start" child="?item"/> </query> <rule parent="vbox"> <binding subject="?item" predicate="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/title" object="?title"/> <action> <groupbox uri="?item"> <caption label="?title"/> </groupbox> </action> </rule> <rule> <binding subject="?item" predicate="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/address" object="?address"/> <action> <label uri="?item" value="?address"/> </action> </rule> </template> </vbox> containment tests for rdf sources, the simple rule syntax su...

XML Assignments - Archive of obsolete content
is, we use an additional element, the assign element. this element allows the use of additional xpath expressions to get more data from the xml data. here is an example: <vbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="person"> <assign var="?namelength" expr="string-length(@name)"/> <assign var="?siblings" expr="count(../*) - 1"/> </query> <action> <hbox uri="?" align="center"> <button label="?name"/> <label value="?gender"/> <label value="?namelength"/> <label value="?siblings"/> </hbox> </action> </template> </vbox> two assign elements are placed as children of the query element. it allows us to declare additional variables that may be used in the action body. the expr attribute specifie...
...se, the number of xml node siblings in the document, not the number of real siblings the people have, clearly the people in the datasource aren't actually siblings). naturally, the number of siblings will be the same for all children, but you could imagine a more complex query expression that generated nodes where this wasn't actually the case. the two variable assignments may then be used in the action body to replace attributes in the generated content. if a variable is used in the action that doesn't correspond to one declared in an assign element, the default behaviour is to take the corresponding attribute on the result node. here, the two attributes 'name' and 'gender' will be taken from the xml data, as in previous examples. « previousnext » ...

The Joy of XUL - Archive of obsolete content
(ecmascript); xml 1.0. platform portability like html, xul is designed to be platform-neutral, making applications easily portable to all of the operating systems on which mozilla runs. considering the broad range of platforms that currently support mozilla, this may be one of the most compelling features of xul as a technology for building applications. since xul provides an abstraction of user interface components, it delivers on the promise of write-once, run-anywhere. the user interface for all of mozilla's core applications (browser, messenger, address book, etc.) is written in xul with one single code base supporting all mozilla platforms. separation of presentation from application logic one of the major downfalls of most web applications is the tight coupl...
...porting it to other platforms. but later, when the original developer (oeone corporation) contributed the source to the mozilla project, the calendar had to be migrated to the windows and macintosh platforms. the ui for the xul application required zero porting effort because it worked with almost no alteration on both new platforms. similarly, since the ui code is written in javascript, the interaction logic worked with no effort. however, since the libical library is written in c, more significant effort was required to migrate this component to the other platforms. fortunately, an implementation of the libical library was already available for macintosh so, with the cross platform nature of xpcom, a macintosh calendar implementation was working within a few days. however, there was no existi...

Adding Event Handlers - Archive of obsolete content
is the user pressing a mouse button or pressing a key. each xul element has the ability to trigger certain events in different situations. some events are triggered only by certain elements. each event has a name, for example, 'mousemove' is the name of the event that is triggered when the user moves the mouse over a ui element. xul uses the same event mechanism as defined by dom events. when an action occurs that would trigger an event, such as the user moving the mouse, an event object is created corresponding to that event type. various properties are set on the event object such as the mouse position, the key that was pressed, and so forth. the event is then sent to the xul in phases. in the capturing phase, the event is first sent to the window, then to the document, followed by each a...
...ach ancestor of the xul element where the event occured downwards until it reaches that element. in the target phase, the event is sent to the target xul element. in the bubbling phase, the event is sent to each element back upwards until it reaches the window again. you can respond to an event during either the capturing or bubbling phase. once the event has finished propagating, any default action will occur, which is the built in behaviour of the element. for example, when the mouse is moved over a button that is inside a box, a 'mousemove' event is generated, and sent first to the window, followed by the document, and then the box. that completes the capturing phase. next, the 'mousemove' event is sent to the button. finally, the bubbling phase causes the event to be sent to the box, do...

XUL Accesskey FAQ and Policies - Archive of obsolete content
m control? an accesskey can be added to an html or xul form control or label by using the accesskey attribute. for example, here's how we add an accesskey to a xul button: <button label="apply instantly" accesskey="a" /> apply instantly - or - <button label="apply instantly" accesskey="a" /> apply instantly in mozilla, we use dtd's for one more layer of abstraction, for purposes of internationalization. the above example should say: <button label="apply instantly" accesskey="&applyinstantly.accesskey" /> (always use accesskey instead of akey). if methods like confirm(), confirmex() or prompt() are being used to create a dialog, use an & before the button or checkbox text to make the next character an accesskey. for example, "do it &now" makes "n" the under...
... important prompts first, so that they get the best accesskeys. see if a similar prompt has an accesskey elsewhere in mozilla, and use the same accesskey. there are standard accesskeys used in windows as well, like properties. if not, try the first letter of the first word in the prompt. next, try the first letter of another word in the prompt. finally, use any non-silent letter in an action word (do these after the rest of the dialog has accesskeys chosen). common elements that don't get accesskeys ok buttons. cancel buttons. close buttons. tab panel labels. toolbar buttons tree items list items column headers are there any crucial bugs i should know about? bug 143065 - scope of accesskeys is not limited to the current tab panel. where do ac...

XUL Reference - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference « alphabetical list of all xul elements action arrowscrollbox assign bbox binding bindings box broadcaster broadcasterset button browser checkbox caption clicktoscroll colorpicker column columns commandset command conditions content datepicker deck description dialog dialogheader dropmarker editor grid grippy groupbox hbox iframe image key keyset label listbox listcell listcol listcols listhead listheader listitem member menu menubar menuitem menulist menupopup menuseparator notification notificationbox observes overlay page panel param popupset preference preferences prefpane prefwindow progressmeter query queryset radio radiogroup resizer richlistbox richlistitem row rows rule scale script...
...diogroup scale splitter textbox textbox (firefox autocomplete) textbox (mozilla autocomplete) timepicker description label image listbox listitem listcell listcol listcols listhead listheader richlistbox richlistitem tree treecell treechildren treecol treecols treeitem treerow treeseparator box hbox vbox bbox deck stack grid columns column rows row scrollbox action assign binding bindings conditions content member param query queryset rule template textnode triple where script commandset command broadcaster broadcasterset observes key keyset stringbundle stringbundleset arrowscrollbox dropmarker grippy scrollbar scrollcorner spinbuttons all attributes all properties all methods attributes defined for all xul elements style...

XUL controls - Archive of obsolete content
<menupopup> <menuitem label="list"/> <menuitem label="details"/> </menupopup> </button> more information about this type of menu button element. button reference related elements: menupopup menuitem <button type="menu-button"> a button that that has a separate arrow button with a menu attached to it. unlike with the 'menu' type, a separate action may be performed when the main part of the button is pressed. <button type="menu-button" label="new"> <menupopup> <menuitem label="new document"/> <menuitem label="new image"/> </menupopup> </button> more information about this type of menu button element. button reference related elements: menupopup menuitem <checkbox> a control t...
...m label="status bar"/> </menupopup> </toolbarbutton> more information about this type of menu toolbarbutton element. toolbarbutton reference related elements: menupopup menuitem toolbar <toolbarbutton type="menu-button"> a button on a toolbar that that has a separate arrow button with a menu attached to it. unlike with the 'menu' type, a separate action may be performed when the main part of the button is pressed. <toolbarbutton type="menu-button" label="open"> <menupopup> <menuitem label="open changed files"/> <menuitem label="open all"/> </menupopup> </toolbarbutton> more information about this type of menu toolbarbutton element. toolbarbutton reference related elements: menupopup menuitem toolbar ...

preference - Archive of obsolete content
<preferences> <preference id="pref_id" name="preference.name" type="int"/> </preferences> see preferences system for a complete example. attributes disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements are usually drawn with grayed-out text. if the element is disabled, it does not respond to user actions, it cannot be focused, and the command event will not fire. in the case of form elements, it will not be submitted. do not set the attribute to true, as this will suggest you can set it to false to enable the element again, which is not the case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, howeve...
...s obtained from the defaultvalue property. valuefrompreferences gets and sets the value stored in the user preference, specified in name. (this always accesses the nsiprefbranch apis regardless of the instantapply mode in effect). methods reset() return type: no return value resets the preference to its default value. for a textbox it also clears the undo transaction list (gecko 1.9). type getelementvalue(in domelement element); retrieves the value that should be written to preferences based on the current state of the supplied element. this function calls onsynctopreference. boolean iselementeditable(in domelement element) returns true, if the given element is "editable" (see below). void setelementvalue(in domelement element); initializes the suppl...

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
any decimal places. the value infinity may be used if you want no limit on the number of decimal places. note that decimal numbers are stored as floats. disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements are usually drawn with grayed-out text. if the element is disabled, it does not respond to user actions, it cannot be focused, and the command event will not fire. in the case of form elements, it will not be submitted. do not set the attribute to true, as this will suggest you can set it to false to enable the element again, which is not the case. the disabled attribute is allowed only for form controls. using it with an anchor tag (an <a> link) will have no effect. the element will, howeve...
... decrease() return type: no return value decreases the value of the scale or number box by the increment. increase() return type: no return value increases the value of the scale or number box by the increment. reset() return type: no return value resets the preference to its default value. for a textbox it also clears the undo transaction list (gecko 1.9). select() return type: no return value selects all the text in the textbox. setselectionrange( start, end ) return type: no return value sets the selected portion of the textbox, where the start argument is the index of the first character to select and the end argument is the index of the character after the selection. set both argumen...

NPP_URLNotify - Archive of obsolete content
rs the function has the following parameters: instance pointer to the current plug-in instance. url url of the npn_geturlnotify() or npn_posturlnotify() request that has completed. reason reason code for completion of request. values: npres_done (most common): completed normally. npres_user_break: user canceled stream directly by clicking the stop button or indirectly by some action such as deleting the instance or initiating higher-priority network operations. npres_network_err: stream failed due to problems with network, disk i/o, lack of memory, or other problems. notifydata plug-in-private value for associating a previous npn_geturlnotify() or npn_posturlnotify() request with a subsequent npp_urlnotify() call. description the browser calls npp_urlnotify() a...
...r calls npp_urlnotify() after the completion of a npn_geturlnotify() or npn_posturlnotify() request to inform the plug-in that the request was completed and supply a reason code for the completion. the most common reason code is npres_done, indicating simply that the request completed normally. other possible reason codes are npres_user_break, indicating that the request was halted due to a user action (for example, clicking the stop button), and npres_network_err, indicating that the request could not be completed, perhaps because the url could not be found. the parameter notifydata is the plug-in-private value passed as an argument by a previous npn_geturlnotify() or npn_posturlnotify() call, and can be used as an identifier for the request. see also npn_geturlnotify() npn_geturl() npn...

Introduction to SSL - Archive of obsolete content
e, is a bank sending confidential financial information to a customer and wants to check the recipient's identity. an encrypted ssl connection requires all information sent between a client and a server to be encrypted by the sending software and decrypted by the receiving software, thus providing a high degree of confidentiality. confidentiality is important for both parties to any private transaction. in addition, all data sent over an encrypted ssl connection is protected with a mechanism for detecting tampering-that is, for automatically determining whether the data has been altered in transit. the ssl protocol includes two sub-protocols: the ssl record protocol and the ssl handshake protocol. the ssl record protocol defines the format used to transmit data. the ssl handshake protocol inv...
...-protocols: the ssl record protocol and the ssl handshake protocol. the ssl record protocol defines the format used to transmit data. the ssl handshake protocol involves using the ssl record protocol to exchange a series of messages between an ssl-enabled server and an ssl-enabled client when they first establish an ssl connection. this exchange of messages is designed to facilitate the following actions: authenticate the server to the client. allow the client and server to select the cryptographic algorithms, or ciphers, that they both support. optionally authenticate the client to the server. use public-key encryption techniques to generate shared secrets. establish an encrypted ssl connection. for more information about the handshake process, see "the ssl handshake." ciphers used wi...

Building a Theme - Archive of obsolete content
load it into firefox using the file->open file command and it will report xml errors to you. see install manifests for a complete listing of the required and optional properties. save the file. styling the browser's ui with css firefox's user interface is written in xul and javascript. xul is an xml grammar that provides user interface widgets like buttons, menus, toolbars, trees, etc. user actions are bound to functionality using javascript. these xul elements are styled using css. if you don't know css, it's going to be a steep learning curve, and you may want to try some html-based tutorials to start with. the browser ui has absolutely no styling on its own - if you try to start up with an empty theme, firefox will be unusable, as the button elements will be drawn as plain text. this i...
...n addition, mozilla add-ons allows users to comment and provide feedback on your theme. it is highly recommended that you use mozilla add-ons to distribute your themes! visit https://addons.mozilla.org/developers/ to create an account and begin distributing your themes! note: your theme will be passed faster and downloaded more if you have a good description and some screenshots of the theme in action. themes ______________________________ ...

XForms Switch Module - Archive of obsolete content
introduction xforms switch module define a switch construct that allows the creation of user interfaces where the user interface can be varied based on user actions and events. the module defines for this switch, case and toggle elements. switch element the element (see the spec) is used in conjunction with case and toggle elements. the switch element contains case elements which in turn contain markup. only the contents of a single case may be displayed at one time. the toggle element is an action that when triggered will make a case selected and visible and thereby hiding all other case elements contained by the same switch. attributes single-node binding type restrictions the switch element can be bound to a node containing data of any type. actually, the switch element doesn'...
...isible. if no case is initially selected, the first case inside the switch becomes selected and visible. representations the case element doesn't have a visual representation. toggle element the element (see the spec) selects one possible case from an exclusive list of alternatives in a switch. a toggle can be designated as an event handler using xml events or may also be contained in an action element. in either scenario, it would be triggered by an event. attributes events special case - the idref of a case element to select representations the case element doesn't have a visual representation. example <switch> <case id="in" selected="true"> <input ref="yourname"> <label>please tell me your name</label> <toggle ev:event="domactivate" case="ou...

Choosing Standards Compliance Over Proprietary Practices - Archive of obsolete content
thin the web environment, the accessibility standards are closely tied to html, xml, xhtml, and other w3c standards. by integrating and supporting the accessibility guidelines, an organization can offer their product lines or services to a larger and more diverse user base. interchangeability if a user experiences consistent behavior across a range of products, they can predict how a particular action or function will work or respond. as a product provider, the goal should be the element of least surprise. by instilling a set of global goals and standards into an organizational infrastructure, an organization is ensuring its end users the ability to interact, function, view, and process information consistently as they transition from one device to the next. a significant drawback in allowing...
... export because they introduced mfc (microsoft foundation classes), which is a windows-only standard that does not follow the ansi standard. quality assurance we know from experience that without rigorous testing, our products can fail miserably when we introduce them into the market. technical support is costly not only in regard to support staff costs, but also in respect to customer dissatisfaction. that is why organizations also need to apply standards to quality testing. by adopting a set of standards, the qa organization can produce a set of test suites that they can use across multiple projects. by having a standardized set of test suites, the qa organization can easily maintain, verify, and certify the tests, and eliminate redundant testing databases to ensure consistency and reliabil...

Examples - Game development
ling space shooter. swooop a plane flying game: control your plane and collect the jewels. again, created with playcanvas. save the day fly your rescue chopper around the disaster area and save the stranded victims (ga.me.) polycraft a shipwreck 'n survive game. explore the island and defeat the monsters. hexgl a fast-paced, futuristic racing game. dead trigger 2 classic zombie splatter action, made with unity3d. angry bots a futuristic aliens-esque isometric 3rd person shooter demo, made with unity3d. nutmeg cute retro scrolling platforming action. back to candyland a match-3 (candy crush) style game. biolab disaster side-scrolling platform shooter. x-type vertically scrolling space shooter demo. xibalba retro (doom-style) first person shooter. gorescript another retro s...
...sembly with emscripten assorted demos wavegl webgl visualizer for sound sources. canvas airport simulation animated map showing planes taking off and landing at airports, along with flight path patterns. animation physics 3d rendering of terrain and cars, using ammo.js for the physics calculations. volumetric particle flow physics simulation of flowing liquid. explosion and chain reaction exploding particles that set off other explosions. canvas generated planet a planet with orbiting asteriod belt. digital fireworks animated firework effects rendered on canvas. autumn falling autumn leaves, with light source shining through. created using three.js. fire walk with me billowing fire cloud effect. rainbow firestorm rainbow-coloured particles, falling like rain, bouncing a...

Desktop gamepad controls - Game development
-pad right button have an index of 3 on the wireless xbox 360, but may have a different one on another device. you could also create a helper function that would assign proper names to the listed buttons, so for example istead of checking out if gamepadbuttonpressedhandler(3) is pressed, you could do a more descriptive check: gamepadbuttonpressedhandler('dpad-right'). you can see a live demo in action — try connecting your gamepad and pressing the buttons. phaser approach let's move on to the final gamepad api implementation in the captain rogers: battle at andromeda game we created with phaser. this is pure javascript code however too, so can be used in any other project no matter what framework was used. first off, we'll create a small library that will take care of handling the input f...
...)) { this.managepause(); } pause and game over states we already learned how to control the whole lifecycle of the game: pausing the gameplay, restarting it, or getting back to the main menu. ...

Paddle and keyboard controls - Game development
« previousnext » this is the 4th step out of 10 of the gamedev canvas tutorial. you can find the source code as it should look after completing this lesson at gamedev-canvas-workshop/lesson4.html. the ball is bouncing off the walls freely and you can watch it indefinitely, but currently there's no interactivity. it's not a game if you cannot control it! so let's add some user interaction: a controllable paddle. defining a paddle to hit the ball so, we need a paddle to hit the ball. let's define a few variables for that. add the following variables near the top of your code, beside your other variables: var paddleheight = 10; var paddlewidth = 75; var paddlex = (canvas.width-paddlewidth) / 2; here we're defining the height and width of the paddle and its starting point on the ...
... draw the paddle on the screen. add the following just below your drawball() function: function drawpaddle() { ctx.beginpath(); ctx.rect(paddlex, canvas.height-paddleheight, paddlewidth, paddleheight); ctx.fillstyle = "#0095dd"; ctx.fill(); ctx.closepath(); } allowing the user to control the paddle we can draw the paddle wherever we want, but it should respond to the user's actions. it's time to implement some keyboard controls. we will need the following: two variables for storing information on whether the left or right control button is pressed. two event listeners for keydown and keyup events. we want to run some code to handle the paddle movement when the buttons are pressed. two functions handling the keydown and keyup events the code that will be run when the ...

2D maze game with device orientation - Game development
ick" or "down" state. the anchor.set is setting up the anchor point on the button for which all the calculations of the position are applied. in our case it's anchored half the way from the left edge and at the start of the top edge, so it can be easily horizontally centered on the screen without the need to know its width. when the start button is pressed, instead of jumping directly into the action the game will show the screen with the information on how to play the game. howto.js ball.howto = function(game) { }; ball.howto.prototype = { create: function() { this.buttoncontinue = this.add.button(0, 0, 'screen-howtoplay', this.startgame, this); }, startgame: function() { this.game.state.start('game'); } }; the howto state shows the gameplay instructions on...
... power-ups to collect along the way that will make our ball roll faster, stop the timer for a few seconds or give the ball special powers to go through obstacles. there’s also room for the traps which will slow the ball down or make it more difficult to reach the hole. you can create more levels of increasing difficulty. you can even implement achievements, leaderboards and medals for different actions in the game. there are endless possibilities — they only depend on your imagination. summary i hope this tutorial will help you dive into 2d game development and inspire you to create awesome games on your own. you can play the demo game cyber orb and check out its source code on github. html5 gives us raw tools, the frameworks built on top of it are getting faster and better, so now is a g...

Visual typescript game engine - Game development
s engine based on matter.js. multiplatform video chat (for all browsers) implemented. socketio used for session staff. multirtc2 used for data transfer also for video chat. multirtc3 alias 'broadcaster' used for video chat. client part to make all dependency works in build process we need some plugins. npm install npm run build navigate in browser /build/app.html to see client app in action -the client part is a browser web application. no reloading or redirecting. this is a single page application. i use html request only for loading local/staged html (like register, login etc.). networking is based on websocket full-duplex communication only.you must be conform with classic socket connection methodology. webrtc can be used for any proportion. already implemented: -video chat webr...
...bru/matter-js matter.ts used because typescript orientation. https://www.npmjs.com/package/@types/matter-js crypto icons downloaded from https://www.behance.net/junikstudio todo list for 2019 i'm still far away from the project objective : make visual nodes for editor mode in gameplay. item's selling for crypto values. create examples demos in minimum 20 gameplay variants (table games, actions, platformers, basic demo throw the api doc etc.). implementing ar and webgl2. live demo platformer ...

API - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
the api can be seen as a simple contract (the interface) between the application offering it and other items, such as third party software or hardware. in web development, an api is generally a set of code features (e.g. ...
...eo and audio, broadcasting it to another user in a conference call, or capturing image stills from the video. the geolocation api can be used to retrieve location information from whatever service the user has available on their device (e.g. gps), which can then be used in conjunction with the google maps apis to for example plot the user's location on a custom map and show them what tourist attractions are in their area. the twitter apis can be used to retrieve data from a user's twitter accounts, for example, to display their latest tweets on a web page. the web animations api can be used to animate parts of a web page — for example, to make images move around or rotate. learn more general knowledge api on wikipedia technical reference web api reference ...

Perceived performance - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
perceived performance is not how fast your site is; it's how fast your users think it is. ...
...perceived performance is not how fast your site is; it's how fast your users think it is. ...

Mobile accessibility - Learn web development
swiping left and right to move between them, or by sliding your finger around on the screen to move between different items (when you find the item you want, you can remove your finger to select it). to activate the selected item (e.g., open a selected app), double-tap anywhere on the screen. swipe with three fingers to scroll through a page. tap with two fingers to perform a context-relevant action — for example, taking a photo while in the camera app. to turn it off again, navigate back to settings > general > accessibility > voiceover using the above gestures, and toggle the voiceover slider back to off. unlock phone to unlock the phone, you need to press the home button (or swipe) as normal. if you have a passcode set, you can select each number by swiping/sliding (as explained abo...
...to minimize the amount of typing needed. as an example, instead of getting users to fill out their job title each time using a regular text input, you could instead offer a <select> menu containing the most common options (which also helps with consistency in data entry), and offer an "other" option that displays a text field to type any outliers into. you can see a simple example of this idea in action in common-job-types.html (see the common jobs example live). it is also worth considering the use of html5 form input types such as the date on mobile platforms as they handle them well — both android and ios, for example, display usable widgets that fit well with the device experience. see html5-form-examples.html for some examples (see the html5 form examples live) — try loading these and ...

Responsive design - Learn web development
e: 2rem; } @media (min-width: 1200px) { h1 { font-size: 4rem; } } we have edited our responsive grid example above to also include responsive type using the method outlined. you can see how the heading switches sizes as the layout goes to the two column version. on mobile the heading is smaller: on desktop, however, we see the larger heading size: note: see this example in action: example, source code. as this approach to typography shows, you do not need to restrict media queries to only changing the layout of the page. they can be used to tweak any element to make it more usable or attractive at alternate screen sizes. using viewport units for responsive typography an interesting approach is to use the viewport unit vw to enable responsive typography. 1vw is equal t...
...s or rems then the text will still be zoomable. essentially, the vw unit adds on top of that zoomed value: h1 { font-size: calc(1.5rem + 3vw); } this means that we only need to specify the font size for the heading once, rather than set it up for mobile and redefine it in the media queries. the font then gradually increases as you increase the size of the viewport. see an example of this in action: example, source code. the viewport meta tag if you look at the html source of a responsive page, you will usually see the following <meta> tag in the <head> of the document. <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1"> this meta tag tells mobile browsers that they should set the width of the viewport to the device width, and scale the document to 100% of its intended...

Basic native form controls - Learn web development
the checked attribute on load match the :default pseudo class, even if they are no longer checked. any that are currently checked match the :checked pseudoclass. due to the on-off nature of checkboxes, the checkbox is considered a toggle button, with many developers and designers expanding on the default checkbox styling to create buttons that look like toggle switches you can see an example in action here (also see the source code). radio button a radio button is created using the <input> element with its type attribute set to the value radio: <input type="radio" id="soup" name="meal" checked> several radio buttons can be tied together. if they share the same value for their name attribute, they will be considered to be in the same group of buttons. only one button in a given group may be...
...a the get method, you'll see the values appended to the url as follows: http://foo.com?pos.x=123&pos.y=456 this is a very convenient way to build a "hot map". how these values are sent and retrieved is detailed in the sending form data article. file picker there is one last <input> type that came to us in early html: the file input type. forms are able to send files to a server (this specific action is also detailed in the sending form data article). the file picker widget can be used to choose one or more files to send. to create a file picker widget, you use the <input> element with its type attribute set to file. the types of files that are accepted can be constrained using the accept attribute. in addition, if you want to let the user pick more than one file, you can do so by adding the...

Other form controls - Learn web development
prerequisites: basic computer literacy, and a basic understanding of html. objective: to understand the non-<input> form features, and how to implement them using html. ...
...nt to find out more.) play with the interactive example at the top of the resize reference page for a demonstration of how these work. drop-down controls drop-down controls are a simple way to let users select from many different options without taking up much space in the user interface. html has two forms of drop down content: the select box, and the autocomplete box. in both cases the interaction is the same — once the control is activated, the browser displays a list of values the user can select between. note: you can find examples of all the drop-down box types on github at drop-down-content.html (see it live also). select box a simple select box is created with a <select> element with one or more <option> elements as its children, each of which specifies one of its possible val...

UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
if(billinglabels[i].getattribute('class') === 'billing-label disabled-label') { billinglabels[i].setattribute('class', 'billing-label'); } else { billinglabels[i].setattribute('class', 'billing-label disabled-label'); } } } it uses the change event to let the user enable/disable the billing fields, and toggle the styling of the associated labels. you can see the example in action below (also see it live here, and see the source code): read-only and read-write in a similar manner to :disabled and :enabled, the :read-only and :read-write pseudo-classes target two states that form inputs toggle between. read-only inputs have their values submitted to the server, but the user can't edit them, whereas read-write means they can be edited — their default state. an input i...
... to investigate. the following are fairly well-supported in modern browsers: the :focus-within pseudo-class matches an element that has received focus or contains an element that has received focus. this is useful if you want a whole form to highlight in some way when an input inside it is focused. the :focus-visible pseudo-class matches focused elements that received focus via keyboard interaction (rather than touch or mouse) — useful if you want to show a different style for keyboard focus compared to mouse (or other) focus. the :placeholder-shown pseudo-class matches <input> and <textarea> elements that have their placeholder showing (i.e. the contents of the placeholder attribute) because the value of the element is empty. the following are also interesting, but as yet not well-sup...

Tips for authoring fast-loading HTML pages - Learn web development
ript best practices, there is no need to change your code. example page structure · <html> · <head> · <link> ... css files required for page appearance. minimize the number of files for performance while keeping unrelated css in separate files for maintenance. · <script> ... javascript files for functions required during the loading of the page, but not any interaction related javascript that can only run after page loads. minimize the number of files for performance while keeping unrelated javascript in separate files for maintenance. · <body> · user visible page content in small chunks ( <header>/ <main>/ <table>) that can be displayed without waiting for the full page to download. · <script> ... any scripts which will be used to perf...
... can only run after page loads. minimize the number of files for performance while keeping unrelated javascript in separate files for maintenance. · <body> · user visible page content in small chunks ( <header>/ <main>/ <table>) that can be displayed without waiting for the full page to download. · <script> ... any scripts which will be used to perform interactivity. interaction scripts typically can only run after the page has completely loaded and all necessary objects have been initialized. there is no need to load these scripts before the page content. that only slows down the initial appearance of the page load. minimize the number of files for performance while keeping unrelated javascript in separate files for maintenance. if any images are used for rollover e...

JavaScript building blocks - Learn web development
ugh our previous module, javascript first steps. note: if you are working on a computer/tablet/other device where you don't have the ability to create your own files, you could try out (most of) the code examples in an online coding program such as jsbin or glitch. guides making decisions in your code — conditionals in any programming language, code needs to make decisions and carry out actions accordingly depending on different inputs. for example, in a game, if the player's number of lives is 0, then it's game over. in a weather app, if it is being looked at in the morning, show a sunrise graphic; show stars and a moon if it is nighttime. in this article we'll explore how conditional structures work in javascript. looping code sometimes you need a task done more than once in a row.
...of dealing with functions. function return values the last essential concept you must know about a function is return values. some functions don't return a significant value after completion, but others do. it's important to understand what their values are, how to make use of them in your code, and how to make your own custom functions return useful values. introduction to events events are actions or occurrences that happen in the system you are programming, which the system tells you about so you can respond to them in some way if desired. for example if the user clicks a button on a webpage, you might want to respond to that action by displaying an information box. in this final article we will discuss some important concepts surrounding events, and look at how they work in browsers. ...

A first splash into JavaScript - Learn web development
g, and if they are wrong, whether the guess was too low or too high. it should also tell the player what numbers they previously guessed. the game will end once the player guesses correctly, or once they run out of turns. when the game ends, the player should be given an option to start playing again. upon looking at this brief, the first thing we can do is to start breaking it down into simple actionable tasks, in as much of a programmer mindset as possible: generate a random number between 1 and 100. record the turn number the player is on. start it on 1. provide the player with a way to guess what the number is. once a guess has been submitted first record it somewhere so the user can see their previous guesses. next, check whether it is the correct number. if it is correct: d...
...our browser, and open the developer tools javascript console. then we can try typing in the examples shown below — type in each one from the "example" columns exactly as shown, pressing return/enter after each one, and see what results they return. first let's look at arithmetic operators, for example: operator name example + addition 6 + 9 - subtraction 20 - 15 * multiplication 3 * 7 / division 10 / 5 you can also use the + operator to join text strings together (in programming, this is called concatenation). try entering the following lines, one at a time: let name = 'bingo'; name; let hello = ' says hello!'; hello; let greeting = name + hello; greeting; there are also some shortcut operators available,...

Inheritance in JavaScript - Learn web development
n ecmascript syntax. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, familiarity with javascript basics (see first steps and building blocks) and oojs basics (see introduction to objects). objective: to understand how it is possible to implement inheritance in javascript. prototypal inheritance so far we have seen some inheritance in action — we have seen how prototype chains work, and how members are inherited going up a chain. but mostly this has involved built-in browser functions. how do we create an object in javascript that inherits from another object? let's explore how to do this with a concrete example. getting started first of all, make yourself a local copy of our oojs-class-inheritance-start.html file (see it runnin...
...hich to store our name property. without using this convention, we would get errors every time we called get or set. at this point: to show the current value of the _subject property of the snape object we can use the snape.subject getter method. to assign a new value to the _subject property we can use the snape.subject="new value" setter method. the example below shows the two features in action: // check the default value console.log(snape.subject) // returns "dark arts" // change the value snape.subject = "balloon animals" // sets _subject to "balloon animals" // check it again and see if it matches the new value console.log(snape.subject) // returns "balloon animals" note: you can find this example on github as es2015-getters-setters.html (see it live also). note: getters and...

Working with JSON - Learn web development
ng) before sending. luckily, these two problems are so common in web development that a built-in json object is available in browsers, which contains the following two methods: parse(): accepts a json string as a parameter, and returns the corresponding javascript object. stringify(): accepts an object as a parameter, and returns the equivalent json string form. you can see the first one in action in our heroes-finished-json-parse.html example (see the source code) — this does exactly the same thing as the example we built up earlier, except that we set the xhr to return the raw json text, then used parse() to convert it to an actual javascript object. the key snippet of code is here: request.open('get', requesturl); request.responsetype = 'text'; // now we're getting a string! request.
...equest.onload = function() { const superheroestext = request.response; // get the string from the response const superheroes = json.parse(superheroestext); // convert it to an object populateheader(superheroes); showheroes(superheroes); } as you might guess, stringify() works the opposite way. try entering the following lines into your browser's javascript console one by one to see it in action: let myjson = { "name": "chris", "age": "38" }; myjson let mystring = json.stringify(myjson); mystring here we're creating a javascript object, then checking what it contains, then converting it to a json string using stringify() — saving the return value in a new variable — then checking it again. test your skills! you've reached the end of this article, but can you remember the most imp...

Web performance - Learn web development
this is known as web performance, and in this module you'll focus on the fundamentals of how to create performant websites. ...
...ering, including how your content makes it into your users browser to be viewed, to what groups of people we need to consider when thinking about performance, how do users perceive performance? more important than how fast your website is in milliseconds, is how fast your users perceive your site to be. these perceptions are impacted by actual page load time, idling, responsiveness to user interaction, and the smoothness of scrolling and other animations. in this article, we discuss the various loading metrics, animation, and responsiveness metrics, along with best practices to improve user perception, if not the actual timings. measuring performance now that you understand a few performance metrics, we take a deeper dive into performance tools, metrics, and apis and how we can make perfo...

Client-Server Overview - Learn web development
il what happens when a server receives a "dynamic request" from a browser. as most website server-side code handles requests and responses in similar ways, this will help you understand what you need to do when writing most of your own code. prerequisites: basic computer literacy. a basic understanding of what a web server is. objective: to understand client-server interactions in a dynamic website, and in particular what operations need to be performed by server-side code. there is no real code in the discussion because we haven't yet chosen a web framework to use to write our code! this discussion is however still very relevant, because the described behaviour must be implemented by your server-side code, irrespective of which programming language or web frame...
...r) web browsers communicate with web servers using the hypertext transfer protocol (http). when you click a link on a web page, submit a form, or run a search, the browser sends an http request to the server. this request includes: a url identifying the target server and resource (e.g. an html file, a particular data point on the server, or a tool to run). a method that defines the required action (for example, to get a file or to save or update some data). the different methods/verbs and their associated actions are listed below: get: get a specific resource (e.g. an html file containing information about a product, or a list of products). post: create a new resource (e.g. add a new article to a wiki, add a new contact to a database). head: get the metadata information about...

Server-side web frameworks - Learn web development
formation encoded in the structure of the url by defining "capture patterns" in the url mapper (see the last code fragment in the section above). abstract and simplify database access websites use databases to store information both to be shared with users, and about users. web frameworks often provide a database layer that abstracts database read, write, query, and delete operations. this abstraction layer is referred to as an object-relational mapper (orm). using an orm has two benefits: you can replace the underlying database without necessarily needing to change the code that uses it. this allows developers to optimize for the characteristics of different databases based on their usage. basic validation of data can be implemented within the framework. this makes it easier and safer to...
... spring-based applications that you can "just run". it is an opinionated view of the spring platform and third-party libraries but allows to start with minimum fuss and configuration. it can be used for small problems but its strength is building larger scale applications that use a cloud approach. usually multiple applications run in parallel talking to each other, with some providing user interaction and others doing back end work (e.g. accessing databases or other services). load balancers help to ensure redundancy and reliability or allow geolocated handling of user requests to ensure responsiveness. summary this article has shown that web frameworks can make it easier to develop and maintain server-side code. it has also provided a high level overview of a few popular frameworks, and di...

Ember app structure and componentization - Learn web development
mponents/header.hbs skip app/components/header.js tip to add a class, run `ember generate component-class header` installing component-test create tests/integration/components/header-test.js header.hbs is the template file where we’ll include the html structure for just that component. later on we'll add the required dynamic functionality such as data bindings, responding to user interaction, etc. note: the header.js file (shown as skipped) is for connection to a backing glimmer component class, which we don't need for now, as they are for adding interactivity and state manipulation. by default, generate component generates template-only components, because in large applications, template-only components end up being the majority of the components. header-test.js is for writing a...
... the header.hbs file should be updated to contain the following: <input class="new-todo" aria-label="what needs to be done?" placeholder="what needs to be done?" autofocus > todo-list.hbs should be updated to contain this chunk of code: <section class="main"> <input id="mark-all-complete" class="toggle-all" type="checkbox"> <label for="mark-all-complete">mark all as...

Framework main features - Learn web development
cle is a collection of phases a component goes through from the time it is rendered by the browser (often called mounting) to the time that it is removed from the dom (often called unmounting). each framework names these lifecycle phases differently, and not all give developers access to the same phases. all of the frameworks follow the same general model: they allow developers to perform certain actions when the component mounts, when it renders, when it unmounts, and at many phases in between these. the render phase is the most crucial to understand, because it is repeated the most times as your user interacts with your application. it's run every time the browser needs to render something new, whether that new information is an addition to what's in the browser, a deletion, or an edit of wha...
...ifecycles, frameworks take different-but-similar approaches to how they render your applications. all of them track the current rendered version of your browser's dom, and each makes slightly different decisions about how the dom should change as components in your application re-render. because frameworks make these decisions for you, you typically don't interact with the dom yourself. this abstraction away from the dom is more complex and more memory-intensive than updating the dom yourself, but without it, frameworks could not allow you to program in the declarative way they’re known for. the virtual dom is an approach whereby information about your browser's dom is stored in javascript memory. your application updates this copy of the dom, then compares it to the "real" dom — the dom th...

Beginning our React todo list - Learn web development
running live version, see https://mdn.github.io/todo-react-build/. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages, knowledge of the terminal/command line. objective: to introduce our todo list case study, and get the basic app structure and styling in place. our app's user stories in software development, a user story is an actionable goal from the perspective of the user. defining user stories before we begin our work will help us focus our work. our app should fulfill the following stories: as a user, i can read a list of tasks. add a task using the mouse or keyboard. mark any task as completed, using the mouse or keyboard. delete any task, using the mouse or keyboard. edit any task, using the mouse or keyboard. ...
... top: -2px; left: -2px; width: 44px; height: 44px; } .c-cb > input[type="checkbox"] { -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased; cursor: pointer; position: absolute; z-index: 1; margin: 0; opacity: 0; } .c-cb > label { font-size: inherit; font-family: inherit; line-height: inherit; display: inline-block; margin-bottom: 0; padding: 8px 15px 5px; cursor: pointer; touch-action: manipulation; } .c-cb > label::before { content: ""; position: absolute; border: 2px solid currentcolor; background: transparent; } .c-cb > input[type="checkbox"]:focus + label::before { border-width: 4px; outline: 3px dashed #228bec; } .c-cb > label::after { box-sizing: content-box; content: ""; position: absolute; top: 11px; left: 9px; width: 18px; height: 7px; tran...

Starting our Svelte Todo list app - Learn web development
but let's have a look at the markup and see how it relates to our ...
... top: -2px; left: -2px; width: 44px; height: 44px; } .c-cb > input[type="checkbox"] { -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased; cursor: pointer; position: absolute; z-index: 1; margin: 0; opacity: 0; } .c-cb > label { font-size: inherit; font-family: inherit; line-height: inherit; display: inline-block; margin-bottom: 0; padding: 8px 15px 5px; cursor: pointer; touch-action: manipulation; } .c-cb > label::before { content: ""; position: absolute; border: 2px solid currentcolor; background: transparent; } .c-cb > input[type="checkbox"]:focus + label::before { border-width: 4px; outline: 3px dashed #228bec; } .c-cb > label::after { box-sizing: content-box; content: ""; position: absolute; top: 11px; left: 9px; width: 18px; height: 7px; tran...

Getting started with Svelte - Learn web development
ices with slow network connections and limited processing power. less code means less kb to download, parse, execute, and keep hanging around in memory. highly interactive pages or complex visualizations: if you are building data-visualizations that need to display a large number of dom elements, the performance gains that come from a framework with no runtime overhead will ensure that user interactions are snappy and responsive. onboarding people with basic web development knowledge: svelte has a shallow learning curve. web developers with basic html, css, and javascript knowledge can easily grasp svelte specifics in a short time and start building web applications. moreover, with the help of sapper (a framework based on svelte), you can also develop applications with advanced features like...
...media (min-width: 640px) { main { max-width: none; } } </style> we are applying a style to our <h1> element. what will happen other components with <h1> elements in them? in svelte, css inside a component's <style> block will be scoped only to that component. this works by adding a class to selected elements, which is based on a hash of the component styles. you can see this in action by opening localhost:5000 in a new browser tab, right/ctrl-clicking on the hello world! label, and choosing inspect: when compiling the app, svelte changes our h1 styles definition to h1.svelte-1tky8bj, and then modifies every <h1> element in our component to <h1 class="svelte-1tky8bj">, so that it picks up the styles as required. note: you can override this behavior and apply styles to a se...

Handling common JavaScript problems - Learn web development
are using put together into one file. we did this manually, but there are cleverer solutions that will automatically generate bundles for you — see browserify (see getting started with browserify for a basic tutorial). it is a good idea to bundle js files into one like this — reducing the number of http requests you need to make improves the performance of your site. you can see this code in action in fetch-polyfill-only-when-needed.html (see the source code also). we'd like to make it clear that we can't take credit for this code — it was originally written by philip walton. check out his article loading polyfills only when needed for the original code, plus a lot of useful explanation around the wider subject). note: there are some 3rd party options to consider, for example polyfill.
...le that want to use modern javascript features now is converting code that makes use of ecmascript 6/ecmascript 2015 features to a version that will work in older browsers. note: this is called "transpiling" — you are not compiling code into a lower level to be run on a computer (like you would say with c code); instead, you are changing it into a syntax that exists at a similar level of abstraction so it can be used in the same way, but in slightly different circumstances (in this case, transforming one flavor of javascript into another). so for example, we talked about arrow functions (see arrow-function.html live, and see the source code) earlier in the article, which only work in the newest browsers: () => { ... } we could transpile this across to a traditional old-fashioned anonymou...

Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
set up a selenium testing environment locally and run tests with it, and how to integrate it with tools like lambdatest, sauce labs, and browserstack. selenium selenium is the most popular browser automation tool. there are other ways, but the best way to use selenium is via webdriver, a powerful api that builds on top of selenium and makes calls to a browser to automate it, carrying out actions such as "open this web page", "move over this element on the page", "click this link", "see whether the link opens this url", etc. this is ideal for running automated tests. how you install and use webdriver depends on what programming environment you want to use to write and run your tests. most popular environments have available a package or framework that will install webdriver and the bind...
...(note that the saucelabs npm package rather confusingly uses password, not accesskey). since you are using these twice now, you may want to create a couple of helper variables to store them in. below the block where you define the driver variable (just below the build() line), add the following block — this gets the correct driver sessionid that we need to write data to the job (you can see it action in the next code block): driver.getsession().then(function (sessionid){ driver.sessionid = sessionid.id_; }); finally, replace the driver.sleep(2000) ... block near the bottom of the code with the following: driver.sleep(2000).then(function() { driver.gettitle().then(function(title) { if(title === 'webdriver - google search') { console.log('test passed'); let testpa...

Deploying our app - Learn web development
tending to trigger a new deployment to netlify each time we push to a github repo. it's exactly these kinds of connected services that we would encourage you to look for when deciding on your own build toolchain. we can commit our code and push to github and the updated code will automatically trigger the entire build routine. if all is well, we get a live change deployed automatically. the only action we need to perform is that initial "push". however, we do have to set these steps up, and we'll look at that now. the build process again, because we're using parcel for development, the build option is extremely simple to add. instead of running the server with npx parcel src/index.html, we can run it with npx parcel build src/index.html and parcel will build everything ready for production i...
...ne block of code still work when connected to another block?" unit testing, where small and specific bits of functionality are tested to see if they do what they are supposed to do. and many more types. also see our cross browser testing module for a bunch of useful testing information remember also that tests are not limited to javascript; tests can be run against the rendered dom, user interactions, css, and even how a page looks. however, for this project we’re going to create a small test that will check the third-party nasa data feed and ensure it's in the correct format. if not, the test will fail and will prevent the project from going live. to do anything else would be beyond the scope of this module — testing is a huge subject that really requires its own separate module. we ar...

Client-side tooling overview - Learn web development
ework’s javascript code works hard to interpret this custom syntax and render it as a final web app. post development post-development tooling ensures that your software makes it to the web and continues to run. this includes the deployment processes, testing frameworks, auditing tools, and more. this stage of the development process is one that you want the least amount of active interaction with so that once it is configured, it runs mostly automatically, only popping up to say hello if something has gone wrong. testing tools these generally take the form of a tool that will automatically run tests against your code to make sure it is correct before you go any further (for example, when you attempt to push changes to a github repo). this can including linting, but also more sophis...
...y, quality, and maintenance scores, and how recently the package was last updated. also click through to the tool pages to find out how many monthly downloads a package has, and whether it has good documentation that you can use to figure out whether it does what you need it to do. based on these criteria, the date-fns library looks like a good date formatting tool to use. you'll see this tool in action and learn more about package managers in general in chapter 3 of this module. if you are looking for a plugin to integrate tool functionality into your code editor, look at the code editor’s plugins/extensions page — see atom packages and vscode extensions, for example. have a look at the featured extensions on the front page, and again, try searching for the kind of extension you want (or...

Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
irefox and mozilla to develop the ui. similar to html in that it can be combined with css and javascript to make powerful applications. contains more desktop-style widgets than html and follows a box layout model, rather than being text-flow based. ajax: asynchronous javascript and xml ajax is a method of building interactive web applications that process user requests, user actions immediately in real time, unlike an http request, during which users must wait for a whole page to reload or for a new page to load. data is therefore stored and retrieved dynamically much faster. roles, states and events: please read the msaa documentation on msdn if you are unfamiliar with these. in general we abbreviate by removing redundant words. for example, we may sa...
...window() will get you the root iaccessible corresponding to the top level window. hold on to this root iaccessible, and use it to walk through the entire tree of iaccessible's. iaccessible methods that we support: get_accparent get_accchildcount get_accchild get_accname get_accvalue get_accdescription get_accrole get_accstate get_accfocus get_accdefaultaction acclocation accselect acchittest accdodefaultaction accnavigate get_acckeyboardshortcut msaa support: iaccessible events and unique id's what msaa events do we support? event_focus is fired for focus changes on any kind of focusable object event_statechange is used in check boxes, radio buttons, text fields, combo boxes and list boxes. it's also used in t...

Mozilla's Section 508 Compliance
(h) when animation is displayed, the information shall be displayable in at least one non-animated presentation mode at the option of the user. complete. mozilla's preferences under privacy & security - images contain options for making animated images still. (i) color coding shall not be used as the only means of conveying information, indicating an action, prompting a response, or distinguishing a visual element. complete. caveat: normally mozilla uses a color change to indicate when a link has been visited. however, the visited link appearance can be altered via a user style sheet. (j) when a product permits a user to adjust color and contrast settings, a variety of color selections capable of producing a range of co...
...and information retrieval that does not require user speech shall be provided, or support for assistive technology used by people with disabilities shall be provided. normal operation does not require user speech complete. does not require speech input f) at least one mode of operation and information retrieval that does not require fine motor control or simultaneous actions and that is operable with limited reach and strength shall be provided complete. all input technologies that go through the keyboard driver work with mozilla -- including sticky keys, filter keys, on screen keyboards, etc. ...

Adding a new event
overs how to add a new event to the mozilla (firefox) source code. what type of event do you want? roughly, there are 3 types of event. first, you need to choose which type you need. a simple dom event which can be implemented with webidl and widgetevent or something. this type of event is useful if the event isn't handled by c++ code. a dom event which represents a native event like a user action such as keyboard or mouse input. this type of event allows c++ code to handle it easier. it's not a dom event. however, c++ code may need to dispatch an event to dom tree and handle it with c++ event handler. this is useful for widget notifying dom tree of something or retrieving something from dom tree. how to implement an internal event class if you're in case 1 (a simple dom event), you c...
...good header file from what your event class represents. basicevents.h this header file should be used only for defining generic purpose event class such as a common super class of various event classes. probably, you shouldn't use this for your class. contentevents.h this header file should be used for defining internal event classes which are dispatched in content and do not represent user action. typically, events in this header file never cross process boundary. mouseevents.h this header file should be used for defining input events from pointing devices such as mouse. textevents.h this header file should be used for defining input events from keyboard or ime and also other text edit related events like querying focused content information. touchevents.h this header file should be...

HTTP logging
http logging generally provides more detailed logging. ...
... crash. logging only http request and response headers there are two ways to do this: replace moz_log=nshttp:5 with moz_log=nshttp:3 in the commands above. there's a handy extension for firefox called http header live that you can use to capture just the http request and response headers. this is a useful tool when you want to peek at http traffic. turning off logging of socket-level transactions if you're not interested in socket-level log information, either because it's not relevant to your bug or because you're debugging something that includes a lot of noise that's hard to parse through, you can do that. simply remove the text nssockettransport:5 from the commands above. turning off dns query logging you can turn off logging of host resolving (that is, dns queries) by removing th...

Creating Custom Events That Can Pass Data
note that starting with version 6, firefox supports dom level 3 customevent, which lets you dispatch custom events with arbitrary data from javascript. ...
...ocevent->createevent(ns_literal_string("nsdommyevent"), getter_addrefs(event)); //create the event event->initevent(ns_literal_string("nsdommyevent"), pr_true, pr_true); //initialize it twindow = do_queryinterface(awindow); //use the window for a target. myevent = do_queryinterface(event); myevent->setmyproperty(45); //set my property of my event to (e.g.) 45. prbool defaultactionenabledwin; prbool defaultactionenableddoc; nscomptr<nsiprivatedomevent> privevt(do_queryinterface(event)); privevt->settrusted(pr_true); //make the event trusted twindow->dispatchevent(event, &defaultactionenabledwin); //dispatch it (i.e. send it out into the wild) ...

mozbrowsercontextmenu
arge incompatibilities between implementations and the behavior may change in the future. the mozbrowsercontextmenu event is fired when the user tried to access a context menu over a browser <iframe>. this event can be used to control what will appear in the menu. general info specification non standard interface customevent bubbles yes cancelable yes target <iframe> default action none properties property type description target read only eventtarget the browser iframe type read only domstring the type of event. bubbles read only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. cancelable read only boolean whether the event is cancellable or not. details read only object ...
...deo context menu, this is the src of the image or video clicked on to get the context menu. in the case of an link context menu, it is the link's href. text a domstring representing the text of the link clicked on, in the case of a link context menu. hasvideo a boolean. in the case of a video context menu, this returns true if the video has metadata and is bigger than 0 x 0, or false if not. action a domstring representing the action of a form, in the case of a form context menu. method a domstring representing the method of a form, in the case of a form context menu. name a domstring representing the name of a form, in the case of a form context menu. the menu object an object representing a custom menu defined via <menu> / <menuitem> elements and pointed to via a contextmenu attri...

Download
this object is transient, though it can be included in a downloadlist so that it can be managed by the user interface and persisted across sessions. a new download object can be created using the downloads.createdownload() function. ...
...e retained during the new download attempt. promise removepartialdata(); parameters none. promise resolves to undefined when the partial data has been successfully removed. whensucceeded() returns a promise that is resolved as soon as this download finishes successfully, even if the download was stopped and restarted meanwhile. you can use this property for scheduling download completion actions in the current session, for downloads that are controlled interactively. if the download is not controlled interactively, you should use the promise returned by the start() method instead, to check for success or failure. promise whensucceeded(); parameters none. promise resolves to undefined when the download has finished successfully and you can access the target file. promise can be re...

FxAccountsOAuthClient.jsm
t and only argument is an object that has "state" and "code" properties. constructor fxaccountsoauthclient() creates and returns a new fxaccountsoauthclient object. fxaccountsoauthclient fxaccountsoauthclient( object options object parameters string client_id string state string oauth_uri string content_uri [optional] string scope [optional] string action [optional] string authorizationendpoint ); parameters client_id - oauth id returned from client registration. state - oauth state value that will be returned to the client as-is upon redirection. oauth_uri - the fxa oauth api server uri, versioned. example: "https://oauth.accounts.firefox.com/v1" content_uri - the fxa content server uri. example: "https://accounts.firefox.com" [option...
...urned from client registration. state - oauth state value that will be returned to the client as-is upon redirection. oauth_uri - the fxa oauth api server uri, versioned. example: "https://oauth.accounts.firefox.com/v1" content_uri - the fxa content server uri. example: "https://accounts.firefox.com" [optional] scope - a colon-separated list of scopes that the user has authorized. [optional] action - if provided, should be either "signup" or "signin". parameters set of parameters to initialize the firefox accounts oauth flow. authorizationendpoint optional optional authorization endpoint for the oauth server. default: /authorization return value a newly created fxaccountsoauthclient object implementing the methods described in this article. methods launchwebflow() opens...

Midas
s. user_pref("capability.policy.policynames", "allowclipboard"); user_pref("capability.policy.allowclipboard.clipboard.paste", "allaccess"); see: more about security preferences note: the shortcut key will automatically trigger this command (typically accel-v) with or without the signed js or any code on the page to handle it. redo this command will redo the previous undo action. if undo was not the most recent action, this command will have no effect. note: the shortcut key will automatically trigger this command (typically accel-shift-z) removeformat removes inline formatting from the current selection. selectall this command will select all of the contents within the editable area. note: the shortcut key will automatically t...
... drawn slightly higher than normal text. underline if there is no selection, the insertion point will set underline for subsequently typed characters. if there is a selection and all of the characters are already underlined, the underline will be removed. otherwise, all selected characters will become underlined. undo this command will undo the previous action. if no action has occurred in the document, then this command will have no effect. note: the shortcut key will automatically trigger this command (typically accel-z) unlink if the insertion point is within a link or if the current selection contains a link, the link will be removed and the text will remain. readonly this command has been rep...

Utilities for nss samples
etpassword(file *input, file *output, char *prompt, prbool (*ok)(char *)); /* * filepasswd extracts the password from a text file * * storing passwords is often used with server environments * where prompting the user for a password or requiring it * to be entered in the commnd line is not a feasible option. * * this function supports password extraction from files with * multipe passwords, one for each token. in the single password * case a line would just have the passord whereas in the multi- * password variant they could be of the form * * token_1_name:its_password * token_2_name:its_password * */ extern char * filepasswd(pk11slotinfo * slot, prbool retry, void *arg); /* * getmodulepassword */ extern char * getmodulepass...
... "non-alphabetic characters\n"); continue; } return (char*) port_strdup(phrase); } } /* * filepasswd extracts the password from a text file * * storing passwords is often used with server environments * where prompting the user for a password or requiring it * to be entered in the commnd line is not a feasible option. * * this function supports password extraction from files with * multipe passwords, one for each token. in the single password * case a line would just have the passord whereas in the multi- * password variant they could be of the form * * token_1_name:its_password * token_2_name:its_password * */ char * filepasswd(pk11slotinfo *slot, prbool retry, void *arg) { char* phrases, *phrase; prfiledesc *fd; print32 nb; char *...

Python binding for NSS
project information python-nss is a python binding for nss (network security services) and nspr (netscape portable runtime). nss provides cryptography services supporting ssl, tls, pki, pkix, x509, pkcs*, etc. nss is an alternative to openssl and used extensively by major software projects. nss is fips-140 certified. nss is built upon nspr because nspr provides an abstraction of common operating system services, particularly in the areas of networking and process management. python also provides an abstraction of common operating system services but because nss and nspr are tightly bound python-nss exposes elements of nspr. for information on nss and nspr, see the following: network security services (nss). nss project page. netscape portable runtime. nspr project page. nspr refe...
... method, function and property names are always lower case with words seperated by underscores. constants are all upper case with words seperated by underscores, they match the nss/nspr c api. every module, class, function, and method has associated documentation and is exposed via the standard python methodology. this documentation is available via the numerous python documentation extraction tools. also see the generated html documentation provided with each release. nss/nspr structs are exposed as python objects. nss/nspr functions which operate on a nss/nspr object (i.e. struct) become methods of that object. nss/nspr objects which are collections support the python iteration protocol. in other words they can be iterated over, indexed by position, or used as slices. nss/nspr ob...

NSS tools : crlutil
e revocation list management tool, type the command crlutil option [arguments] where options and arguments are combinations of the options and arguments listed in the following section. each command takes one option. each option may take zero or more arguments. to see a usage string, issue the command without options, or with the -h option. options and arguments options options specify an action. option arguments modify an action. the options and arguments for the crlutil command are defined as follows: -g create new certificate revocation list(crl).- -d delete certificate revocation list from cert database. -i import a crl to the cert database -e erase all crls of specified type from the cert database -l list existing crl located in cert database file. -m modify existing cr...
...d delete certificate revocation list from cert database. -i import a crl to the cert database -e erase all crls of specified type from the cert database -l list existing crl located in cert database file. -m modify existing crl which can be located in cert db or in arbitrary file. if located in file it should be encoded in asn.1 encode format. -g arguments option arguments modify an action and are lowercase. -b bypass ca signature checks. -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the nss security database files (for example, my_cert8.db and my_key3.db). this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -a use ascii format or allow the use of ascii format for input and output. this formatting follows rfc #11...

certutil
curity module database management, see the modutil manpages. options and arguments running certutil always requires one (and only one) option to specify the type of certificate operation. each option may take arguments, anywhere from none to multiple arguments. run the command option and -h to see the arguments available for each command option. options options specify an action and are uppercase. -a add an existing certificate to a certificate database. the certificate database should already exist; if one is not present, this option will initialize one by default. -b run a series of commands from the specified batch file. this requires the -i argument. -c create a new binary certificate fi...
... merge legacy nss databases (cert8.db and key3.db) into the newer sqlite databases (cert9.db and key4.db). --upgrade-merge upgrade an old database and merge it into a new database. this is used to migrate legacy nss databases (cert8.db and key3.db) into the newer sqlite databases (cert9.db and key4.db). arguments option arguments modify an action and are lowercase. -a use ascii format or allow the use of ascii format for input or output. this formatting follows rfc 1113. for certificate requests, ascii output defaults to standard output unless redirected. -b validity-time specify a time at which a certificate is required to be valid. use when checking certificate ...

NSS tools : crlutil
management tool, type the command crlutil option [arguments] where options and arguments are combinations of the options and arguments listed in the following section. each command takes one option. each option may take zero or more arguments. to see a usage string, issue the command without options, or with the -h option. options and arguments options options specify an action. option arguments modify an action. the options and arguments for the crlutil command are defined as follows: -g create new certificate revocation list(crl). -d delete certificate revocation list from cert database. -i import a crl to the cert database -e erase all crls of specified type from the cert database -l l...
... crl to the cert database -e erase all crls of specified type from the cert database -l list existing crl located in cert database file. -m modify existing crl which can be located in cert db or in arbitrary file. if located in file it should be encoded in asn.1 encode format. -g arguments option arguments modify an action and are lowercase. -b bypass ca signature checks. -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the nss security database files (for example, my_cert8.db and my_key3.db). this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -a use ascii format or allow the us...

GCIntegration - SpiderMonkey Redirect 1
the spidermonkey garbage collector (gc) will be changing a lot in the future. this page is intended to explain the changes that are happening, with a focus on how they will affect gecko code that uses jsapi. at a high level, there are three issues to be aware of: interactions between the garbage collector and the cycle collector incremental garbage collection moving garbage collection the apis for gc/cc interaction and incremental gc are already in place. development of moving gc (both generational and compacting) is under way, but only in the javascript shell so far. we're still thinking about how the apis for moving gc should work. overview before digging too deep, here are some quick rules of thumb for how to write code that will work smoothly with the gc regardless of change...
... automatically be traced if the object is native. as much as possible, avoid trace hooks. if objects are structured as described above, there should be no need for them. this should be obvious by now, but never ever allow a gc thing point to a gc thing in a different compartment unless it's a wrapper that's registered in the cross-compartment wrapper map. now, on to the details... gc/cc interaction <to be done later.> incremental gc incremental gc divides gc marking into time slices. in between these slices, non-gc code is allowed to run. done naively, this technique can lead to reachable object not being marked. consider the following example. {{ svg{source: "http://people.mozilla.org/~wmccloskey/incremental1.svg", embedding: "iframe", height:"130"} }} assume object b is already marke...

JS_GetGCParameter
_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_time_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_low_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_high_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_heap_growth_max, jsgc_high_frequency_heap_growth_min, jsgc_low_frequency_heap_growth, jsgc_dynamic_heap_growth, jsgc_dynamic_mark_slice, jsgc_allocation_threshold, jsgc_min_empty_chunk_count, jsgc_max_empty_chunk_count, jsgc_compaction_enabled, jsgc_allocation_threshold_factor, jsgc_allocation_threshold_factor_avoid_interrupt, jsgc_nursery_free_threshold_for_idle_collection, jsgc_pretenure_threshold, jsgc_pretenure_group_threshold, jsgc_nursery_free_threshold_for_idle_collection_percent, jsgc_min_nursery_bytes, jsgc_min_last_ditch_gc_period, } jsgcparamkey; value (c++/js shell) desc...
...eshold_factor_avoid_interrupt / "allocationthresholdfactoravoidinterrupt" jsgc_min_empty_chunk_count / "minemptychunkcount" we try to keep at least this many unused chunks in the free chunk pool at all times, even after a shrinking gc. jsgc_max_empty_chunk_count / "maxemptychunkcount" we never keep more than this many unused chunks in the free chunk pool. jsgc_compaction_enabled / "compactingenabled" non-zero to enable compacting, zero to disable. jsgc_nursery_free_threshold_for_idle_collection / "nurseryfreethresholdforidlecollection" collect the nursery in idle time if it has less than this many bytes of free space. jsgc_nursery_free_threshold_for_idle_collection_percent / "nurseryfreethresholdforidlecollectionpercent" collect the nur...

Shell global objects
set bits are a superset of the other's. thus, a principal of 0 subsumes nothing, while a principals of ~0 subsumes all other principals. the absence of a principal is treated as if its bits were 0xffff, for subsumption purposes. if this property is omitted, supply no principal. createmappedarraybuffer(filename, [offset, [size]]) create an array buffer that mmaps the given file. addpromisereactions(promise, onresolve, onreject) calls the js::addpromisereactions jsapi function with the given arguments. getmaxargs() return the maximum number of supported args for a call. objectemulatingundefined() return a new object obj for which typeof obj === "undefined", obj == null and obj == undefined (and vice versa for !=), and toboolean(obj) === false. iscachingenabled() return whether js cac...
...marker([options]) return a freshly allocated object whose [[class]] name is allocationmarker. such objects are allocated only by calls to this function, never implicitly by the system, making them suitable for use in allocation tooling tests. takes an optional options object which may contain the following properties: * nursery: bool, whether to allocate the object in the nursery setgccallback({action:"...", options...}) set the gc callback. action may be: minorgc run a nursery collection majorgc run a major collection, nesting up to a given depth getlcovinfo(global) generate lcov tracefile for the given compartment. if no global are provided then the current global is used as the default one. getmoduleenvironmentnames(module) get the list of a module environment's bound nam...

TPS Formdata Lists
required. date: the date the form data was used, expressed in hours from the present, so 0 means now, and -24 means 24 hours ago. optional, defaults to 0. for example: var formdata1 = [ { fieldname: "testing", value: "success", date: -1 }, { fieldname: "testing", value: "failure", date: -2 }, { fieldname: "username", value: "joe" } ]; formdata lists and phase actions you can use the following functions in phase actions for formdata lists: formdata.add formdata.delete formdata.verify formdata.verifynot for an example, see the tps formdata unittest: http://hg.mozilla.org/services/tps/f...st_formdata.js notes note 1, tps supports the delete action for formdata, but sync currently does not correctly sync deleted form data, see bug 564296. note 2, sy...
...see bug 552531. ...

Gecko object attributes
for more information. member-of points to the root of the atomic container that this object is in. this will always be an ancestor of the current object. see the live region support for more information. common widget attributes checkable true when the widget is known to behave like a checkbox. note some widgets which appear to be checkboxes might in fact be cyclers (see "cycles" below). action 0 is named either "check" or "uncheck". applied to: state_checkable state datatype warning: obsolete, do not use! a qname that refers to an xsd (schema) defined type. for example, a datatype may be xsd:integer. when this is not specified, the default is string, unless the value interface is exposed, which indicates the type is numeric. for more information please read about schema datatypes...
...ld items within the container are currently sorted as indicated. applied to: any container exposed in aria: aria-sort image related attributes src src attribute is placed on html image element. applied to: role_graphic for the <html:img/> element. tree related attributes cycles "true" when the tree cell is a cycler, which means each click will cycle to the next option. in this case action 0 is called "cycles", which moves to the next option in the same way a manual click does. applied to: role_cell for the <xul:tree/> note: it's not exposed currently table related attributes layout-guess true when gecko's heuristic determines that it is a table that is probably used for layout, not for table. value not set means it is probably a data table. applied to: role_table table-...

History Service Design
re of initializing places, syncing data to disk and finalize statements, so usually that's not a problem. the same pre-compiled statements approach is used in other dependant services and in autocomplete. another step to improve performance is mainly dedicated to not locking ui. since places is actually not thread-safe and doing most of the work in the main-thread, adding visits (the most common action usually executed on user interaction) could end up locking the ui till the database i/o to save data is complete. for this reason visits and favicons are added lazily on a timer. in future this will probably change in favour of storage asynchronous statements, so that the inserts will be queued-up by mozstorage itself in a separate thread. sql queries are built with performance in mind, and cons...
...her services like tags, annotations. result nodes can be simple uri nodes with page attributes or complete visit attributes, or can be containers (folders, other queries, dynamic containers and so on). see querying places for deeper knowledge on the actual implementation. expiration expiration is an important part of data management for two reasons: privacy: expiring data based on user interaction is important, nothing must be left behind on a page removal database maintenance: having cleaner and smaller tables helps queries performances expiration is done at certain moments, but in future will most likely be moved to async queries, to be executed on a separate thread. actually pages and visits are expired: on page added (lazily) on idle on shutdown expiration of pages happens wh...

Places Developer Guide
lders of this folder are tags, and their children are uris that have been tagged with that folder's name. other bookmarks apis note: this document covers the toolkit places services. however, firefox developers can take advantage of several helper apis that are browser-specific: fuel - a collection of wrapper apis for easing access to a number of firefox utilities and services nsiplacestransactionsservice - a firefox service for modifying bookmarks in a transactional manner, providing facilities for undo/redo places utilities for javascript - accessors and helper functions for firefox and extensions creating bookmarks, folders and other items creating a bookmark // create an nsiuri for the url to be bookmarked. var bookmarkuri = cc["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] ...
...t is an object representing the folder you specified above. var foldernode = result.root; // open the folder, and iterate over its contents. foldernode.containeropen = true; for (var i=0; i < foldernode.childcount; ++i) { var childnode = foldernode.getchild(i); // some item properties. var title = childnode.title; var id = childnode.itemid; var type = childnode.type; // some type-specific actions. if (type == ci.nsinavhistoryresultnode.result_type_uri) { var uri = childnode.uri; } else if (type == ci.nsinavhistoryresultnode.result_type_folder) { childnode.queryinterface(ci.nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode); childnode.containeropen = true; // now you can iterate over a subfolder's children } } ther available node types are documented in the idl. searching bookmarks queries ar...

Building the WebLock UI
ge loading in the browser. in the previous section, we outlined the javascript that interacts with the weblock component. in this section, we are going to create the xul interface that calls the javascript methods when the user interacts with it. the xul document the first thing to do is create the actual xul document in which the user interface for the dialog and the events that initiate interaction with the web locking are defined. at the top of all xul documents, an xml declaration is followed by the root element for the document, which is usually <window/> but for dialog boxes can also be the element <dialog/>. the "shell" for the xul file, then, looks like this: <?xml version="1.0"?> <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?> <dialog id="weblock_ui" xmlns="...
...ents be selected, but not both. the xul that defines the radiogroup in the web lock manager dialog is this: <radiogroup> <radio label="lock"/> <radio label="unlock" selected="true"/> </radiogroup> since the weblock component always starts up in the unlocked position, you can add the selected="true" attribute and value on the unlock radio button and reset it dynamically as the user takes action. site adding ui the next step is to create that part of the user interface that lets you add a new site to the white list. there are other, more sophisticated ways to do this; you may also want to include some ui that lets you view the white list or edit it as a list. in this part of the tutorial, however, we only provide the means of adding an url provided as a string (which is not checked for...

Creating the Component Code
o the download progress, or providing a new content type handler. in weblock, this is the part that brings together various gecko services and prevents users from leaving the list of acceptable domains. in a way, the factory and module layers are glue to plug the xpcom object into the larger xpcom system. one layer above the object itself is the nsifactory object. this object provides basic abstraction of the xpcom object itself. as you can see in onion peel view of xpcom component creation, the main accessor for the xpcom object is createinstance, which is expected to return the object that matches a given cid and iid pair. moving another layer outward is the nsimodule. this interface provides yet another abstraction of the nsifactory object, and may allow for multiple nsifactory objects. the...
...ial entry point is called, it is passed xpcom's component manager and the location of the shared library where your component lives. the component manager is an interface implemented by xpcom that encapsulates the creation of objects and provides summary information about all registered components. the location on disk is passed via another interface named nsifile. this interface is xpcom's abstraction of files and directories. an nsifile object is usually a file or directory on a local volume, but it may represent something on a network volume as well. nsresult nsgetmodule(nsicomponentmanager *servmgr, nsifile* location, nsimodule** result); xpcom expects a successful call to nsgetmodule to return an implementation of the interface nsimodule. when y...

Starting WebLock
o gecko and the components you create as easily as you can from xul. see xul for a discussion of how xul interacts with javascript and xpcom. creating the weblock programming interface design is one of the hardest parts of any programming problem. the question the interface for the weblock component must answer is: how should weblock look to the outside world? what, in other words, is the interaction of clients with the weblock component? in this section, we enumerate the basic functionality the component should expose and create the single interface that organizes and provides this functionality. instead of starting with the implementation, developers use xpidl (see xpidl and type libraries for more information about xpidl) to define the interface to the component: how the functionality sho...
...s contents into memory. there are many ways to do this: you can use standard ansi file i/o, or nspr (see the netscape portable runtime library below for a brief description of nspr), or you can use the networking apis that gecko provides. the netscape portable runtime library thenetscape portable runtime library (nspr) is a platform-independent library that sits below xpcom. as a layer of abstraction above the operating system, the nspr allows gecko applications to be platform independent by providing the following system-level facilities: threads thread synchronization file and network i/o timing and intervals memory management shared library linking the nspr is included in the gecko sdk. to keep things as simple as possible, we'll read the file into memory using standard ansi fi...

nsIAccessibleEvent
ge 0x800b 0x000a 0x0007 an object has changed location, shape, or size. event_name_change 0x800c 0x000b 0x0008 an object's name property has changed. event_description_change 0x000c 0x0009 an object's description property has changed. event_value_change 0x800e 0x000d 0x000a an object's value property has changed. event_help_change 0x000e 0x000b an object's help has changed. event_defaction_change 0x000f 0x000c an object's default action has changed. event_action_change 0x0010 0x000d an object's action has changed. event_accelerator_change 0x0011 0x000e an object's keyboard shortcut has changed. event_selection 0x8006 0x0012 0x000f the selection within a container object has changed. event_selection_add 0x8007 0x0013 0x0010 an item within a container object has been ad...
...xisted. event_page_changed 0x005a 0x0056 a slide changed in a presentation document or a page boundary was crossed in a word processing document. event_last_entry 0x005d 0x0057 help make sure event map does not get out-of-line. ...

nsIAlertsService
for example, it can be used to notify the user that their downloads are complete or that they have new mail. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.7 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 22 (firefox 22 / thunderbird 22 / seamonkey 2.19) by default a message is displayed in a small window that slides up from the bottom of the screen, holds there for a few seconds, then slides down. the specific appearance varies from platform to platform. ...
... valid values are "auto", "ltr" or "rtl". only available on supported platforms. lang optional language of title and text of the alert. only available on supported platforms. data optional the value of the cookie parameter passed to showalertnotification. principal optional the principal of the page that created the alert. used for ipc security checks, and to determine whether the alert is actionable. inprivatebrowsing optional controls the image loading behavior. if true, the image url will be loaded in private browsing mode. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available unable to display the notification; this may happen, for example, on mac os x if growl is not installed. example simple usage the following code was used to display the above notification. var alertsservice = com...

nsIAnnotationService
t value defined above. note: all page annotations will get deleted when the page is removed from history if the page is not bookmarked. this means that if you create an annotation on an unvisited uri, it will get deleted when the browser shuts down. otherwise, uris can exist in history as annotations but the user has no way of knowing it, potentially violating their privacy expectations about actions such as clear history. if there is an important annotation that the user or extension wants to keep, you should add a bookmark for the page and use an expire_never annotation. this will ensure the annotation exists until the item is removed by the user. setitemannotation() this method sets an annotation for given item, overwriting any previous annotation with the same url/name. it is your job...
...t value defined above. note: all page annotations will get deleted when the page is removed from history if the page is not bookmarked. this means that if you create an annotation on an unvisited uri, it will get deleted when the browser shuts down. otherwise, uris can exist in history as annotations but the user has no way of knowing it, potentially violating their privacy expectations about actions such as clear history. if there is an important annotation that the user or extension wants to keep, you should add a bookmark for the page and use an expire_never annotation. this will ensure the annotation exists until the item is removed by the user. setitemannotationstring() this method sets an annotation for given item by taking a string as input value, overwriting any previous annotatio...

nsIDocShell
new document has been set up) read only. isoffscreenbrowser boolean if true, this docshell is not visible in the traditional sense, but is being actively rendered to the screen (such as by being painted to a canvas), and should be treated accordingly. layouthistorystate nsilayouthistorystate loadedtransindex long keeps track of the previous shtransaction index and the current shtransaction index at the time that the doc shell begins to load. used for contentviewer eviction. read only. loadtype unsigned long load type for the document. valid states are defined in constants. note that nsidocshell may use other states internally so you should check for the specific state bit. marginheight long the value of the marginhe...
...nt is going away. obsolete since gecko 1.8 prescontext nsprescontext presentation context for the currently loaded document. this may be null. read only. native code only! presshell nsipresshell presentation shell for the currently loaded document. this may be null. read only. native code only! previoustransindex long keeps track of the previous shtransaction index and the current shtransaction index at the time that the doc shell begins to load. used for contentviewer eviction. read only. printpreview nsiwebbrowserprint if the current content viewer is not initialized for print preview, it is replaced with one which is and to which an about:blank document is loaded. read only. restoringdocument boolean track whether we...

nsIHapticFeedback
underbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) implemented by: @mozilla.org/widget/hapticfeedback;1 as a service: var hapticfeedback = components.classes["@mozilla.org/widget/hapticfeedback;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsihapticfeedback); once you have the service, you can initiate haptic feedback (that is, cause the device to vibrate, if it's supported) by calling performsimpleaction(): hapticfeedback.performsimpleaction(components.interfaces.nsihapticfeedback.longpress); method overview void performsimpleaction(in long islongpress); constants press length constants constant value description shortpress 0 specify as the action type to perform a short vibration. longpress 1 specify as the action type to perform...
...ts.interfaces.nsihapticfeedback.longpress); method overview void performsimpleaction(in long islongpress); constants press length constants constant value description shortpress 0 specify as the action type to perform a short vibration. longpress 1 specify as the action type to perform a long vibration. methods performsimpleaction() perform haptic feedback. void performsimpleaction( in long islongpress ); parameters islongpress the press length; this will determine how long the vibration should last. see press length constants for permitted values. ...

nsIHttpChannel
this should be set to false, for example, if the application knows that the corresponding document is likely to be very large. this attribute is true by default, though other factors may prevent pipelining. this attribute may only be set before the channel is opened. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure if set ...
...referring uri for cross-origin requests referrer_policy_unsafe_url always send the referrer, even when downgrading from https to http attributes attribute type description allowpipelining boolean this attribute is a hint to the channel to indicate whether or not the underlying http transaction should be allowed to be pipelined with other transactions. this should be set to false, for example, if the application knows that the corresponding document is likely to be very large. this attribute is true by default, though other factors may prevent pipelining. this attribute may only be set before the channel is opened. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure if set after the channel has been opened. redi...

nsIMsgProtocolInfo
t is the account type that are you are interested in. method overview long getdefaultserverport(in boolean issecure); attributes attribute type description candelete boolean true if an account of this type may be deleted. read only. canduplicate boolean unused. read only. cangetincomingmessages boolean true if junk ui actions should be enabled for the account type. read only. cangetmessages boolean true if "get messages" ui actions should be enabled for the account type. read only. canloginatstartup boolean true if the account type can perform biff during startup. read only. defaultdobiff boolean true if the biff should be enabled by default for the account type. read only...
...lean new in thunderbird 24 (bug 832034) preflightprettynamewithemailaddress boolean unused. read only. requiresusername boolean true if the server requires a username to log on. read only. serveriid nsiidptr the iid of the server-specific interface, used during account creation. read only. showcomposemsglink boolean true if compose ui actions should be enabled for the account type. read only. specialfoldersdeletionallowed boolean true if the user can delete folders like inbox, trash, etc. read only. methods getdefaultserverport() returns the default port for a connection to a server of this account type. long getdefaultserverport( in boolean issecure ); parameters issecure whether or not the connectio...

nsISpeculativeConnect
to get access to the i/o service's implementation of nsispeculativeconnect. then call speculativeconnect() to let the networking layer know what you might be doing in the future. method overview void speculativeconnect(in nsiuri auri, in nsiinterfacerequestor acallbacks, in nsieventtarget atarget); methods speculativeconnect() call this method to hint to the networking layer that a new transaction for the specified uri is likely to happen soon. the code implementing this method may use this information to start a tcp and/or ssl level handshake for that resource immediately so that it is ready (or at least in the process of becoming ready) when the transaction is actually submitted. no obligation is taken on by the implementer, nor is the submitter obligated to actually open the new channel...
...acallbacks any security callbacks for use with ssl for interfaces such as nsibadcertlistener. may be null. atarget the thread on which the release of the callbacks will occur. ...

nsIXULTemplateQueryProcessor
syntax or the form of the data implies the value. for instance, a datasource that holds a table that can only produce one set of results. the reference variable may be specified in a template by setting the "container" attribute on the <template> element to the variable to use. the member variable may be specified in a similar way using the "member" attribute, or it may be specified in the first <action> body in the template as the value of a uri attribute on an element. a breadth-first search of the first action is performed to find this element. if unspecified, the default value of the reference variable is ?uri. for example, a query might have the following syntax: (?id, ?name, ?url) from bookmarks where parentfolder = ?start this query might generate a result for each bookmark within a given...
...g generateresults(), but after initializeforbuilding() has been called. this method should not be called again for the same query unless the template is rebuilt. the reference variable may be used by the query processor as a placeholder for the reference point, or starting point in the query. the member variable is determined from the member attribute on the template, or from the uri in the first action's rule if that attribute is not present. a rule processor may use the member variable as a hint to indicate what variable is expected to contain the results. nsisupports compilequery( in nsixultemplatebuilder abuilder, in nsidomnode aquery, in nsiatom arefvariable, in nsiatom amembervariable ); parameters abuilder the template builder. aquery <query> node to compile. arefvariable the re...

XPCOM Interface Reference by grouping
content nsicontentpolicy credentials nsilogininfo nsiloginmanager using nsiloginmanager nsiloginmanagerstorage nsiloginmetainfo history nsiglobalhistory nsiglobalhistory2 nsiglobalhistory3 ssl nsibadcertlistener2 system action nsicancelable application application nsiapplicationupdateservice nsiappshell nsiappshellservice nsiappstartup xul nsixulappinfo nsixulruntime nsixultemplatebuilder nsixultemplatequeryprocessor ...
... nsisearchengine nsisearchsubmission nsiwebbrowserchrome nsiwindowcreator nsiwindowmediator nsiwindowwatcher clipboard nsiclipboard nsiclipboardcommands nsiclipboarddragdrophooklist nsiclipboarddragdrophooks nsiclipboardhelper nsiclipboardowner core action nsitransactionmanager process nsiprocess nsiprocess2 thread nsithread nsithreadeventfilter nsithreadinternal nsithreadmanager nsithreadobserver nsithreadpool nsithreadpoollistener nsitoolkit ...

XPCOM
this guide provides some explanation and advice on how to choose between them.observer notificationsthe following are topics that you can observe during the course of an application. unless otherwise noted you register for the topics using the nsiobs...
...this guide provides some explanation and advice on how to choose between them.observer notificationsthe following are topics that you can observe during the course of an application. unless otherwise noted you register for the topics using the nsiobserverservice.setting http request headershttp is one of...

Examine and edit HTML - Firefox Developer Tools
s will give them a non-zero width and height. then you will find strange gaps between elements, even if you haven’t set any margin or padding on them. since firefox 52, the inspector displays these whitespace nodes, so you can see where the gaps in your markup come from. whitespace nodes are represented with a dot: and you get an explanatory tooltip when you hover over them: to see this in action, see the demo at https://mdn.github.io/devtools-examples/whitespace-only-demo/index.html. shadow roots any shadow roots present in the dom are exposed in the html page in the same manner as the regular dom. the shadow root is signified by a node named #shadow-root — you can click its expansion arrow to see the full contents of the shadow dom, and then manipulate the contained nodes in a simil...
... example the "open file in style-editor" option only appears when you context-click over the top of a link to a css file. context menu reference edit as html edit the element's html. (copy) inner html copy the inner html for the element. (copy) outer html copy the outer html for the element. pressing ctrl + c (or cmd + c on a mac) also performs this action. (copy) unique selector/css selector copy a css selector that uniquely selects the element. (copy) css path copy a css selector that represents the full path to the element. (copy) image data-url copy image as a data:// url, if the selected element is an image. (copy) attribute copy the attribute of the element. show dom properties o...

Document: copy event - Web APIs
the copy event fires when the user initiates a copy action through the browser's user interface. bubbles yes cancelable yes interface clipboardevent event handler property oncopy the original target for this event is the element that was the intended target of the copy action. you can listen for this event on the document interface to handle it in the capture or bubbling phases. for full details on this event please see the page on the element: copy event. ...
...ent handler property oncopy the original target for this event is the element that was the intended target of the copy action. you can listen for this event on the document interface to handle it in the capture or bubbling phases. for full details on this event please see the page on the element: copy event. ...

Document: cut event - Web APIs
the cut event is fired when the user has initiated a "cut" action through the browser's user interface. bubbles yes cancelable yes interface clipboardevent event handler property oncut the original target for this event is the element that was the intended target of the cut action. you can listen for this event on the document interface to handle it in the capture or bubbling phases. for full details on this event please see the page on the element: cut event. ...
... event handler property oncut the original target for this event is the element that was the intended target of the cut action. you can listen for this event on the document interface to handle it in the capture or bubbling phases. for full details on this event please see the page on the element: cut event. ...